es Mi
eae
% yt
AR AO Sie ie!
‘gh ys “N
Sa
at
\ ~\ aS.
wv ek Arve
Mees ch te : i
ARAL Sah sean
N \ oo ‘ ™! . ra: Sak “zr
Dare WBA WI EWA M Le tata 2
watad { hari nel - A” sige
\ 7 ‘ “ .& os wie Sg
va, RAE Ate da lit we, LIWE Vo ah etn! CRUE CA ahe ron) "VAAN, WBN
\ OR a nt
TUN Dalen nal,
ara)
4 ‘ duntan
ie sta. The Hs ha
ha at) wl'yi ay \
‘ wi Y
“y
‘
a aie Ad As , vary nm) | re gue eee ew me i iy) al wT byt} fae we Yi Tee,
thee
ee) 7
j
4
ty er Dat a ad ah
Pt : Th ee Li) ‘
RNY si i) Hit aw ta 7 ;
- SMITHSONIAN
MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOL. 91
-: TULL)
f
“* EVERY MAN IS A VALUABLE MEMBER OF SOCIETY WHO, BY HIS OBSERVATIONS, RESEARCHES,
AND EXPERIMENTS, PROCURES KNOWLEDGE FOR MEN ”___sMITHSON
(PusticaTion 3903)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
1947
The Lord Waltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8. A.
x
3
ADVERTISEMENT
The Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections series contains all the
publications of the Institution except the Annual Report, and occa-
sional publications of a special nature. As the name of the series
implies, its scope is not limited, and the volumes thus far issued
relate to nearly every branch of science. Papers in the fields of
biology, geology, anthropology, and astrophysics have predominated.
A. WETMORE,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
(iii)
3 ‘), 7 My Ma
Ba
jg
: nf)
CONTENTS
REPORTS ‘ON -THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
It.
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION TO THE
PUERTO RICAN DEEP
BartscH, Pau. Station records of the first Johnson-Smith-
sonian Deep-Sea Expedition. 31 pp., 1 pl., 1 map. Dec. 1, 1933.
(Publ. 3224.)
BartscH, Paut. New mollusks of the family Turritidae. 29 pp.,
8 pls. May 29, 1934. (Publ. 3229.)
RatuBun, Mary J. A new crab of the genus Cyclodorippe. I p.,
i pl Heb. 5, 1934. (Publ: 3220.)
AusTIN H. Ciark. Two new crinoids. 5 pp., 2 pls. Feb. 7, 1934.
(Publ; 3231.)
WeEnr, Everett E. A new nematode of the genus Diplotri-
aena from a Hispaniolan woodpecker. 3 pp., 1 fig. Feb. 2,
1934. (Publ. 3232.)
Price, Emmetr W. New trematode parasites of birds. 6 pp.,
Tl Heb: 081934. (Publi 2233))
Pricr, Emmetr W. New digenetic trematodes from marine
fishes. 6 pp, 1 pl. Feb: 10, 1934. (Publ. 3234:)
TREADWELL, AARON L. New polychaetous annelids. 9g pp., 2 pls.
Mar.23, 1934) (Publ. 3226:)
Myers, Georce S. Three new deep-water fishes from the West
indies. 12 pp. ipl 2 ies. Aprs2. 1934. \CPubl 3238.)
Cooper, G. ArtHuR. New brachiopods. 5 pp., 2 pls. Apr. 12,
1934. @Publy 2247.)
Cuitwoop, B. G. Two new nematodes. 4 pp., 1 pl. Apr. 13,
1934. (Publ. 3243.)
SHOEMAKER, CLARENCE R. Three new amphipods. 6 pp., 3 figs.
june 1, 1934. (Publ. 3246.)
CLarkK, Austin H. A new genus of brittlestars from Puerto
ico,.3 pp. 1 ol May 21,1934. (Publ?.3248.)
Crark, Austin H. A new starfish from Puerto Rico. 3 pp.,
1 pl. May 23, 1934. (Publ. 3249.)
Reip, Eart D. Two new congrid eels and a new flatfish. I1 pp.,
ipl, 2 ies. June 9, 1934. (Publ. 3251.)
. Corea, Lots F. New marine mollusks. 9 pp., 3 pls. Sept. 18,
1934. (Publ. 3258.)
(v)
vi
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
pE LAUBENFELS, M. W. New sponges from the Puerto Rican
Deep. 28 pp. Dec. 24, 1934. (Publ. 3283.)
Price, Emmett W. New monogenetic trematodes from marine
fishes. 3 pp., I pl. Nov. 8, 1934. (Publ. 3286.)
Witson, CuHartes BrancH. New parasitic copepods. 9 pp.,
3 pls. Apr. 8, 1935. (Publ. 32098.)
GinsberG, Isaac. Bollmania litura, a new species of goby. 3 pp.,
I pl. Apr. 10, 1935. ‘(Publig2z09y)
CusHMAN, JosePpH A. Fourteen new species of Foraminifera.
9 pp., 3 pls. July 23, 1935. (Publ. 3327.)
. LavicKer, Cectt G. Two new Foraminifera of the genus Tex-
tularia. 2 pp., 1 pl. July 22, 1935. (Publ. 3328.)
Myers, GrorGe S. A new genus of opisthognathid fishes. 5 pp.,
1 fig. Dec. 24, 1935. (Publ. 3347.)
CrarKk, Austin H. Four new brittlestars from Puerto Rico.
8 pp, 3.pls. Feb. 8) 1936.) (Publ 3376.)
CARLGREN, Oskar. Asnew actinian. 4 pp., 3 figs. Jan. 30, 1937.
(Publ: 2401.)
TATTERSALL, WALTER M. New species of mysidacid crustaceans.
18 pp., 10 figs. May 7, 1937. (Publ. 3413.) ;
Scuuttz, Lronarp P. A new species of deep-sea fish, drgy-
ropelecus antrorsospinus, of the family Sternoptichidae. 5 pp.,
I hie: july 7,-19037. (Ce ub. 2420))
Fraser, C. McLean. New species of hydroids from the Puerto
Rican region. 7 pp., 2 pls. Nov. 10, 1937. (Publ. 3443.)
CLark, Austin H. A new genus of starfishes from Puerto Rico.
7 pp. 2 pli. June 18; 1938." Publy2481)
. Osspurn, Raymonp C. A new Cornucopina (Bryozoa) from
the West Indies. 3 pp., 2 pls. Mar. 14, 1940. (Publ. 3584.)
Rem, Eart D. A new genus and species of eel from the Puerto
Rican Deep. 5 pp., I fig. Mar. 11, 1940. (Publ. 3585.)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 1
Fobnson Fund
STATION RECORDS OF THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
(WitH ONE PLATE)
BY
PAUL BARTSCH
U. S. National Museum; Director of the Expedition
(PUBLICATION 3224)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
DECEMBER 1, 1933
b “Id *L “ON ‘16 “10A SNOILO311090 SNOANVTISOSIN NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 1
FJobnson JFund
STATION RECORDS OF THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
(WITH ONE PLATE)
BY
PAUL BARTSCH
U. S. National Museum; Director of the Expedition
(PUBLICATION 3224)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
DECEMBER 1, 1933
The Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8 A.
Fobnson Fund
SLATION RECORDS OF THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
By PAUL BARTSCH
U.S. National Museum; Director of the Expedition
(WitTH ONE Prater)
The Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition to the Puerto Rican
Deep was sponsored by Mr. Eldridge R. Johnson, of Philadelphia,
who placed his beautiful yacht Caroline at the disposal of the Smith-
sonian Institution and equipped her with the instruments necessary
for the work. We were provided with the best of sonic sounding |
apparatus, thanks to the assistance of the United States Navy, and
with an equally efficient winch, water bottles, and thermometers for
hydrographic studies, enabling us to work at any depth. A dredging
winch suitable for reaching profound depths could not be had within
the time available for equipping ; we therefore had installed a tempo-
rary winch carrying 6,563 feet of $-inch Special 6x 19 Monitor strand
wire rope. This is mentioned merely in explanation of why work in
greater depths was not done. In the next cruise this handicap will be
obviated.
The first bearing cited with each station marks the position of the
ship at the beginning of the haul, and the second bearing indicates the
position at the close of the haul. The bearings were taken by Capt.
Andrew H. Peterson and his associated officers: Victor Johnson, chief
officer; Hjalmar Iversen, second officer; Gunnar Bergersen, third
officer. The radio beacon bearings were obtained under the captain’s di-
rection by Thomas W. Braidwood, senior radio operator, and Louis G.
Fullerton, junior radio operator.
The sonic sounding operations were conducted by T. Townsend
Brown, of the Naval Research Laboratory, Washington, D. C.,
assisted by E. R. Fenimore Johnson, Anthony Wilding, and the
Misses Ena and Florence Douglass. The soundings as here cited are
unreduced, using as the basis for notation a 400 fathoms per second
interval. These soundings will, therefore, when eventually corrected,
record a considerably greater depth than here indicated.
We are deeply indebted to the Hydrographic Office of the United
States Navy for the preparation of the accompanying chart.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 1
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 1. Lat. 18°33'45” N. Long. 66°15’00” W. January 30, 1933
From the above position, which is about 5 miles off Punta Boca
Juana with Morro Castle Light bearing 126°, about 9 miles from the
light, we lowered a 35-foot 4-inch mesh otter trawl into 400 fathoms
at II: 30 a.m. Going north, we passed over soundings of 380 and
360 fathoms, then dropped off to 600 fathoms, when the net was
hauled in and landed at 2: 45 p.m.
The catch consisted of 64 fish, a small lot of mollusks, a few brittle-
stars, two solitary corals, and a few other things.
STATION 2. Lat. 18°31'20” N. Long. 66°16'20” W. January 30, 1933
From the above position, which is about 2 miles off Punta Boca
Juana and g miles from Morro Castle Light, which had a bearing of
110°, we dropped a g-foot beam trawl in 200 fathoms at 4: 10 p.m.
We moved in a northwesterly direction for about a mile, changing
gradually to a depth of 240 fathoms, and landed the trawl at 4:55
p.m. The depth ranged from 200 to 240 fathoms.
This was almost a water haul, owing to the fact that the trawl
was lowered while the ship was practically at a standstill, causing the
heavy frame to sink more rapidly than the net even with its tail
weight, with the result that when the frame came to anchor on the
bottom, the tail weight with the net overlapped the opening of the
dredge and closed it. However, the haul yielded a lot of glass sponges,
a pennarian, and a few brittlestars attached to the webbing.
STATION 3. Lat. 18°31’30” N. Long. 66°21'30” W. January 31, 1033
Lat. 18°31'20” N. Long. 66°22'30” W.
Punta Cerro Gordo bore 156° and Garza Island 212°. We lowered a
9-foot beam trawl, which struck bottom at 10: 30 a.m. in 200 fathoms,
and hauled to the second position given above in 260 fathoms, landing
the net at II a.m.
This was purely a water haul, yielding nothing.
STATION 4. Lat. 18°31’45” N. Long. 66°24’00” W. January 31, 1033
Lat. 18°31'45” N. Long. 66°26’30” W.
Punta Puerto Nueva bore 180° and Garza Island 151°. We again
dropped the 9-foot beam trawl at 11: 45 a.m. in 260 fathoms and began
hauling in at I: 30 p.m. from 160 fathoms at the second position noted
above. At the time Punta Chivato bore 182° and Punta Tortuguera 220°
In this haul rough bottom was encountered ; the shackle parted and
all the gear was lost. At the end of the wire cable a bit of mud adhered,
which held a valve of a scallop (Amusium). The depth ranged from
160 to 260 fathoms.
NO. I IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—-BARTSCH 3
STATION 5. Lat. 18°37’00” N. Long. 66°24'30” W. January 31, 1933
The above is the stopping place of the dredging operations during
this haul. The bearing at the start was not recorded.
For this haul a modified young-fish trawl, operated by the hydro-
graphic winch, was used. A rectangular #-inch pipe frame, 3 by 6 feet
in size, was substituted for the otterboards. The net was let down at
3 p.m. in 600 fathoms with 3,000 meters of wire out. We held course
I15° by gyrocompass until 4 p.m., when the cable was started in, the
net reaching the deck at 4: 35.
This haul yielded 396 small deep-sea fish, three species of pteropod
and one of heteropod mollusks, a host of small crustaceans, some
sagitta, a few medusae, and some fish eggs.
STATION 6. Lat. 18°30’45” N. Long. 66°04’30” W. February I, 1933
Lat. 18°30’50” N. Long. 66°o1'15” W.
A modified young-fish trawl was put overboard at 9: 55 a.m. Morro
Castle Light bore 231° and the west end of Cabras Island 240°. When
the hauling in began at 10: 50, Morro Castle Light bore 248° and the
dome of San Juan Capitol 242°.
The haul was made in about 100 fathoms and resulted in the capture
of a small number of fish; some small pelagic mollusks, including a
small octopus, heteropods, and pteropods ; and a small lot of crustaceans
and salpae.
STATION 7. Lat. 18°30'45” N. Long. 66°00’50” W. February I, 1933
Lat. 18°31'00” N. Long. 65°55’15” W.
We lowered an otter trawl with new large boards at 11:35 a.m.
Punta Cangrejos bore 161° and Punta Vacia Talega 120°. At the
close of the haul Punta Vacia Talega bore 159° and Punta Cangrejos
235°. The depths of this haul ranged from 160 to 340 fathoms.
During the middle of the haul there was a vicious jerk, indicating
that the gear snagged. When we landed the net, it was found that one
of the otterboards was lost and the trawl completely wrecked. A
single umbellula caught in the wreckage rewarded us for our efforts.
STATION 8. Lat. 18°31’30” N. Long. 65°55’30” W. February I, 1933
Lat. 18°33/15” N. Long. 65°56’45” W.
When we lowered the modified fish trawl at 1:35 p.m., Punta
Vacia Talega bore 165° and Punta Morro 255°. When the trawl
was taken in, Punta Vacia Talega bore 165°, Punta Morro 246°.
The haul was made in about 300 fathoms. The trawl evidently struck
heavy mud bottom and filled with enough of the mud to completely
rip out the webbing.
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QT
STATION 9. Lat. 18°31'30” N. Long. 65°55'30” W. February I, 1933
Lat. 18°30’20” N. Long. 65°57’00” W.
At the start Punta Vacia Talega bore 168°, Punta Morro 255°.
At the close of the haul Morro Castle Light bore 254° and Punta
Maldonado 205°. A 9-foot beam trawl was lowered at 3:25 p.m.
and hauled in at 4:00 p.m., the depth ranging from 240 to 280
fathoms.
Although no snagging was noticed on the accumulator, the net,
when brought aboard, was completely ripped apart. The fragments
of webbing contained a few brittlestars, some worm tubes, a beautiful
hydroid, and a few mollusks.
STATION 10. Lat. 18°20'20” N. Long. 66°05’30” W. February 2, 1933
Lat. 18°30'24” N. Long. 66°04'15” W.
At the start, at 9:55 a.m., Morro Castle Light bore 242° and the
west point of Cabras Island 255°. When we hauled in at 10: 35 a.m.
Morro Castle Light bore 259°, Cabras Island 264°. The depth varied
from 120 to 160 fathoms. For this haul we used a 9-foot tangle in
about 100 fathoms of water, the tangle consisting of 16 loops, 6 feet
long, of 2-inch frayed hawser.
The catch was eminently successful, yielding many mollusks, brittle-
stars, a sea urchin, sand dollars, a crinoid arm, holothurians, many
crustaceans, hydroids, corallines, sponges, and many algae.
STATION 11. Lat. 18°32’15” N. Long. 66°04’10” W. February 2, 1933
Lat. 18°32'50” N. Long. 66°o1'00” W.
At the start Morro Castle Light bore 220° and Cabras Island 228°.
At the close of the haul Morro Castle Light bore 234° and Punta
Cangrejos 167°. A modified young-fish trawl was put overboard at
II: 15 a.m. in 200 fathoms of water and was hauled in at 12: 10 p.m.
This haul yielded many small fish, two small cephalopods, a few
pelagic mollusks, and many crustaceans.
STATION 12. Lat. 18°31’00” N. Long. 66°00’15” W. February 2, 1933
Lat. 18°30’30” N. Long. 66°01’45” W.
At the start, 12: 30 p.m., Morro Castle Light bore 249° and Punta
Maldonado 158°. When the trawl was taken in at 1: 30 p.m. Morro
Castle Light bore 245° and Salinas Island 256°. A g-foot beam trawl
was used in 200-300 fathoms.
This haul yielded many mollusks, crustaceans, some holothurians,
brittlestars, a glass sponge, three small corals, and a lot of blue mud.
NO. I IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH 5
STATION 13. Lat. 18°31’05” N. Long. 66°02’15” W. February 2, 1933
Lat. 18°30’30” N. Long. 66°04’05” W.
A 9-foot beam trawl was lowered at 1:30 p.m. and surfaced at
2:36 p.m., the depth ranging from 200 to 300 fathoms; the bottom
was blue mud.
The catch consisted of some fish, many mollusks, echinoderms, and
hydroids, as well as mud.
STATION 14. Lat. 18°31'00” N. Long. 66°04’10” W. February 2, 1033
Lat. 18°30'30” N. Long. 66°03'15” W.
A 6-foot beam trawl was lowered at 2:55 p.m. and raised at 3:45.
The haul was made in 240 to 340 fathoms.
It yielded some fish; many mollusks ; echinoderms, among them a
large rose-red holothurian ; worms ; and crustaceans.
STATION 15. Lat. 18°31'45” N. Long. 66°03’00” W. February 2, 1933
Lat. 18°30’30” N. Long. 66°03'15” W.
At the start, 3:55 p.m., Morro Castle Light bore 231° and Punta
Salinas 249°. At the close at 5.10 p.m., Morro Castle Light bore
229° and Punta Salinas 257°. An otter trawl was used in about 300
fathoms and did not touch bottom—at least, not for any length of
time.
It yielded a small number of deep-sea fish and crustaceans.
STATION 16. Lat. 18°29’40” N. Long. 66°08’30” W. February 3, 1033
Lat. 18°31’00” N. Long. 66°10’15” W.
At the start, at 9:07 a.m., the west point of Cabras Island bore
176°, Morro Castle Light 139°. When the haul was surfaced at 9: 50,
the west point of Salinas Island bore 222° and Morro Castle Light
121°. The tangles were used in this haul at a depth ranging from
38 to 95 fathoms.
The catch consisted of sponges; hydroids; corals; echinoderms,
including comatulid crinoids ; and many mollusks.
STATION 17. Lat. 18°30’00” N. Long. 66°10'30” W. February 3, 1033
Lat. 18°30’00” N. Long. 66°12'20” W.
When the 6-foot trawl was lowered at 10: 00 a.m., the east point of
Salinas Island bore 188° and Morro Castle Light 117°. When the
trawl was taken up at 10: 40, Morro Castle Light bore 109° and the
west point of Salinas Island 145°. The haul was made in a depth
ranging from 46 to go fathoms.
The catch produced a lot of hydroids, brittlestars, crinoids, and
worms.
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 18. Lat. 18°30'15” N. Long. 66°12’45” W. February 3, 1933
Lat. 18°30'30” N. Long. 66°14’50” W.
When the 6-foot beam trawl was lowered at 11:00 a.m., Morro
Castle Light bore 109°, west point of Salinas Island 138°. When the
trawl was surfaced at 11:40, the west point of Salinas Island bore
119°, Punta Cerro Gordo 258°. The depth ranged from 39 to 80
fathoms.
The result was a water haul.
STATION 19. Lat. 18°31’10” N. Long. 66°15'45” W. February 3, 19033
Lat. 18°32’30” N. Long. 66°19'35” W.
An otter trawl was lowered at 11:54 a.m., the west point of Salinas
Island bearing 120°, Punta Cerro Gordo 256°. When the trawl was
taken up at I p.m., Punta Cerro Gordo bore 193°, and the west point
of Salinas Island 115°. The depth of the haul ranged from 200 to
420 fathoms.
The catch yielded a few deep-sea fish, a young mackerel, and a
couple of small puffers ; also a few salpae and a larval crustacean.
STATION 20. Lat. 18°40’30” N. Long. 66°19’00” W. February 3, 1033
Lat. 18°38’30” N. Long. 66°25'45” W.
A modified young-fish trawl was put overboard at 3:05 p.m.,
Morro Castle Light bearing 138°, Punta Cerro Gordo 187°. When
the trawl was surfaced at 5: 40, the depth recorded for the bottom
was 960 to 1,000 fathoms.
Owing to a kink in the wire, caused by the winch jumping a sheave
in the winch room, we lost abcut 100 fathoms with the net.
While the last haul was in progress, a pair of Carachodon sharks
played about the stern of the ship. A bait put overboard was soon
snapped up, and Dr. Price and Mr. Weber were able to perform a
postmortem which yielded a lot of copepods and a tapeworm from
the stomach and one tapeworm from the intestines.
STATION 21. Lat. 18°30’20” N. Long. 66°10’30” W. February 4, 1033
Lat. 18°31'15” N. Long. 66°12’20” W.
When a 6-foot beam trawl was let down at 9: 05 a.m. Morro Castle
Light bore 125°, west point of Salinas Island 208°. When the trawl
was brought in at 9:52, Morro Castle Light was bearing 121° and
the west point of Salinas Island 160°. The haul was made in a depth
ranging from 140 to 200 fathoms.
It yielded a small lot of mollusks, a few brittlestars, some worms
and worm tubes, and a single hydroid.
NOs: I IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH Wf
STATION 22. Lat. 18°30’30” N. Long. 66°12'45” W. February 4, 1933
Lat. 18°32'15” N. Long. 66°16’10° W.
When the 6-foot beam trawl was let down at 10:07 a.m., the west
point of Salinas Island bore 154° and Punta Cerro Gordo 252°. When
the trawl was brought up at 11:00, the west point of Salinas Island
bore 129° and Punta Cerro Gordo 234°. The haul was made in 200
to 260 fathoms.
It yielded some ascidians and salpae, mollusks, crustaceans, brittle-
stars, and a lot of worm tubes.
STATION 23. Lat. 18°32’'15” N. Long. 66°17'45” W. February 4, 1033
Lat. 18°32’00” N. Long. 66°21’15” W.
An otter trawl was let down at 11: 40 a.m. and landed at 11: 57.
The bearing was: Punta Cerro Gordo 165°, the west point of Salinas
Island 108°. The haul was made in 260 to 360 fathoms.
This haul was by far the richest made up to this time, yielding
about half a bushel of specimens. There were many good-sized deep-
sea fish, a large number of mollusks of many kinds, many crustaceans,
including at least 15 species of shrimp, and many other things.
STATION 24. Lat. 18°32'30” N. Long. 66°21’00” W. February 4, 1933
Lat. 18°31’45” N. Long. 66°19/15” W.
When the otter trawl was put overboard at 2:15 p.m. Punta Cerro
Gordo bore 167°, the east point of Salinas Island 108°. When it
was brought in at 4:00, the east point of Salinas Island bore 112°
and Punta Cerro Gordo 206°. The haul was made in 260 to 350
fathoms.
The net came up in tatters and yielded very little except a small
lump of mud, a pennarian, and a few crustaceans and mollusks.
STATION 25. Lat. 18°32'15” N. Long. 66°22’10” W. February 7, 1933
Lat. 18°32’05” N. Long. 66°22’10” W.
A 3-foot dredge was put overboard at 9:45 a.m., when Salinas
Island bore 109°, Punta Cerro Gordo 157°. When the dredge was
surfaced at 10: 35, Salinas Island gave a bearing of 108° and Punta
Cerro Gordo 149°. This haul was made in 240 to 300 fathoms.
It yielded a bagful of soft, oozy mud, which contained a few
ascidians, a splendid lot of many kinds of mollusks, a few crustaceans,
a few corals, and many foraminifera.
8 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 26. Lat. 18°30’20” N. Long. 66°22’05” W. February 7, 1933
Lat. 18°30'30” N. Long. 66°23'’05” W.
When the 3-foot dredge was let down at 11: 10 a.m., Salinas Island
bore 100°, Punta Cerro Gordo 125°. When it was brought up at
II: 45, Punta Cerro Gordo gave a bearing of 117° and Garza Island
161°. The haul was made in 33 to 40 fathoms of water.
It yielded about a ton of rough bottom, blocks of coral rocks, and a
large number of sponges, hydrozoa, and other associated faunas.
STATION 27. Lat. 18°39’50” N. Long. 66°21'30” W. February 7, 1933
Lat. 18°39’30” N. Long. 66°26’00” W.
When the 4-foot circular intermediate net was lowered at 12: 50
p-m., Punta Cerro Gordo bore 172° and Morro Castle Light 130°.
The haul was made in about 1,100 fathoms and was completed
at AS T2.
In pulling up the net, the wire was found to be hopelessly tangled
near the net and in trying to unravel it, the line snapped, with the loss
of net, swivel, and a considerable quantity of line.
STATION 28. Lat. 18°31'40” N. Long. 66°12’00” W. February 8, 1933
Lat. 18°32’00” N. Long. 66°14'45” W.
When the 3-foot dredge was put over at 10: 30 a.m., Morro Castle
Light bore 128° and Salinas Island 169°. When it was hauled in,
Morro Castle Light bore 118° and Salinas Island 137°. The dredging
was done in 240 to 300 fathoms.
When the dredge came aboard the canvas sheath protecting the
webbing had burst, and the bag was washed clean. It had evidently
filled up with mud and bulged out, tearing the canvas, and in hauling
it in, everything had been washed from the rather large meshes except
a small octopus.
STATION 29. Lat. 18°40’30” N. Long. 66°20’00” W. February 8, 1933
Lat. 18°40'30” N. Long. 66°21'15” W.
The 4-foot intermediate net was lowered at 1:32 p.m. in about
1,100 fathoms of water, the hydrographic winch being used for the
purpose. This was evidently a task somewhat too heavy for the winch,
for it heated up materially and the flanges were forced decidedly
askew. It will be necessary to have this winch repaired before it can
be used again.
This haul yielded a number of small fish and some peculiar
crustaceans.
NO; 1 IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH 9
STATION 30. Lat. 18°40’30” N. Long. 66°30’00” W. February 8, 1933
Lat. 18°40'30” N. Long. 66°36'15” W.
A 4-foot intermediate net was let down at 4:42 p.m. in 1,200
fathoms by means of the heavier cable, which was let out to the full
length. It was hauled in at 6: 45.
The catch consisted of a number of small fish, some mollusks, and
a host of small crustaceans.
STATION 31. Lat. 18°27’20” N. Long. 67°12’50” W. February 9, 1033
Lat. 18°25’50” N. Long. 67°14'55” W.
When the 3-foot dredge was lowered at 8:52 a.m., Borinquen
Light bore 58° and Jiguero Light 209°. When it was raised at 9: 40,
Borinquen Light bore 54° and Jiguero Light 198°. The depth was
280 to 300 fathoms.
This was a water haul, as the bag had become tangled in the frame.
STATION 32. Lat. 18°25’50” N. Long. 67°14/55” W. February 9, 1033
Lat. 18°23’50” N. Long. 67°17'35” W.
When the 3-foot dredge was put overboard at 9: 42 a.m., Borinquen
Light bore 54° and Jiguero Light 198°. When the dredge was
landed, Borinquen Light bore 53° and Jiguero Light 148°. The haul
was in 200 to 280 fathoms.
The dredge came up washed clean, but in the bottom of the
webbing were a number of glass sponges, some worm tubes, a few
deep-sea fish, and an excellent lot of mollusks.
STATION 33. Lat. 18°24’15” N. Long. 67°17’50” W. February 9, 1933
Lat. 18°26’40” N. Long. 67°14’00” W.
When the otter trawl was lowered at 11: 10 a.m., Borinquen Light
bore 56° and Jiguero Light 148°. When it was surfaced at 12:58
p.m., Borinquen Light bore 56° and Jiguero Light 205°. The haul
was made in 180 to 360 fathoms.
It yielded a few heteropods and three deep sea fish.
STATION 34. Lat. 18°26'15” N. Long. 67°12’50” W. February 9, 1933
Lat. 18°24’00” N. Long. 67°16’30” W.
When the 5-foot beam trawl was lowered at 11:45 a.m., Bo-
rinquen Light bore 45° and Jiguero Light 217°. When it was sur-
faced at 3:05 p.m., Jiguero Light bore 174° and Borinquen Light
49°. This haul was made in 180 fathoms.
It yielded a slender eel about 15 inches long with vicious teeth,
and a dozen translucent shrimp with red spots.
Io SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 35. Lat. 18°23'40” N. Long. 67°16'45” W. February 9, 1033
Lat. 18°24'45” N. Long. 67°14/15” W.
When the 6-foot beam trawl was lowered at 3: 11 p.m., Borinquen
Light bore 50° and Jiguero Light 168°. When it was surfaced at
4:55, Borinquen Light bore 43° and Jiguero Light 215°. This haul
was made in 180 to 80 fathoms.
This was a splendid haul, yielding a number of deep-sea fish;
many mollusks; crustaceans; echinoderms, including starfish, echi-
noids, brittlestars and crinoids; annelids ; hydroids; and some glass
sponges.
STATION 36. Lat. 18°21'50” N. Long. 67°30’15” W. February 10, 1933
Lat. 18°14’20” N. Long. 67°38’25” W.
When the otter trawl was lowered at 8: 36 a.m., the west point of
Desecheo Island bore 25° and Punta Cadena 104°. When it was
surfaced, the west point of Desecheo Island bore 45° and the north
cape of Mona Island 240°. The haul was made in 220 to 440 fathoms.
It yielded only a few ascidians, some hydroids and corallines, a
crinoid arm, and a worm, the major portion of the bag having been
torn out.
STATION 37. Lat. 18°13’50” N. Long. 67°39’20” W. February 10, 1033
ati 18 nT Soy eN- eoneTO7easOnaNNe
When the 6-foot beam trawl was put overboard at 11:15 a.m.,
the west point of Desecheo Island bore 46° and the north cape of
Mona Island 241°. When it was surfaced at 12:15 p.m., the west
point of Desecheo Island bore 48° and the north cape of Mona Island
242°. The haul was made in 160 to 200 fathoms.
It resulted in the net being torn in two in the middle, but in spite
of this we obtained a number of sponges, a bunch of corallines, some
corals, a lot of hydroids, a lemon-yellow crinoid, a few gastropods,
and a small shipworm taken from a bit of submerged wood which was
riddled with burrows.
STATION 38. Lat. 18°11r'55” N. Long. 67°42’50” W. February 10, 1933
Lat. 18°10'00” N. Long. 67°46’co” W.
The 3-foot dredge was put overboard at 12:23 p.m., the west
point of Desecheo Island bearing 48° and the north cape of Mona
Island 242°. When it was surfaced at 1:50, Mona Light bore 224°
and the north cape of Mona Island 245°. This haul was made in
240-260 fathoms.
NO. I IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH gat
It yielded a lot of interesting things, including about two dozen
brachiopods, almost a gallon of brittlestars, a stalked crinoid and
some comatulid crinoids, hydroids, crustaceans, sponges, and mollusks.
STATION 39. Lat. 18°10’00” N. Long. 67°46’00” W. February 10, 1933
Lat. 18°10'10” N. Long. 67°50’30” W.
When the 4-foot dredge was put overboard at 2:20 p.m., Mona
Light bore 224° and the north cape of Mona Island 345°. When it
was surfaced at 3:45, Mona Light bore 183° and the west point of
Mona Island 238°. The haul was made in water varying from 220
to 240 fathoms in depth.
This was almost a water haul, resulting only in two small deep-sea
fish, two small shrimp, and a small ascidian.
STATION 40. Lat. 18°09’30” N. Long. 67°51’30” W. February 10, 1933
Lat. 18°09'/20"” N. Long. 67°54’40” W.
When the 3-foot dredge was let down at 3: 57 p.m., the east point
of Mona Island bore 170° and the west point 237°. When it was
surfaced, the east point of Monito Island bore 275° and the west
point of Mona Island 205°. The haul was made in water varying
from 50 to 120 fathoms.
This was a water haul.
STATION 41. Mona Island. February I1, 1933
We made a landing at the west end of Mona Island early in the
morning and gathered 1,500 cerions, a lot of annularids, urocoptids,
helicinas and subulinas, etc., among the rocky bluffs bordering the
sand flat. There was little time for this work, on account of the rising
tide and unfavorable sea conditions for landing, and most of the
little things were picked out later from the muck and rubbish, of
which we took a pailful aboard for examination.
In an attempt to do some dredging in shallow water off the west
end of Mona Island, a 3-foot dredge was promptly snagged on a lump
of coral and lost.
STATION 42. Lat. 18°01’55” N. Long. 67°55’05” W. February II, 1933
Lat. 18°o1’50” N. Long. 67°51’20” W.
When a 4-foot dredge was put overboard at 11:10 a.m., Punta
Caigo 6 no Caigo, Mona Island, bore 72° and the west point of the
island 326°. When it was raised at 1:50 p.m., Mona Light bore 7°
and Punta Caigo 6 no Caigo 300°. The depth was 240 to 360 fathoms.
The rough bottom caused us to snag this dredge and lose it.
12 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 43. Lat. 18°02’00” N. Long. 67°51'15” W. February II, 1933
Lat. 18°03'45” N. Long. 67°48’10” W.
When the tangle was put overboard at 1:00 p.m., Mona Light
bore 8° and Punta Caigo 6 no Caigo 297°. The depth varied from
240 to 300 fathoms.
The haul yielded two species of stalked crinoids ; a lot of comatulid
crinoids; a mass of echinoids; brittlestars, including a few astro-
phytons ; corallines ; hydroids ; sponges ; and a few mollusks.
STATION 44. Lat. 18°11’00” N. Long. 67°32'45” W. February II, 1933
Lat. 18°11'20” N. Long. 67°31'05” W.
When the 6-foot beam trawl was lowered at 4: 00 p.m., the west
point of Desecheo Island bore 40° and the north cape of Mona
Island 258°. When the haul was completed, the east point of Monito
Island bore 275° and the west point of Mona Island 205°. The depth
was 120 fathoms.
The trawl was lost when almost surfaced.
February 12, 1933
We devoted the greater part of the day to sounding out a 5-mile
square in Mona Channel in the hope that the information thus gained
of the bottom topography might aid us in our dredging operations.
The inset on our chart shows the location and details of this effort.
STATION 45. Lat. 18°13’fo” N. Long. 67°25’30” W. February 13, 1033
Lat. 18°14'30” N. Long. 67°25'30” W.
When the tangle was lowered at 11:00 a.m., Jiguero Light bore
44° and the east end of Desecheo Island 345°. At the completion of
the haul at 11:48, Jiguero Light bore 50° and the east end of
Desecheo Island 342°. This haul was made in 20 to 40 fathoms.
It yielded a lot of shallow-water forms, covering almost the entire
marine flora and fauna of the region.
STATION 46. Lat. 18°14'40” N. Long. 67°25/20” W. February 13, 19033
Lat. 18°17’20” N. Long. 67°25’00” W.
The tangle was put over at 12: 40 p.m., when Jiguero Light bore
62° and the east end of Desecheo Island 330°. At the completion
of the haul at 1:40, Jiguero Light bore 60° and the east end of
Desecheo Island 331°. This haul was made in 30 to 289 fathoms.
This haul cost the loss of our tangle.
INO oa IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH 13
STATION 47. Lat. 18°17'20" N. Long. 67°25’00” W. February 13, 1933
Lat. 18°17'05” N. Long. 67°24’45” W.
Another tangle was put over at 2:00 p.m., when Jiguero Light
bore 60° and the east end of Desecheo Island 331°. When brought
up at 3:00, Jiguero Light bore 60° and the east end of Desecheo
Island 330°.
This haul, made in 280 to 340 fathoms, yielded a lot of annulid
worms, brilliantly colored orange brittlestars, echinoids, corals, hy-
droids, and sponges.
STATION 48. Lat. 18°19’40” N. Long. 67°20’30” W. February 13, 1933
Lat. 18°19’50” N. Long. 67°21'45” W.
The tangle was again lowered at 3:57 p.m., when Jiguero Light
bore 62° and the east end of Desecheo Island 294°. At the close of
the haul at 4: 59, Jiguero Light bore 65° and the east end of Desecheo
Island 301°. The haul was made in 400 fathoms.
The tangle was fouled in the cable, resulting in a water haul.
STATION 49. Lat. 18°16’'12” N. Long. 67°31'20” W. February 14, 1933
Lat. 18°14’18” N. Long. 67°35’30” W.
The tangle was let down at 3:17 p.m., when the western point of
Desecheo Island bore 15° and the east point 22.5°. At the close of
the haul at 4: 11, the west point of Desecheo Island bore 32° and the
east point 37°. The depth was 180 fathoms.
The results of the haul were glass sponges, bryozoa, brittlestars,
and crinoids.
STATION 50. Lat. 18°15’35” N. Long. 67°31'35” W. February 14, 1933
Lat. 18°18’00” N. Long. 67°33’30” W.
The tangle was lowered at 4: 51 p.m., and raised at 5: 37, the depth
varying from 300 to 320 fathoms.
This was a water haul.
February 15, 1933
We entered Samana Bay in the afternoon and came to anchor off
Santa Barbara de Samana. About 5 p.m. we visited, with the launch,
the Levantado Keys. Here we gathered a few land shells and many
beach-loving marine mollusks, crustaceans, and other things. During
the evening we fished with the submarine light and gathered some
Beroe and ctenophores, also some small fish.
14 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 51. Lat.19°10'50” N. Long. 69°20'15” W. February 16, 1933
Lat. 19°10'35” N. Long. 69°20'45” W.
Samana Bay, Dominican Republic
At the start at 10:55 a.m., Punta Gordo bore 59° and Cape Corozos
278°. At the finish at 11:05, Punta Gordo bore 60° and Cape Corozos
285°. A 6-foot beam trawl was used in 6 to 14 fathoms.
Although this was a short haul, owing to the rough bottom, we
carried away the tail of our net, but the haul yielded many hydroids,
a bunch of gorgonians, and many mollusks.
STATION 52. Lat. 19°10'25” N. Long. 69°20'55” W. February 16, 1933
Lat. 19°10'05” N. Long. 69°21'25” W.
Samana Bay, Dominican Republic
A 6-foot beam trawl was lowered at 11:27 a.m., when Cape Al-
catraz bore 93° and Cape Corozos 288°. When the net was surfaced
at 11:42, Cape Alcatraz bore 89° and Cape Corozos 292°. The haul
was made in 14 to 22 fathoms.
The net again came up torn but nevertheless contained the following
material: A huge filmy hydrozoan of a rose-red color, some slender
gorgonians and lesser individuals, masses of sponges, bryozoa, foram-
inifera, several fragments of stalked crinoids, a huge slab of a
thin coral, probably an Agaricia that I have not seen before, many
small brachiopods, crustaceans and mollusks.
STATION 53. Lat. 19°10'05” N. Long. 69°21’25” W. February 16, 1033
Lat. 19°09'50” N. - Long. 69°21’40” W.
Samana Bay, Dominican Republic
When the 6-foot beam trawl was put overboard at I1: 49 p.m.,
Cape Alcatraz bore 89° and Cape Corozos 292°. When it was
surfaced at 1:00 p.m., Cape Alcatraz bore 86° and Cape Corozos
307°. The haul was made in 20 fathoms.
The dredge came up in tatters, with little material in it. A few
mollusks and solitary corals constituted the catch.
STATION 54. Lat.109°10’05” N. Long. 69°26'10” W. February 16, 1933
Lat. 19°10’10” N. Long. 69°26'45” W.
Samana Bay, Dominican Republic
When the 3-foot dredge was put overboard at 12:41 p.m., Buoy
No. 8 bore 82° and Cape Corozos 61°. When it was surfaced at
INO IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS
BARTSCH 15
12:57, Buoy No. 8 bore 85° and Cape Corozos 66°. The haul was
made in 17 fathoms.
It yielded mud bottom, crustaceans, and many mollusks.
STATION 55. Lat. 19°10'12” N. Long. 69°27’03” W. February 16, 1933
Lat. 19°10'15” N. Long. 69°27'10” W.
Samana Bay, Dominican Republic
When the 3-foot dredge was put overboard at 1:05 p.m., Buoy
No. 8 bore 86° and Cape Corozos 68°. When it was surfaced at
1:16, Buoy No. 8 bore 87° and Cape Corozos 70°. The haul was
made in 17 fathoms.
It yielded some small fish and many mollusks, including some
shipworms.
STATION 56. Lat. 19°10'15” N. Long. 69°27’20” W. February 16, 1933
Lat. 19°10'15” N. Long. 69°28’05” W.
Samana Bay, Dominican Republic
When the 3-foot dredge was put overboard at 1: 28 p.m., Buoy
No. 8 bore 90° and Cape Corozos 72°. When it was brought up at
1:43, Buoy No. 8 bore 89° and Cape Corozos 74°. The haul was
made in 17 fathoms.
It contained a large number of forms, including many mollusks.
STATION 57. Lat. 19°10’20” N. Long. 69°28’35” W. February 16, 1933
Lat. 19°10'20” N. Long. 69°29'00” W.
Samana Bay, Dominican Republic
The 3-foot dredge was lowered at 1: 55 p.m., when Buoy No. 8 bore
g1° and Cape Corozos 77°. When it was surfaced at 2:09, Cape
Corozos bore 78° and Cape Lorenzo 169°. The haul was made in
18 fathoms on mud bottom.
It yielded, in addition to mud, small fish, small crustaceans, and
miscellaneous things, including a number of mollusks.
STATION 58. Lat. 19°10'20” N. Long. 69°29'15” W. February 16, 1933
Lat. 19°10'25” N. Long. 69°30’05” W.
Samana Bay, Dominican Republic
When the 3-foot dredge was put overboard at 2:18 p.m., Cape
Corozos bore 79° and Cape Lorenzo 166°. When it was taken in at
2:34, Punta Mangle bore 72° and Cape Lorenzo 58°. The haul
was made in 18 fathoms on mud bottom.
It yielded a few small fish, small shrimp, and miscellaneous small
forms, including mollusks.
16 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 59. Lat. 19°10'25” N. Long. 69°30'05” W. February 16, 1933
Lat. 19°10'35” N. Long. 69°30’40” W.
Samana Bay, Dominican Republic
When the dredge was put overboard at 2: 42 p.m., Cape Lorenzo
bore 158° and Punta Mangle 72°. When it was surfaced at 2:58,
Punta Mangle bore 7° and the east end of the dock 299°. The haul
was made in 18 to 19 fathoms on mud bottom.
It yielded some small fish and a miscellaneous lot of bottom
material.
At our anchorage near this station, shortly after dark, a tiger
shark 10 feet in length took the hook and was dispatched with a
rifle; later in the evening it was attacked by another shark, ap-
parently of the same species, but of considerably greater size. The
observer stated that it attempted to bite the abdomen of the dead
shark and later one of the fins. When shot, it disappeared. An
autopsy of the tiger shark by Dr. Price and Mr. Weber yielded
parasites.
Part of the evening at this anchorage was devoted to fishing with
a submarine light and at the gang plank, which yielded a number of
small fish, some larval and others adult. We likewise caught some
Beroe, which we were unable to preserve.
February 17, 1933
Samana Bay, Dominican Republic
After breakfast a trip was made to the north shore opposite our
anchorage, where several birds were shot. These were later examined
by Dr. Price for parasites.
Along the shore we gathered some land shells, beach-loving marine
mollusks, and other organisms. In the afternoon we took a launch
and a skiff and crossed over to the other side of the Bay, where we
examined the mangrove fringe and later a bit of the higher upland
region, collecting a number of land shells and other forms. During
the night we again plied our submarine light, with the result that we
obtained many small fish and a few squids.
STATION 60. Lat. 19°12’55” N. Long. 69°08’35” W. February 18, 1933
Lat. 19°16’45” N. Long. 69°04’45” W.
When the net was lowered at 8: 45 a.m., Cape Balandra Light bore
252° and Cape Samana 259°. When it was surfaced at 10: 54, Cape
Samana bore 395° and Cape Cabron bore 307°. An intermediate
net was used at 500 fathoms.
The haul yielded deep-sea fish, some small crustaceans, and pelagic
mollusks.
NOEL IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH 17
STATION 61. Lat. 19°24’45” N. Long. 69°09’00” W. February 18, 1933
An intermediate net was lowered at I1: 05 a.m. in 800 fathoms.
No bearings were given at this time. It was surfaced at 1:14 p.m.,
~.o
when Cape Cabron, Dominican Republic, bore 225° and Punta Pes-
cadores 255°. The net struck bottom at 12:15 p.m. and was lost.
STATION 62. Lat. 19°25’45” N. Long. 69°09’00” W. February 18, 1933
Lat. 19°27'45” N. Long. 69°14’45” W.
About 1,045 fathoms of cable were paid out, which indicated a
depth of approximately 350 fathoms. Cape Cabron, Dominican Re-
public, bore 220° and Cape Samana Light 176°. When the gear was
surfaced at 4:03 p.m., Cape Cabron bore 159° and Cape Samana
Light 147°.
This haul resulted in the capture of 406 fish, of which 379 belonged
to one species. We also caught a lot of crustaceans, some worms,
salpae, and heteropods and pteropods. Dr. Price extracted some
parasites from the larger fish.
We again came to anchor for the night off Santa Barbara de
Samana in Samana Bay. The submarine light was again put over-
board and enabled us to collect a splendid lot of small fishes ; Dr. Price
was busy until 2 o’clock in the morning examining them for parasites.
February 19, 1933
The day was devoted to making a line of soundings through the
long axis of the Puerto Rican Deep. These soundings and their
location are published on the attached chart.
STATION 63. Lat. 19°54’00” N. Long. 65°27’00” W. February 20, 1933
An otter trawl, in the tail end of which we had laced an intermediate
net containing some sargassum, or gulfweed, to preserve the finer
things and keep them from crushing, was put overboard at 3: 45 a.m.
in about 80 fathoms of water.
This haul yielded a lot of sargassum, some deep-sea fish, the prize
being an Jdiacanthus, and some small crustaceans.
February 22, 1933
We crossed San Juan Bay, Puerto Rico, to the little village of
Pueblo Viejo and proceeded toward the hills, stopping at the first
hill on the east side of the road, the honeycombed limestone paradones
of which yielded many land mollusks, some lizards, and crustaceans.
18 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 64. Lat. 18°28’55” N. Long. 65°45'55” W. February 23, 1933
Lat. 18°31’00” N. Long. 65°46’42” W.
When we lowered the tangle at 12: 22 p.m., Cape San Juan Light
bore 125° and the buoy off Punta Picua 174°. When it was surfaced
at 12: 35, Cape San Juan Light bore 131° and the buoy 167°. The
haul was made in 160-360 fathoms. The tangle failed to capture
anything.
STATION 65. Lat. 18°28’48” N. Long. 65°45’54” W. February 23, 1933
Lat. 18°30'24” N. Long. 65°46'18” W.
When the tangle was put overboard at 12:57 p.m., Cape San Juan
Light bore 125° and the buoy off Punta Picua bere 174°. When it
was surfaced at 1:58, the Cape San Juan Light bore 130° and the
buoy 171°. The depth ranged from 180 to 300 fathoms.
The haul resulted in the capture of some sponges, hydroids, brittle-
stars, sea urchins, crustaceans, and a few mollusks.
STATION 66. Lat. 18°28’48” N. Long. 65°45'54” W. February 23, 1933
Lat. 18°29'30” N. Long. 65°45’48” W.
When the 4-foot dredge was put overboard at 2:20 p.m., Cape
San Juan Light bore 125° and the buoy off Punta Picua 174°. When
it was surfaced at 2:55, Cape San Juan Light bore 128° and the
buoy 178°. The haul was made in 180 to 280 fathoms.
The dredge was lost.
STATION 67. Lat. 18°30'12” N. Long. 65°45’48” W. February 23, 1933
Lat. 18°32'18” N. Long. 65°46’12” W.
When the 4-foot dredge was lowered at 3: 03 p.m., Cape San Juan
Light bore 131° and the buoy off Punta Picua 179°. When it was
surfaced at 4: 16, Cape San Juan Light bore 137° and the buoy 175°.
This haul, made in 180 to 280 fathoms, yielded a bagful of mud
containing a host of mollusks, worms, and crustaceans.
We tested the thermometer by placing it in the cold mud; it
registered 23° C.
February 23, 1933
We came to anchor off Playa de Fajardo, Puerto Rico, and after
dark we tried our new circular net and 8-foot ring with bobbinet
net, illuminating the area over this net with the cargo light provided
with powerful lamps. In spite of the fact that this is one of the
poorest places on the coast of Puerto Rico for life, on account of
the volcanic ash bottom, we obtained rather good results, catching a
number of fish, among them a cutlass fish about 30 inches long,
NO- IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH ge)
which carried a fish in its mouth when surfaced. This was a most
voracious fish, snapping at everything with which it came in contact.
In addition to the fish, we obtained a mass of small material. Examin-
ing the fish for parasites kept Dr. Price busy until 1 o’clock in the
morning.
February 24, 10933
At daylight, Fenimore Johnson, Dr. Darby, Dr. Price, Mr. Weber
and myself visited Palominos Island, which we found composed of
ancient rock, a very poor environment for shell collecting. We ob-
tained a number of beach-inhabiting marine species and returned to
the ship at 8: 30 a.m.
STATION 68. Lat. 18°23’00” N. Long. 65°36’25” W. February 24, 1933
leat, 18223357 N- Wong.65237 10” W-
When the tangle was lowered at 8: 42 a.m., Cape San Juan Light
bore 263° and Las Cucarachas Light 346°. When it was surfaced
at 9:00, Cape San Juan Light bore 176° and Las Cucarachas Light
43°. The haul was made in 10 fathoms.
It yielded some sponges, hydroids, bryozoans, and a few mollusks.
STATION 69. Lat. 18°23'55” N. Long. 65°37’00” W. February 24, 1933
Lat. 18°24’30” N. Long. 65°38’30” W.
When the tangle was again put overboard at 9:07 a.m., Cape San
Juan Light bore 159° and Las Cucarachas Light 76°. When it was
surfaced at 9:24, Cape San Juan Light bore 137° and Las Cuca-
rachas Light 104°. The haul was made in 9 fathoms.
It yielded some sponges, hydroids, corals, bryozoans, annulid
worms, and a few mollusks.
STATION 70. Lat. 18°20’25” N. Long. 65°45’55” W. February 24, 1933
Lat. 18°38’08” N. Long. 65°50’30” W.
When the otter trawl was put overboard at 10: 11 a.m., Cape San
Juan Light bore 127° and the buoy off Punta Picua 175°. When it
was surfaced at 12: 21, Cape San Juan Light bore 139° and Morro
Castle Light 240°. In this haul we paid out 1,000 fathoms of cable,
the haul, therefore, being made in about 350 fathoms.
The haul yielded a few deep-sea fish and shrimp.
STATION 71. Lat. 18°38’08” N. Long. 65°50’30” W. February 24, 1933
Here we attached a bulldog snapper to the hydrographic line and
lowered this in 600 fathoms of water. When brought up, the snapper
had not closed, but the sample attached to it indicated a mud bottom.
20 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 72. Lat. 18°38’08” N. Long. 65°50’30” W. February 24, 1933
The snapper was again put overboard and yielded similar results.
STATION 73. Lat. 18°36’50” N. Long. 65°51’00” W. February 24, 1933
The coring machine with a pasteboard tube in it was next put
overboard, with the result that a short core of thick, pasty clay was
obtained.
STATION 74. Lat. 18°36'55” N. Long. 65°51’40” W. February 24, 1933
Lat. 18°36’10” N. Long. 65°48’30” W.
The otter trawl was put overboard at 3:15 p.m., when Cape San
Juan Light bore 135° and Morro Castle Light 241°. When it was
surfaced at 6:00 Cape San Juan Light bore 141° and Morro Castle
Light 246°. From 4: 20 to 4: 48 we changed course gradually from
360° to 141°, making a semicircle. This haul was made in about
360 fathoms, 1,000 fathoms of cable being paid out. In the otter
trawl we had placed an intermediate bobbinet net.
The haul yielded a number of deep-sea fish, some very brilliantly
colored crustaceans, two octopuses, and a small number of mollusks.
While we were making the last haul, a shark 40 inches long, having
a basal caudal notch like that of a tiger shark, was caught ; parts of it
were preserved.
We came to anchor opposite Icacos Cay for the night and after
dark made a small collection of fish, crustaceans, and worms, with
the use of the cargo light and submarine light and the big circular
net, as well as dip nets.
February 25, 1033
During the night an 114-foot shark weighing 660, pounds was
caught; we found it on the hook next morning. We also caught a
remora, which was swimming about the shark. Both of these were
examined by Dr. Price for parasites. The shark proved to be a
female bearing 39 young of considerable length.
At about 7:30 a.m., Mr. Douglass, Florence Douglass, Dr. Price,
Mr. Weber and the writer went to Lobos Island and made a collection
of shore species of mollusks, crustaceans, and other forms. No land
shells were found.
STATION 75. Lat. 18°24’40” N. Long. 65°33'40” W. February 25, 1933
Lat, 18°27'35” N.) ongios 36445, vv.
When we lowered the tangle at 10: 23 a.m., Cape San Juan Light
bore 242°, Las Cucarachas Light 257.5°. When it was surfaced at
NO. I IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH 21
II: 10, Cape San Juan Light bore 216° and the east end of Palominos
Island 183°. The haul was made in 26 fathoms.
It yielded a number of sponges, hydroids, corallines, bryozoans,
echinoderms, and mollusks.
STATION 76. Lat. 18°27’35” N. Long. 65°33'35” W. February 25, 1933
Lat. 18°30'55” N. Long. 65°33’05” W.
When the 3-foot dredge was put overboard at 11:16 a.m., the
position was latitude 18°27’35” N., longitude 65°33/35” W.; when it
was surfaced at 11:59 Cape San Juan Light bore 206° and the
east end of Las Cucarachas 184°. The haul was made in 30 to
200 fathoms.
This was a water haul.
STATION 77. Lat. 18°25'30” N. Long. 65°33'36” W. February 25, 1033
Ikat;18°27'30" Nx Jong. 65°32'36" W.
When the otter trawl was put overboard at 12:55 p.m., Cape San
Juan Light bore 233° and the east end of Palominos Island 185°.
When it was surfaced at 1: 27, Cape San Juan Light bore 224° and
the east end of Palominos Island 191°. The haul was made in about
45 fathoms.
It yielded only one batfish.
STATION 78. Lat. 18°27’30” N. Long. 65°32'36” W. February 25, 1933
Lat. 18°29'42” N. Long. 65°31'15” W.
When the otter trawl was again lowered at I: 37 p.m., Cape San
Juan Light bore 223° and the east end of Palominos Island 191°.
When it was surfaced at 2: 30, Cape San Juan Light bore 220° and
the east end of Palominos Island 197°.
This was an intermediate haul with 175 fathoms of cable out in
about 60 fathoms of water. The bottom over the territory traversed
ranged from 100 to 300 fathoms in depth.
This haul yielded a gorgonian (showing that we must have struck
bottom) covered with a mass of brilliantly colored comatulid crinoids,
a slender spider crab, and a few mollusks. —
STATION 79. Lat. 18°30’30” N. Long. 65°31'00” W. February 25, 1933
Lat. 18°30’05” N. Long. 65°25’10” W.
When the otter trawl was lowered at 2:43 p.m., Cape San Juan
Light bore 218.5° and the east end of Palominos Island 197°. When
it was surfaced at 5:02, Cape San Juan Light bore 238° and Fungy
22 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Bowl Rock 162°. Nine hundred fathoms of cable was paid out, the
haul being made, therefore, in at least 300 fathoms. The area trav-
ersed ranged from 100 to 300 fathoms in depth, the result being
that the tail end of the otter trawl was torn out. From the remaining
webbing we obtained a mass of sticky mud containing a pecten and
an isopod. We had undoubtedly overloaded the dredge with the
bottom mud and thus ripped out the end.
February 25, 1933
We came to anchor in Luispena Channel off Culebra Island and
after dark put the 8-foot net overboard and used the cargo lights.
With it and the deep nets we caught a mass of small fish and a squid.
We also made a tow with the 4-foot bobbinet net, using the port
launch, and caught a mass of minute forms.
February 26, 1033
Shortly after 6 o'clock, Fenimore Johnson, Dr. Darby, Mr.
Douglass and his two daughters, Dr. Price, Mr. Weber, and the
writer paid a visit to Flamingo Lake in the interior of Culebra
Island, which we were told was swarming with ducks. This slightly
brackish lake has been formed by the piling up of shore debris at
the entrance to a gully on its sea side to form a hurricane rampart.
It is probably a quarter of a mile across in its largest diameter, is
shallow, and contains an abundance of vegetation, largely Chara.
The lake was literally swarming with ducks. There must have been
several thousand, most of them being lesser scaup. The rest were
bahama ducks, and among these was a sprinkling of coots, great
blue herons, little blue herons in various phases of coloration, and
green herons. There was also a huge flock of lesser yellowlegs, a
smaller number of turnstones, some spotted sandpipers, and the
usual number of native species of land birds, as well as man o’ war
hawks, brown pelicans, etc. From the shores of this lake we gathered
some algae, fiddler crabs, and a few minute mollusks.
STATION 80. Lat. 18°19’05” N. Long. 65°19’20” W. February 26, 1933
; Lat. 18°19’10” N. Long. 65°19'40” W.
When the dredge was lowered at 10:15 a.m., Punta Tamarindo,
Culebra Island, bore 336°, Stream Point 306°. When it was sur-
faced at 10: 30, Punta Tamarindo bore 270° and Stream Point 336°. -
This haul was made in 9 to 10 fathoms, in the narrow channel.
It yielded a quantity of corallines and bryozoans.
NO. I IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH 23
STATION 81. Lat. 18°29'45” N. Long. 65°25’50” W. February 26, 1933
Lat. 18°35'30” N. Long. 65°23'54” W.
When the otter trawl was lowered at 12:07 p.m., Cape San Juan
Light bore 238° and Fungy Bowl Rock 155.5°. When it was sur-
faced at 1:53, Cape San Juan Light bore 226° and Fungy Bowl
Rock 174°. This haul was made in depths varying from 200 to 400
fathoms.
It yielded a host of deep-sea fish and many other forms, including
brittlestars, holothurians, crustaceans, and mollusks.
STATION 82. Lat. 18°31'15” N. Long. 65°28’10” W. February 26, 1933
Lat. 18°32’45” N. Long. 65°23’45” W.
When the otter trawl was again put overboard at 3: 09 p.m., Cape
San Juan Light bore 226° and Fungy Bowl Rock 148°. When it
was surfaced at 4:25, Cape San Juan Light bore 232° and Fungy
Bowl Rock 172°. The haul was made at depths varying from 200 to
300 fathoms.
It yielded a file fish and miscellaneous other forms.
STATION 83. Lat. 18°32’54” N. Long. 65°23'42” W. February 26, 1933
Lat. 18°32'15” N. Long. 65°18'45” W.
The otter trawl was put overboard at 4:52 p.m., when Cape San
Juan Light bore 235° and Fungy Bowl Rock 176°. When it was
surfaced at 6:24, Fungy Bowl Rock bore 197° and Culebrita Light
160°. This haul was in depths varying from 250 to 320 fathoms.
It yielded a number of deep-sea fish.
STATION 84. Lat. 18°32’30” N. Long. 65°18’30” W. February 26, 1933
Lat. 18°39’00” N. Long. 65°17’00” W.
When we dropped the otter trawl at 6: 46 p.m., Fungy Bowl Rock
bore 197° and Culebrita Light 161°. The trawl was surfaced at 9: 45.
We had 1,000 fathoms of cable out, which meant that the depth was
probably 300 to 350 fathoms.
This was a remarkable haul, yielding a lot of deep-sea fish, among
them two very beautiful lantern fish. There were also a lot of
mollusks, as well as comatulid crinoids and many other forms. The
capture of the crinoids and mollusks indicated that bottom was
reached, but it must have been touched very lightly, for no damage
to the gear was noted.
24 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 85. Lat. 18°39’30” N. Long. 65°16'55” W. February 26, 1933
Lat. 18°44’00” N. Long. 65°16'15” W.
The otter trawl was again lowered, with 1,000 fathoms of cable
out. The haul, therefore, was made probably in 400 fathoms.
It resulted in a catch of a number of deep-sea fish, some that had
not been taken before; a small lot of cephalopods, pteropods, and
heteropods; and many small crustaceans.
STATION 86. Lat. 19°30’30” N. Long. 65°14’00” W. February 27, 1033
As it was a calm day, we put overboard at 1 o’clock in the morning
a pressure chamber, made by Fenimore Johnson, to depths of 500,
1,500, and 3,000 fathoms. From these three depths the chamber was
returned intact. As the echo sounding machine failed to give us an
answer, we believed that we were in still deeper water and so lowered
the pressure chamber to 4,500 fathoms. A kink developed in the
wire, which in passing through the sheave on hauling up caused the
wire to break, and we lost the chamber.
While this work was being done, the ship was adrift. Two sharks
were caught, which appear to be Carcharodon; they were post-
mortemed by Dr. Price for parasites. One of the sharks was ac- .
companied by two pilotfish, which we caught by leading the shark
into the circular net, the fish following.
Lat. 19°30’30” N. Long. 65°14’00” W. February 27, 1033
Lat. 19°18’30” N. Long. 65°16’00” W.
We next made a haul with the otter trawl, which we lowered at
3:40 p.m. and surfaced at 6: 34. At this haul we used 950 fathoms
of cable, which meant a depth of about 350 fathoms for our haul.
It yielded a lot of deep-sea fish, crustaceans, and a few mollusks.
STATION 87. Lat. 19°18’30° N. Long. 65°16’00” W. February 27, 1033
Lat. 19°13/00” N. Long. 65°16’00” W.
The otter trawl was again put overboard at 6:58 p.m., and sur-
faced at 9: 17.
This haul resulted in a similar catch of fish, shrimp, and squid,
although not so many were taken as in the previous haul.
STATION 88. Lat. 19°13’00” N. Long. 65°16’00” W. February 27, 1933
At this station we bent on the hydrographic line 120 hooks with
luminous bait and real bait, spacing them at 15 meters, and lowered
the line to 2,500 fathoms. We drifted all night to give the hooks a
NO. I IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH 25
chance to make a catch, but found no fish on the line next morning.
It is probable that the treating of the hydrographic stranded wires
with a mixture of linseed and kerosene oils proved a deterrent to
the fish.
STATION 89. Lat. 19°13’00” N. Long. 65°16’00” W. February 28, 1933
The day being calm and the sea almost as smooth as glass, we
decided to try out our Nansen water bottles and reversible ther-
mometers. Six sets of Nansen bottles, each provided with two ther-
mometers, were lowered in series, to 500, 1,000, 2,000, 3,000, 4,000
and 4,500 meters, and yielded splendid results as to water and tem-
perature readings, which will be reported on separately.
While this work was going on, the launch picked up a tubful of
sargassum, which upon being washed with fresh water and shaken.
yielded a number of fish, crustaceans, and mollusks.
STATION 90. Lat. 19°13’00” N. Long. 65°16’00” W. February 28, 1933
A small circular dredge, with a bucketlike rim and handle frame an
inch in width and a foot in diameter, with a double net 23 feet long,
one bobbinet and the other 43-inch webbing, was lowered to 3,000
fathoms. The ship was then moved slightly ahead while another
1,000 fathoms of cable was paid out. On hauling in, it was found
that the net had indeed struck bottom, but the wire cable, unfortu-
nately, had been too profusely supplied and had kinked, so that a
large amount of it had to be abandoned on account of the kinking.
The net itself contained a bit of sticky mud and a single fragment of
an Oliva.
While these operations were going on, another tiger shark was
captured, a moderate-sized specimen, and later still another, probably
a Carcharodon. Both of these were examined by Dr. Price and Mr.
Weber for parasites, and parts of the animals were preserved.
STATION 91. Lat. 18°37’30” N. Long. 65°05’00” W. March I, 1933
Lat. 18°42’00” N. Long. 65°10’00” W.
We lowered the 6-foot beam trawl at 2: 58 p.m. on bottom register-
ing between 320 and 4oo fathoms. The trawl was surfaced at 4: 43,
and the haul proved to be merely a water haul.
We came to anchor at Brewers Bay, St. Thomas, and after dark
Mr. Weber and Miss Florence Douglass used the submarine light at
the gangway and obtained a splendid lot of fish, four small squids,
some shrimp, and other crustaceans. We also used the cargo light
26 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
and the 8-foot circular net, but the strong current prevented its
successful operation. The single haul, however, yielded a small
number of minute crustaceans.
STATION 92. Lat. 18°39'00” N. Long. 65°05’30” W. March 2, 1933
Lat. 18°38’00” N. Long. 65°09’30” W.
A 6-foot beam trawl was let down at 8: 35 a.m., when Culebrita
Light bore 202°, the northwest point of St. Thomas 170°. When it
was hauled in at 10:00, Culebrita Light bore 193° and the north-
west point of St. Thomas 158°. The depth varied from 310 to 350
fathoms.
Upon hauling in, it was found that all of the gear had been torn
free from the shackle and lost.
STATION 93. Lat. 18°38’00” N. Long. 65°09'30” W. March 2, 1933
Lat. 18°37'45” N. Long. 65°05’00” W.
When the 3-foot dredge was lowered at 10:10 a.m., Culebrita
Light bore 193° and the northwest point of St. Thomas 158°. When
it was surfaced at 11: 44, Culebrita Light bore 196° and the north-
west point of St. Thomas 164°. The depth varied from 350 to 400
fathoms.
The haul yielded a bagful of cementlike mud which contained
many specimens including mollusks, echinoderms, worms, and foram-
inifera.
STATION 94. Lat. 18°37’45” N. Long. 65°05’00” W. March 2, 1933
Lat. 18°39’00” N. Long. 65°03'30” W.
When another 3-foot dredge was put overboard at 11:51 am.,
Culebrita Light bore 196° and the northwest point of St. Thomas
164°. When it was surfaced at 2:10 p.m., Culebrita Light bore
206° and the northwest point of St. Thomas 177°, the depth varying
from 300 to 470 fathoms.
The dredge became unshackled on one side, and the protecting
canvas sleeve was almost ripped off and badly torn, but the webbing
held several chunks of rock which are made up almost exclusively of
pteropod shells. The writer has not known pteropod shells to form
coquina before, and he believes that the largest specimen will prove
to be excellent for museum exhibition. In addition to this we
obtained also some brittlestars and some splendid mollusks and
brachiopods.
NO: I IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH 27
STATION 95. Lat. 18°39’00” N. Long. 65°03’30” W. March 2, 1033
Lat. 18°39'00” N. Long. 65°o1'30” W.
When the 3-foot dredge was put overboard at 2: 25 p.m., Culebrita
Light bore 196° and the northwest point of St. Thomas 164°. When
it was hauled in at 3: 43, Culebrita Light bore 209° and the north-
west point of St. Thomas 282°. The haul was made in 300 to 350
fathoms. The entire gear, including the swivel, was lost in this
attempt.
STATION 96. Lat. 18°36’00” N. Long. 65°05’30” W. March 3, 1033
Lat. 18°37'15” N. Long. 65°03’00” W.
When the otter trawl was lowered at 8:35 a.m., the northwest
point of St. Thomas bore 170° and the west point of Savana Island
180°. When it was surfaced at 10: 20, the northwest point of St.
Thomas bore 180° and Savana Island 188°.
This haul, made in 270 to 330 fathoms, was one of the finest of
the cruise, yielding several large deep-sea fish, as well as smaller
species; some splendid mollusks, among them a lot of Xenophora
longleyi; worms; sea urchins; brittlestars; and large rose-red_ holo-
thurians.
STATION 97. Lat. 18°37’30” N. Long. 65°02'15” W. March 3, 1933
Lat. 18°38’15” N. Long. 65°00’30” W.
When the otter trawl was again lowered at 10: 52 a.m., the north-
west point of St. Thomas bore 182° and Savana Island 189°. When
it was surfaced at 12:19 p.m., the northwest point of St. Thomas
bore 187° and the west point of Jost Van Dyke Island 131°. The
depth ranged from 310 to 400 fathoms.
This haul yielded some very interesting deep-sea fish.
STATION 98. Lat. 18°33’30” N. Long. 65°00’00” W. March 3, 1933
Lat. 18°39’30” N. Long. 64°56’00” W.
When the otter trawl was put overboard at 12: 50 p.m., the north-
west point of St. Thomas bore 188° and the west point of Jost Van
Dyke Island bore 133°. When it was surfaced at 2: 43, the northwest
point of St. Thomas bore 199° and the west point of Jost Van Dyke
Island 146°. The depth ranged from 290 to 340 fathoms.
The net, unfortunately, did not touch bottom, as the haul included
pelagic animals only, embracing a lot of small deep-sea fish, a few
pteropods and heteropods, and some shrimp.
28 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS: COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 99. Lat. 18°30’30” N. Long. 64°56’00” W. March 3, 1933
Lat. 18°40’'00” N. Long. 64°51’00” W.
When the otter trawl was again put overboard at 3:22 p.m., the
northwest point of St. Thomas bore 199° and the west point of Jost
Van Dyke Island 146°. When it was surfaced at 4:51, the west
point of Jost Van Dyke Island bore 163° and Tobago 173°. The
depth varied from 180 to 200 fathoms.
The net touched bottom, as evidenced by the eight sea urchins,
brittlestars, crinoids, and crustaceans that were captured. We also
gathered a number of deep-sea fish and a few mollusks.
STATION 100. Lat. 18°38’45” N. Long. 64°52’45” W. March 4, 1933
Lat. 18°40'15” N. Long. 64°50'15” W.
When the otter trawl was let down at 8: 41 a.m., the west end of
Tobago Island bore 167° and the west end of Jost Van Dyke Island
154°. When it was surfaced at 10: 45, the center of Tobago Island
bore 176° and the west end of Jost Van Dyke Island 167°. The
depth ranged from 100 to 300 fathoms.
The haul yielded about half a bushel of material, including two
species of splendid glass sponges, a large number of deep-sea fish,
many sea urchins, brittlestars, crinoids, crustaceans, anemones, corals,
and mollusks.
STATION 101. Lat. 18°40’30” N. Long. 64°50’00” W. March 4, 1033
Lat. 18°45'40” N. Long. 64°48’00” W.
When the otter trawl was placed overboard at 11:29 a.m., the
center of Tobago Island bore 178°, and the west end of Jost Van
Dyke Island bore 169°. When it was hauled up at 1:00 p.m., the
center of Tobago Island bore 185° and the west end of Jost Van
Dyke Island 177°. The haul was made in 190 to 300 fathoms.
This haul yielded a number of deep-sea fish, some fine hydroids,
echinoderms, sponges, many crustaceans, and a few mollusks.
STATION 102. Lat. 18°s50’30” N. Long. 64°43’00” W. March 4, 1933
Lat. 18°51'00” N. Long. 64°33'00” W.
When the otter trawl was lowered at 2:25 p.m., the center of
Tobago Island bore 193° and the western end of Jost Van Dyke
Island 197°. The haul was made in depths ranging from 90 to 500
fathoms.
This was by far the most important station. The dredge came up
with a mass of material, among which were two dozen exquisite
NO. I IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH 29
Neocrinus and several specimens of another stalked crinoid, Endo.xo-
crinus parrae. There were also a lot of comatulids and some beautiful
specimens of Astrophyton attached to hydroids. We likewise obtained
a host of deep-sea fish, mollusks, brachiopods, crustaceans, sponges,
hydroids, anemones, worm tubes, etc. Dr. Price obtained a number
of parasites from larger fish.
STATION 103. Lat. 18°51’00” N. Long. 64°33’00” W. March 4, 1933
Lat. 18°49’/00” N. Long. 64°30’00” W.
An otter trawl was lowered at 4: 42 p.m. and surfaced at 6: 10,
the water varying from 150 to 400 fathoms in depth.
During this haul, the accumulator indicated that we had snagged,
and upon surfacing the line, it was found that only the bridle of the
otter trawl was present, the boards and the net having been torn away.
On the rope, however, there was a piece of a hydroid containing an
Astrophyton.
Beginning in the evening and continuing until the next morning,
T. T. Brown and Fenimore Johnson, assisted by Anthony Wilding
and Ena and Florence Douglass, took soundings. These extended
over two lines parallel to the one previously made, one 20 miles to
the north and another 20 miles to the south. Soundings on these lines
were also spaced at 5-mile intervals. The former middle line was
also extended east to coincide with these two parallel lines. The three,
therefore, are 235 miles in length. There was also a line of soundings
run north from the last dredging station to the parallel sounding
lines, on which stations were made at 5-mile intervals. All these,
together with their depths, are plotted on the accompanying chart.
A detailed report of these soundings with bearings will be published
in a separate paper.
STATION 104. Lat. 18°30’40” N. Long. 66°13’20” W. March 8, 1933
Lat. 18°30’/10” N. Long. 66°13’50” W.
When we lowered the Chesapeake Bay oyster dredge at 8: 53 a.m.,
Morro Castle Light bore 111° and the western end of Salinas Island
136°. When it was surfaced at 9:41, the western end of Salinas
Island bore 121° and the eastern end 116°. The depth ranged from
80 to 120 fathoms.
We had lined the chain-linked oyster trawl with 43-inch webbing,
and the haul brought up a bagful of bottom, containing a host of
mollusks, crustaceans, crinoids, sponges, and other forms.
30 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STATION 105. Lat. 18°30’50” N. Long. 66°13'20” W. March 8, 1933
Lat. 18°31'30” N. Long. 66°14'55” W.
When the oyster dredge was again lowered at 10:09 a.m., Morro
Castle Light bore 113° and the west end of Salinas Island 138°.
When it was surfaced at 10:51, Morro Castle Light bore 113° and
the west end of Salinas Island 129°. The haul was made in 150
fathoms.
By the time the dredge reached the surface, most of the material
had been washed out of the bag, but an interesting lot of fish, mol-
lusks, crustaceans, echinoderms, worms, and hydroids were present.
STATION 106. Lat. 18°31'20” N. Long. 66°16’30” W. March 8, 1933
Lat. 18°31'30” N. Long. 66°18’20” W.
When the otter trawl was again lowered at 11:12 a.m., Morro
Castle Light bore 109° and the west end of Salinas Island 119°.
When it was surfaced at 12:03 p.m., Morro Castle Light bore 106°
and the west end of Salinas Island 113°. The depth of this haul
ranged from 150 to 195 fathoms.
The material was again largely washed out of the dredge, but
there remained a lot of mollusks, brittlestars, anemones, and other
forms.
STATION 107. Lat. 18°32'15” N. Long. 66°17’45” W. March 8, 1933
Lat. 18°32’30” N. Long. 66°22'45” W.
When the otter trawl was put over at 12:57 p.m., Morro Castle
Light bore 112° and the west end of Salinas Island 120°. When it
was surfaced at 2:34, Punta Cerro Gordo bore 145° and Garza
Island 182°. The haul was made in 250 to 260 fathoms.
A tremendous pull on the accumulator indicated that the apparatus
had snagged, and upon hauling in, we found we had lost all the gear.
On the way north we made a series of soundings across the great
deep, which are indicated on our chart.
STATION 108. Lat. 19°32’00” N. Long. 67°53’00” W. March 9, 1933
At this station on the north side of the deep, a depth of 2,940
fathoms was sounded. We put a series of Nansen water bottles over,
but the heavy swell caused us to drift too rapidly to effect a straight
line. We therefore lowered only four bottles with thermometers to
depths of 500, 1,000, 1,900 and 2,400 meters. Water samples and
thermometer readings were obtained at this station, an account of
which will be given later.
NO. I IST JOHNSON EXPEDITION: STATIONS—BARTSCH 31
STATION 109. Lat. 20°05’00” N. Long. 68°10’00” W. March 9, 1933
The small Johnson bucket dredge was lowered at the end of the
cable to 3,000 fathoms. The drift of the ship, caused by the wind,
again prevented us from reaching bottom. The sounding given was
2,900 fathoms. The few forms caught in the Johnson bucket dredge
were pelagic organisms and were probably captured on the upward
pull.
ra) MA
eh. | a
Arete’:
Cae ae
‘
AGyiA®
% : .
oy ory
Rens
et.
re
hoa
es eee
(EF ie
oe rd
or ¢
- a
en:
€
: ’
~
Pipe cee
DEEP-SEA EXPED
30
360 350
CS soe LS
300° ra
240 360,09
PSone? f° 58
200
360,99
3
160,
60
“
Pe we:
>) Cabo Cabron e ~ = 2
3200° a o ° (I ° “4
> oe = 1 ° 4 2
) Cabo Samana © S eos ° = .
60 e ° oO .
360° = ° A .
.
| PtaMangle <—Jaatendra Ho
ne a a +, Cayo Levantad
aaHia cae %, r
ey, Wo,
“rar, trae
ia
2h
8 ae
5
os, J
y
| > Pach + Se afaih
ie) 6 “Scarras Isletsiby
\o
LDesecheo O
pee Gordal
; ae ra
Pt Z J fs) C <5. ° A : S°
Gi
‘ =" ks “or Patani erst 2 — Savanal. 9 ; A
a Culebra bene ens oa Coa 0 2 . oy
7
50 ‘i 4 47 '
———
aa | ce 0
er ; ts © Farallon Pk
E) se
|
LMonitos 49. —8—
| North Cape
= East Cape
' == - SP
_ —— pase = == = = 8
|
| |
| The soundings in these records are unreduced,
using 2 400 fathoms per second standard.
ill
| |
| Scale :/° Longitude equals 43 inches a) |
|
| |
ie) |
T ez | | 5 _ a i | | | \ )} ers
y a 69° ; 5 —-—_ = _———— = | | l | : | = L ps al 1°30
30 68 30’ 67° 30 66° 30' 65° 30° 64
Prepared and Printed for the Smithsonian Institution
By the Hydrographic Office, U.S. Navy.
4
|
;
H
y
$
bh
i
'
;
oe Ep erie ec Re eee Ne SR Pn, on) ee ee ae fa a i ake we _ a oS rt OP ee oar.
Nicos war eae he ey ? 2 pn al UST er eS oct e Per é a Rte stare ody. Fee
Sa ee See ek a Ee BS SARE SSA REP . = SANS es Ee ae
Se a a nT : : 7 F : = a aor
ee > ee ¢ : i ; : 4 : ae
per : x oe ny
Castes
Ses ai oe
Sisco
a 1S shy ee
En Ie
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 2
| Jobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE FAMILY
TURRITIDAE
(With Ercur Plates)
BY
PAUL BARTSCH
Curator, Division of Mollusks and Cenozoic Invertebrates,
. U.S. National Museum
(PUBLICATION 3229)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
Msi a MAY 29, 1934
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 2
Johnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE. PUERTO RICAN DEEP
NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE FAMILY
TURKETID AL
(WirH ErcHtT PLATES)
BY
PAUL BARTSCH
Curator, Division of Mollusks and Cenozoic Invertebrates,
U.S. National Museum
(PUBLICATION 3229)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
MAY 29, 1934
The Lord Waftimore (Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8 As
Zobnson Fund
NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE
By PAUL BARTSCH
Curator, Division of Mollusks and Cenozoic Invertebrates,
U.S. National Museum
(WitH E1cutr Priates)
The first Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition devoted its
attention to the great deep of the Atlantic—the Puerto Rican Deep, a
region faunally decidedly unexplored. The reason why this has been
so becomes quite evident to the investigator making the attempt, for
during our entire work there, which extended from January 30 to
March 9, 1933, we encountered but 2 days of calm sea. The fact
that we were able to work at all times was due to the large size of the
Caroline, which has a length over all of 279 feet 10 inches, a beam of
38 feet, depth of hull 27 feet, draft 174 feet, and also to the fact that
she carries a 50-ton Sperry gyro-stabilizer, which keeps the yacht al-
most on an even keel at all times.
Most of the 109 stations covered during our cruise yielded mollusks,
many of them members of the family Turritidae.
Almost all of the stations were on very rough bottom, and this was
particularly true of those in the Mona Island Passage. Probably the
most interesting haul was at station 92, which is near the place where
the Challenger made her famous haul at her station 24, March 25, 1873.
This was one of the four richest hauls made by the Challenger on her
whole cruise. Our stations 36, 91, 93, 94, and 95 surround this Chal-
lenger station.
We have always felt the lack of types or topotypes of the numerous
mollusks described by Watson from this station, and our hauls sup-
_ plied these.
The National Museum is exceedingly rich in West Indian mollusks,
having the large collections obtained by government investigators and
many specimens acquired through private donations. It is therefore
possible with this splendid material to subject our catch to a critical
review.
The family Turritidae has for some time been a troublesome group
whose genera have been variously interpreted by different authors.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No, 2
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Most of the difficulties have been due to the fact that authors have
been loath to increase the number of genera in the family, which has
already 326 generic names to its credit. Also, most authors have lacked
the necessary genotypes to fix definitely the characters of each genus.
Realizing the confusion that has existed and still exists in the no-
menclature of this family, I have been acquiring genotypes of it for
the National Museum for some time and can now say that the Museum
has specimens of almost all of them, or, where specimens are not
available, photographs of them. It is this collection of genotypes that
brings to light the woeful inadequacy of names, and in reviewing
even as limited a fauna as that here in part discussed, it becomes
necessary to add many new names.
In the examination of the turritids I find that the nuclear characters
here as elsewhere yield useful elements in the definition of groups,
but these are points which may be discussed in detail in the final paper,
which will give an account of all the mollusks obtained in the Puerto
Rican Deep, not merely the new forms here made known.
ELDRIDGEA, n. gen.
Type species —Eldridgea johnson, new species.
Shell moderately large, ovate (early nuclear whorls unknown). The
first of the remaining nuclear whorls apparently smooth. The early
post-nuclear whorls strongly axially ribbed. Those succeeding marked
by expanded foliations that take the place of ribs. These broadly ex-
panded elements are best understood by examining the figures (pl. 1,
figs. 1-3) ; they suggest the ornamentations of certain Boreotrophons.
The outside of the expanded wings, the base, and the columella are
marked by more or less equal and equally spaced spiral lirations. The
inside of the foliations is smooth. Aperture large. Posterior sinus
immediately below the summit; stromboid notch very shallow; inner
lip appressed to the columella ; parietal wall covered with a thin callus,
which forms a nodule at the posterior angle.
This genus suggests Clavus Montfort = Clavicantha Swainson and
Tylotia Melville, in which the ribs are spinose or slightly lamellosely
expanded, but the present genus carries this to an extreme point.
ELDRIDGEA JOHNSONI, n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. 1-3
Shell moderately large, ovate, horn-colored, with the inside of the
alations and the broad basal band white; interior of aperture porce-
laneous with a pinkish tinge. A part of the first turn of the nuclear
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 3
whorl is lost; the remaining nuclear turn appears to be smooth. The
early postnuclear whorls are marked by protractively slanting, axial
ribs, of which 9 occur upon the first three turns and 10 upon the fourth.
On the first three whorls these axial ribs are quite regular, being
strongest on the middle of the turns and tapering toward the summit
and the periphery. The spaces that separate them here are about as
wide as the broad ribs. On the fourth postnuclear whorl they begin to
be more oblique and tend toward the formation of a lamina at the tip.
This becomes accentuated on the fifth turn, and on the succeeding
turns it becomes increasingly more pronounced, gradually forming
the broad winglike expansion that characterizes this species. There
are 10 ribs on the fifth and sixth, 8 upon the seventh to ninth, and
12 upon the last turn. These alations are marked by incremental lines,
and their outside, as well as the base and columella, are crossed by
slender, wavy, spiral threads. The insides of the alations are smooth,
barring incremental lines. Aperture moderately large and expanded,
decidedly channeled anteriorly and at the posterior angle. Outer lip
thin, protracted between the posterior channel and slender stromboid
notch anteriorly. Inner lip reflected over the somewhat twisted colu-
mella as a heavy callus, which extends over the parietal wall and
forms a slight lump near the posterior angle.
Type——tThe unique type, U.S.N.M. no. 430852, was dredged at
station 12, off the north coast of Puerto Rico, in 200 to 300 fathoms
between latitude 18°31’ N., longitude 66°00'15” W. and latitude 18°
30'30” N., longitude 66°01’45” W. It has 11.5 whorls remaining and
measures: Length, 31 mm; greater diameter, including alations,
19.7 mm.
FENIMOREA, n. gen.
Type species —Fenimorea janetae, new species.
Shell large; nuclear whorls well rounded, smooth. Postnuclear
whorls with strong, broad axial ribs that are retractively bent and re-
duced in the depressed groove below the summit and extend anteriorly
to the fasciole on the base. The finer sculpture on the ribs and inter-
costal spaces consists of decidedly wavy incised spiral lines and fine
incremental lines, which vary in strength. The combination of these
two elements gives to the surface a peculiar effect, resembling the
scales on some butterfly wings; this sculpture extends to the basal
fasciole. The fasciole itself and the area immediately posterior to
it, as well as the rest of the columella, are marked by spiral threads.
The aperture is moderately long and broad and strongly channeled an-
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
teriorly. The basal sinus is deep and reflected at the edge with a
strong parietal callus; the stromboid notch is shallow.
This genus suggests Elaeocyma Dall, type E. empyrosia Dall, but
differs from it in having the nuclear whorls rounded instead of cari-
nated and the ribs stronger, and above all in the detailed fine sculpture
described above.
The genus is represented by 11 species in our collection, of which
only two have been named, namely Fenimorea moseri, Dall=Pleuro-
toma (Drillia) moseri Dall from the West Coast of Florida and Drillia
fucata, Reeve from the Bahamas. The unnamed species come from:
East Coast of Florida (3)
West Coast of Florida (1)
Puerto Rico (2, 1 here described)
St. Thomas (1)
Barbados (2)
FENIMOREA JANETAE, n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. 4-7
The shell is rather large, with the posterior groove and an area
about as wide as this groove, anterior to the groove, on the axial ribs,
white. This is followed by a broad zone of chestnut-brown occupy-
ing about half the whorls between the summit and suture; this zone
terminates a little below the periphery. Anterior to this is a fainter
thread of brown and a little paler brown area in the groove just pos-
terior to the fasciole. In addition to this, there are, in the lighter
bands in the intercostal spaces, indications of pale brown markings.
The broad brown band becomes enfeebled on the last portion of the
last whorl. The interior of the aperture is bluish white with the dark
band shining partly through this, and the callus on the columellar
area is porcelaneous. The nuclear whorls are 1.5, small, well rounded
and smooth ; the postnuclear whorls are appressed at the summit with
a depressed groove occupying the posterior third between the summit
and suture, evenly rounded from the anterior termination of this to
the periphery, and marked by strong, broad, rounded, axial ribs, which
have their strongest development anterior to the sinus at the summit
and become attenuated posteriorly in crossing the base, where they
extend to the basal fasciole. Of these ribs, 10 are present on the first
four whorls, 12 on the fifth to seventh, 14 on the eighth and ninth,
and 16 on the tenth. The spaces separating the axial ribs are about as
wide as the ribs. In addition to this sculpture the whorls are marked
by slender spiral threads in the depressed area near the summit, of
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 5
which 11 are present on the last whorl. Anterior to the depressed area
the threads are replaced by pitted impressed lines, which also cover
the base. Between the threads and lines, under high magnification,
still finer, closely spaced, microscopic spiral striations are present, and
and the ribs and the intercostal spaces also bear fine incremental lines
with microscopic axial incised lines between them. The heavier incre-
mental lines terminating anteriorly in the spiral line of pits divide the
space between the spiral lines into scalelike elements suggesting the
scales of some butterfly wings, each scale being bordered by a deeper
axial depression and marked by microscopic axial striations, as well as
the microscopic spiral lines, the axial striations being a little stronger.
The columella has a moderately strong basal fasciole, which is bor-
dered posteriorly by three feeble spiral threads and crossed by two
more, whereas anterior to the basal fasciole the columella bears about
six feebly impressed spiral threads. The aperture is moderately large,
rather broad, slightly channeled anteriorly with the posterior channel
deeply incised and its wall reflected as a strong callus over the parietal
wall. The stromboid notch at the anterior end of the outer lip is
rather short and shallow; the space between the stromboid notch and
the basal channel is clawlike. The parietal wall is covered by a
moderately thick callus. There is a stronger varix about a quarter of
a turn behind the aperture on the last whorl.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no 430249, obtained at station 26 in 33 to 40
fathoms on rough coral rock bottom between latitude 18°30’20” N.,
longitude 66°22’05” W. and latitude 18°30'30” N., longitude 66°23’
05” W. It has 12 whorls and measures: Length, 37.8 mm; greater
diameter, 14.3 mm.
DOUGLASSIA, n. gen.
Type species —Douglassia enae, new species.
Shell of medium size. Nuclear whorls well rounded, smooth; post-
nuclear whorls with a broad concave area immediately below the sum-
mit, across which the axial ribs do not extend; the rest convex. Base
rather short. Columella short with a feeble fasciole. Aperture rather
large, deeply channeled anteriorly and posteriorly, the posterior chan-
nel being immediately below the summit; stromboid notch conspicu-
ously reflected; columellar wall reflected as a heavy callus; parietal
wall with a heavy callus that forms a knob at the posterior angle. The
sculpture consists of strong axial ribs that extend from the anterior
limit of the concave area, where they are strongest over the base, grow-
ing feebler anteriorly. Fine incremental lines are also present on the
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
ribs and in the intercostal spaces. The body of the whorls is marked
by fine spiral lirations, while the columella has strong spiral cords.
The present genus suggests Symatosyrinx Dall, the type of which is
Pleurotoma lunata Lea, which comes from the Yorktown Miocene at
Petersburg, Va. It differs from it in having the nuclear whorls well
rounded instead of carinated, the columella strongly lirate, the basal
fasciole less pronounced, and in being smaller in every way.
DOUGLASSIA ENAE, n. sp.
Plate 2, figs. 1-3
Shell elongate-conic, wax-yellow with a broad pale-brown band at
the periphery. Nuclear whorls 2.5, smooth, forming a pointed apex.
The beginning of the postnuclear whorls has the axial riblets char-
acteristic of the later postnuclear whorls, but here they are a little
more slender and a little more closely approximated. The postnuclear
whorls are marked by strong axial ribs that almost form cusps at
the anterior termination of the posterior sinal region; they extend
only very feebly across the sinal area, which occupies the posterior
two fifths of the turns. On the last whorl these ribs are decidedly en-
feebled on the base and evanesce at the junction with the columella.
Of the axial ribs, 10 occur upon the first six whorls, 12 upon the
seventh and the last turn. These ribs are about one third as wide as
the spaces that separate them, the latter being broad and concave.
In addition to the axial ribs the whorls are marked by rather strong
incremental lines that have a decidedly sigmoid curve, being retrac-
tively slanting at the posterior sinail region and protractively anterior
to this. The spiral sculpture consists of numerous, closely spaced,
microscopic obsolete spiral lines. Base moderately well rounded. Col-
umella short and stubby, marked by 12 rather strong sinuous spiral
threads and finer spiral lines corresponding to those on the spire and
base. Aperture moderately large and rather broad, decidedly chan-
neled posteriorly and anteriorly with a feeble stromboid notch. The
outer lip is protracted between the posterior angle and the stromboid
notch into a clawlike element, while the inner lip is reflected over
the columella as a heavy callus, which extends over the parietal wall
and projects into the aperture at the posterior sinus as a decided
knob. There is a heavy varix about one sixth of a turn behind the
edge of the outer lip.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 430289, dredged at station 26 in 33 to 40
fathoms between latitude 18°30’20” N., longitude 66°22'05” W. and
latitude 18°30'30” N., longitude 66°23’05” W. It has 6.5 whorls
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH if
remaining and measures: Length, 16.6 mm; diameter, 6.9 mm. The
nucleus was described from one of two specimens, U.S.N.M. no.
430038, obtained at the same station. This specimen has 9 whorls
and measures: Length, 11.4 mm; diameter, 4.7 mm. Another lot,
U.S.N.M. no. 429205, contains seven specimens from station 104
taken in 80 to 120 fathoms between latitude 18°30'40” N., longitude
66°13'20” W. and latitude 18°30’10” N., longitude 66°13’50” W.
In the collection of the United States National Museum is also an
undescribed species belonging here, which was labeled Dyillia thea
Dall, variety, from the west coast of Florida.
FUSISYRINX, n. gen.
Type species—Fusisyrinx fenimorei, new species.
Shell rather fusus-like in appearance with the aperture almost equal
to the rest of the shell and a strong, deeply cut sinus at the summit
of the whorls. The columella is slender and but slightly twisted. The
nuclear whorls ? . Postnuclear whorls with a few strong knoblike
ribs, which extend from the anterior limit of the sutural sinus to the
periphery. In addition to this there are strong lines of growth which
pass over the ribs and intercostal spaces. The spiral sculpture con-
sists of fine spiral threads in the sinus at the summit, succeeded an-
teriorly to the sinus by stronger spiral threads, between which finer
spiral threads are present. This sculpture is also present on the slender
columella, where the finer spiral threads are less numerous. Aper-
ture very long, the anterior channel very slender and long, the posterior
broad and deeply incised. The outer lip is slender at the edge, and
the inner lip appears as a smooth callus and as if the shelly substance
carrying the outer sculpture had been here resorbed. This also holds
good on the parietal wall of the aperture.
FUSISYRINX FENIMOREI, n. sp.
Plate 2, figs. 4, 5
Shell very large, of fusus-like shape, milk-white, covered with a
very thin translucent periostracum. Nuclear whorls decollated. Post-
nuclear whorls strongly rounded, marked by almost knoblike axial
ribs, which extend from the anterior limit of the posterior sinus to
the periphery. These ribs are almost as wide as the spaces that sepa-
rate them. In addition to this the whorls are marked by sigmoid
axial lines of growth. Of these ribs, 10 occur upon all but the pen-
ultimate and the last whorl, each of which has 12. The spiral sculp-
8 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
ture consists of fine threads, which in the sinus portion near the
summit of the early turns are about as strong as the spiral threads
anterior to this, but on the later whorls these spiral threads become
less strongly developed, while those anterior to it increase in strength.
The anterior portion of the whorls on the later turns are marked
by rather coarse, definitely spaced threads, between which finer spiral
threads are present, varying in number from one to four. This fine
sculpture, combined with the lines of growth, gives a reticulated pat-
tern to the spiral grooves between the spiral cords. Base short, well
rounded, marked like the anterior portion of the spire. Columella
very long, slender, marked by numerous slender, more or less equally
spaced spiral threads, which become somewhat enfeebled near the
tip. Between these stronger threads an occasional slender spiral thread
is present. Aperture tear-shaped with a very long anterior channel.
The posterior channel broad and deep, immediately below the sum-
mit. The inner lip smooth, appearing as if excavated below the sur-
face of the sculptural portion of the shell. —
Type —vU.S.N.M. no. 425356, collected at station 35 in 180 to 80
fathoms between latitude 18°23’40” N., longitude 67°16'45” W. and
latitude 18°24'45” N., longitude 67°14’15” W. It has eight and one
quarter whorls remaining and measures: Length, 71.1 mm; diameter,
20.4 mm.
A younger specimen, a topotype, U.S.N.M. no. 430653, has nine
whorls remaining and measures: Length, 56 mm; diameter, 16.7 mm.
I have seen nothing in our turritid collection that compares with
this group.
POLYSTIRA Woodring
The genus Polystira was created by W. P. Woodring in 1928’
for certain large West Indian turritids. He named the largest of the
recent species, generally known as Pleurotoma albida Perry, as type.
Unfortunately, the mollusk so designated is not Pleurotoma albida
Perry, which Perry states” “is frequently found at New Zealand
and Lord Howe’s Island.” Perry’s figure 4, plate 32, of this species
does not agree with the West Indian material. It clearly resembles
certain shells from North Australia in the collection of the National
Museum. The name is, therefore, not applicable to the West Indian
shell, which will have to carry the next available designation.
* Miocene mollusks from Bowden, Jamaica, pt. 2, p. 145, 1928.
* Conchology or the natural history of shells, London, 1811.
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 9
Lamarck in 1816, in his “ Tableau Encyclopedique et Methodique ”,
figured on plate 439, as figure 2, the West Indian shell without
naming it. Wood, in 1818, in his “ Index Testaceologicus ”’, on page
125, names this species Murex virgo, referring to Lamarck’s figure
cited above. This appears to be the oldest available name for the
type species. }
The type of Polystira Woodring must therefore be Murex virgo
Wood= Polystira albida Woodring, not Perry.
POLYSTIRA FLORENCAE, n. sp.
Plate 3, figs. 4-7
Shell rather large, fusiform, pale brown, excepting the large median
keel between summit and suture and a broad area that extends over
a little more than half of the posterior part of the columella, which
are white. The tops of the other spiral keels are also a trifle paler
than the spaces between them. The first 1.5 nuclear whorls are large,
well rounded, and smooth. These are followed by about one half of
a turn that is crossed by about 10 slightly retractively curved, axial
ribs, which are about one fourth as wide as the spaces that separate
them. The postnuclear whorls are marked by very strong spiral keels,
of which the most conspicuous one is the second one below the sum-
mit, which bears the deeply narrow posterior sinus. The first keel
occupies the space almost midway between the summit and this keel.
Anterior to the strong keel, there are on each whorl two additional
keels, one, the stronger, occupying the periphery of the whorls,
another a little nearer to the strong second keel than the peripheral
and slightly weaker than the peripheral. A slender spiral thread is
present midway between the summit and the first, and between the
second and third; and two are present between the third and fourth.
The spaces between the keels are decidedly concave, and they are
crossed by slender, axial riblets, which are retractively curved pos-
terior to the strong keel and protractively curved anterior to it. In
addition to this the whorls are marked by microscopic lines of growth
and spiral striations. The base is short and marked by four keels,
which grow consecutively weaker anteriorly. In the middle of the
broad spaces between these keels is a slender spiral thread. A con-
tinuation of the axial sculpture of the spire is present here. The
columella is rather long, slender, and marked by oblique spiral cords,
which grow consecutively weaker anteriorly, becoming obsolete to-
ward the anterior tip. This also holds good for the continuation of
the axial sculpture, which likewise becomes enfeebled and obsolete.
TO SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. OT
Aperture narrow and long, the outer lip deeply incised to form the
narrow sinus of the second keel and scalloped by the rest of the
keels and cords. Inner lip thin, reflected over and appressed to the
columella. The parietal wall is covered by a moderately thick callus.
Type—U.S.N.M. no. 429760, collected at station 26, on rough
bottom off the north coast of Puerto Rico, in 33 to 40 fathoms be-
tween latitude 18°30’20” N., longitude 66°22’05” W. and latitude
18°30'30” N., longitude 66°23'05” W. It has 12 whorls and measures:
Length, 33.2 mm; greater diameter, 9.0 mm.
U.S.N.M. no. 430329 contains nine young specimens from the same
station.
U.S.N.M. no. 429747 contains five young specimens dredged at
station TO in 120 to 160 fathoms between latitude 18°29'20” N., longi-
tude 66°05/30” W. and latitude 18°30'24” N., longitude 66°04'15” W.
U.S.N.M. no. 430053 contains six specimens from station 104, on
rough bottom off the north coast of Puerto Rico, in 80 to 120 fathoms
between latitude 18°30’40” N., longitude 66°13'20” W. and latitude
18°30'10” N., longitude 66°13'50” W.
POLYSTIRA MACRA, n. sp.
Plate 3, figs. 8, 9, 13, 14
Shell slender, fusiform, pale cream-colored with the columella white.
Nuclear whorls almost 2, the first 1.5 rather large, well rounded,
smooth, the last half marked by eight slender, not strongly expressed,
sinuous, rather distantly spaced, axial riblets. The postnuclear whorls
are marked by strong spiral keels, of which the second carrying the
sinus, is the strongest. The first is a little nearer to the summit than
to the second. The other two keels ornament the anterior half of the
whorls, the fourth one being at the periphery and the third midway
between this and the strong keel. The spaces between these keels vary
in width, that between the first and second being considerably nar-
rower than that between the second and third, which equals the space
between the third and fourth. All the spaces between the keels are
deeply concave. There is a slender crenulated thread at the summit
and another slender thread between the first and second spiral keel,
a little nearer the second than the first. A feeble spiral thread is
present about one fourth of the distance between the second and
third keel anterior to the second keel, and a second thread doubly
as strong as the last mentioned is a little nearer the third keel than
the second. Another spiral thread occupies the space midway between
the second and third. The axial sculpture consists of rather strong,
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH Il
slender, closely spaced, axial riblets, which are retractively slanting
posterior to the strong keel and protractive anterior to it. The base
is moderately short, well rounded, and marked by four strong spiral
cords, which are almost equally spaced, and by the continuations of
the axial riblets. A slender thread occurs between the third and
fourth. The columella is long and slender and marked by rather
regularly spaced spiral threads, which extend to the very tip and which
grow gradually weaker from the base anteriorly. The axial sculpture
on the base is almost as strong as on the spire, while on the colu-
mella it becomes decidedly weakened and evanescent toward the tip.
Aperture narrow, slender, with a deep narrow sinus on the outer lip
corresponding to the second keel. The rest of the outer lip is rendered
more or less sinuous by the external sculpture. The inner lip is ap-
pressed to the columella as a callus, and this callus extends over the
parietal wall.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 430395, collected at station 101, off the north
coast of Puerto Rico, in 190 to 300 fathoms between latitude 18°40’
30” N., longitude 64°50’ W. and latitude 18°45’40” N., longitude
64°48’ W. It has 13.5 whorls and measures: Length, 32 mm; greater
diameter, 6.7 mm.
U.S.N.M. no. 430526 contains 21 specimens from station 23 dredged
in 260 to 360 fathoms between latitude 18°32’15” N., longitude 66°
17’45” W. and latitude 18°32’ N., longitude 66°21/15” W.
U.S.N.M. no. 429582 contains three specimens dredged from
station 32 in 200 to 280 fathoms between latitude 18°25’50” N.,
longitude 67°14'55” W. and latitude 18°23'50” N., longitude 67°17’
aa, Ww.
U.S.N.M. no. 429565 contains three specimens from station 25
obtained in 240 to 300 fathoms between latitude 18°32”15’ N., longi-
tude 66°22'10” W. and latitude 18°32’05” N., longitude 66°22’10” W.
U.S.N.M. no. 430584 contains two specimens from station 12 in
200 to 300 fathoms between latitude 18°31’ N., longitude 66°00'T5”
W. and latitude 18°30’30” N., longitude 66°01'45” W.
All the specimens obtained came from off the north coast of Puerto
Rico.
LEUCOSYRINX JANETAE, n. sp.
Plate auniess 3;. Ll,
Shell elongate, fusiform, yellowish white except the early nuclear
whorls, which are pale brown. Nuclear whorls 1.7, the first smooth
and well rounded, the second one with a faint submedian angulation.
Postnuclear whorls well rounded, bearing a series of nodulelike ribs,
I2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
which are almost median on the whorls and evanesce at the sutural
sulcus and on the anterior portion of the whorls. These nodules are
cusped on the early turns and become broad and well rounded on the
later whorls. Of these nodules, 12 occur upon the first four post-
nuclear turns, 14 upon the fifth to eighth, 16 upon the ninth, 20 upon
the tenth to twelfth, and 25 on the last whorl. In addition to these
axial nodules the whorls are marked by closely spaced, slender, sig-
moid lines of growth, which have a retractive curve in the sinus at
the summit and are protractive anteriorly. The spiral sculpture on
the early postnuclear whorls is almost absent, at best merely indicated,
but beginning with the fourth whorl and from there on it increases
steadily in strength, eventually forming in the sinus at the summit
a series of low, flattened cords of which 18 are present between the
summit and the anterior termination of the sinus, those near the sum-
mit being more broadly and more strongly developed than those on
the anterior portion. Anterior to the sinus the whorls are marked
by rather wavy subequal and subequally spaced, somewhat flattened
spiral threads of which 20 are present on the last whorl. Suture
slightly constricted. Periphery well rounded. Base short, well rounded,
marked like the spire with 10 spiral cords, which equal those on the
spire in strength and spacing. Columella rather long, moderately
slender, and marked with the same type of sculpture that character-
izes the base. Aperture pyriform, strongly channeled anteriorly, and
provided with a broad sinus at the posterior angle, the portion anterior
to the sinus being drawn forward as a clawlike element but main-
taining the same curvature as the main body whorl. Outer lip thin.
Inner lip covered with a thick callus, which extends on to the parietal
wall.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 429834, collected at station 96 in 270 to 330
fathoms between latitude 18°36’ N., longitude 65°05’30” W. and
latitude 18°37’15” N., longitude 65°03’ W. It has lost one nuclear
turn. The 15 whorls remaining measure: Length, 30.8 mm; diameter,
11.9 mm.
U.S.N.M. no. 429818 contains two topotypes obtained from sta-
tion 96.
U.S.N.M. no. 430475 contains three specimens from station 84 in
300 to 350 fathoms between latitude 18°32’30” N., longitude 65°18’
30” W. and latitude 18°39’ N., longitude 65°17’ W., one of which
served for the description of the nucleus.
U.S.N.M. no. 430519 contains three additional specimens from
station 23 in 260 to 360 fathoms between latitude 18°32’15” N.,
=
od
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 13
longitude 66°17'45” W. and latitude 18°32’ N., longitude 66°21’
eB
This species comes nearest to Leucosyrinx verrilli, from which it
differs markedly by its more slender form and more numerous no-
dulose ribs.
FUSITURRICULA ENAE, n. sp.
Plate 3, figs. 1, 2, 10
Shell of medium size, fusiform, pale horn-colored, with the inter-
costal spaces pale chestnut-brown, and with a pale chestnut-brown
median basal band, and the tip of the columella of the same color
Nuclear whorls 1.5, smooth, well rounded. A few closely spaced
wrinkles mark the transition of the nuclear turns to the postnuclear
whorls. Postnuclear whorls moderately high. The first bears a strong
median nodulose cord. On the second this cord tends to split and
from there on develops into two nodulose cords, the nodules repre-
senting the axial ribs. The nodules on the first postnuclear whorl are
cusplike, whereas those of the succeeding turns become increasingly
more rounded and elongated, their long axes corresponding with the
spiral sculpture. Of these nodules, 10 occur upon the first and second
turn, 12 upon the third and fourth, 14 upon the fifth and sixth, and
16 upon the seventh and last turns. Anterior to the two nodulose
spiral cords the whorls are marked by four almost equal and equally
spaced spiral cords. Periphery and base well rounded. The latter is
marked by five equal and equally spaced spiral threads. The entire
base and the anterior portion of the whorls are in addition crossed
by rather coarse lines of growth, which are particularly emphasized
between the spiral cords. Columella long and attenuate, marked by
19 rather distantly spaced, somewhat flattened, low, spiral cords.
Aperture very elongate, decidedly channeled anteriorly and with a
very deeply cut sinus immediately below the summit. Outer lip thin.
Inner lip slightly excavated, appearing as a white callus.
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 430619, has 10 whorls and measures: Length,
23.5 mm; diameter, 7 mm. It was dredged at station 24 in 260 to 350
fathoms between latitude 18°32'30” N., longitude 66°21’ W. and
latitude 18°31’45” N., longitude 66°19'15” W.
U.S.N.M. no. 429666 contains two specimens from station 25 in
240 to 300 fathoms between latitude 18°32’15” N., longitude 66°22’
10” W. and latitude 18°32’05” N., longitude 66°22’10” W.
U.S.N.M. no. 429823 contains one specimen from station 96 in
270 to 330 fathoms between latitude 18°36’ N., longitude 65°05’30” W.
and latitude 18°37/15” N., longitude 65°03’ W.
14. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. Ql
U.S.N.M. no. 430494 contains two specimens from station 101 in
190 to 300 fathoms between latitude 18°40'30” N., longitude 64°50’
W. and latitude 18°45’40” N., longitude 64°48’ W.
U.S.N.M. no. 430931 contains two specimens dredged at station 23
in 260 to 360 fathoms between latitude 18°32’15” N., longitude 66°
17’45” W. and latitude 18°32’ N., longitude 66°21’15” W.
GLYPHOSTOMA (GLYPHOSTOMA) EPICASTA, n. sp.
Plate 4, figs. 4, 7, 9
Shell rather large, elongate-conic, milk-white. Nuclear whorls
almost 3, the first one well rounded, the other two with a strong
submedian keel. Postnuclear whorls rather low, well rounded, marked
by axial ribs that evanesce in the sulcus below the summit, and on
the last whorls evanesce as they pass over the base. Of these ribs, 10
occur upon the first four, 12 upon the fifth and sixth, 14 upon the
seventh and eighth, 18 upon the ninth, and 20 upon the last turn. In
addition to the axial ribs the entire surface of the shell is well marked
by lines of growth, which on the sulcus below the summit are strength-
ened to form a series of wrinkles more numerous than the axial ribs.
The spiral sculpture consists of well-developed cords, which are slightly
flattened and which are about one third as wide as the spaces that
separate them. The intersection of the axial ribs and spiral cords is
rendered nodulose, the long axes of the nodules coinciding with the
spiral sculpture. Of these spiral cords, one is present on the first turn,
two on the second to sixth, three on the seventh, and seven on the
remaining. Beginning with the eighth whorl, finer spiral threads are
apparent in the sulcus below the suture, and these increase in number
with the turns. On the last turn there are six. Suture moderately
constricted. Periphery well rounded. Base rather long, well rounded,
marked like the posterior portion of the last whorl, five spiral threads
being present. Columella rather long, marked by lines of growth and
11 spiral threads, which become consecutively a little less strong from
the posterior anteriorly. The entire surface of the shell is rather
coarsely granulatedly sculptured. Aperture rather long, decidedly
channeled posteriorly and anteriorly. Outer lip reinforced by a strong
varix a little beyond the edge, the portion of the lip between the varix
and edge being reflected over the aperture as a clawlike element. The
inner edge of the thickened varix within the aperture bears seven
strong denticles. The inner lip is also denticulated. Here the denticles
are less strong and more numerous. About, 15 are present in the type.
Columella well covered by a moderately thick callus, which is strength-
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 15
ened into a decided denticle opposite the posterior termination of the
internal callus of the outer lip, thus almost constricting the posterior
channel into a tube, the outer portion of the parietal callus from the
denticle to the posterior angle of the aperture being decidedly thickened.
Type.—U.S.N.M. no 430507, dredged at station 23 in 260 to 360
fathoms between latitude 18°32’15” N., longitude 66°17’45” W. and
latitude 18°32’ N., longitude 66°21'15” W. It has almost 13 whorls
and measures: Length, 31 mm; diameter, 10 mm.
U.S.N.M. no. 429580 contains two specimens from station 32
dredged in 200 to 280 fathoms between latitude 18°25’50” N.., longi-
tude 67°14'55” W. and latitude 18°23’50” N., longitude 67°17'35” W.
U.S.N.M. no. 429668 contains two specimens from station 25
dredged in 240 to 300 fathoms between latitude 18°32'15” N., longi-
tude 66°22’10” W. and latitude 18°32’05” N., longitude 66°22’10” W.
U.S.N.M. no. 430536 contains one specimen from station 1 in 360
to 600 fathoms at latitude 18°33'45” N., longitude 66°15’ W.
This species is the largest of the West Indian Glyphostomas.
GLYPHOSTOMA (GLYPHOSTOMA) ELSAE, n. sp.
Plate 4, figs. 1, 3, 6
Shell broadly conic, yellowish white, with the tip horn-colored and
the spiral cords of the postnuclear whorls pale chestnut-brown, fading
as they cross the ribs. On the base the spiral cords are.interrupted
by the much more numerous ribs, which gives them a catenated effect.
The tip of the base is brown for about one fifth of its length, but
an area of equal width posterior to this lacks the brown inter-
rupted bands. The interior of the aperture is bluish white. Nuclear
whorls three, the first well rounded, the other two marked by a
strong acute spiral keel a little anterior to the middle of the whorls.
Postnuclear whorls well rounded, marked by exceedingly strong,
broad, almost humplike axial ribs, which become very attenuated in
the posterior sinal region and evanesce at the suture. Of these ribs,
to occur upon all but the last whorl, which has 12. The intercostal
spaces are a little wider than the ribs. At the summit of the whorls
in the posterior sinal region the shell is marked by rather strong,
closely spaced, curved riblets, which give to this part a crenulated
aspect. On the base additional riblets are intercalated so that one,
two, or even three slender axial ribs may appear between the heavy
knobs described above. These are of very regular strength and spacing
and are rendered nodulose by the spiral threads. The yellowish white
nodules furnish a decided contrast to the dark areas that separate
2
16 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
them. The spiral sculpture of the postnuclear whorls consists of
three exceedingly feeble threads in the sinal region at the summit on the
first two turns. On the third turn an additional thread is added and on
the remaining turns, two more. The posterior of these threads render
the later whorls finely nodulose. Anterior to the sinal groove three
spiral threads are present on the first and second of the postnuclear
whorls, and five on the remaining whorls except the last, which has six.
Here too an additional slender spiral thread is present between the
first and second and the second and third of the strong threads. The
suture is given a somewhat false aspect by the appressing of the sum-
mit of the whorls against the preceding turn. Periphery well rounded.
Base moderately long, marked by the slender axial riblets described
above, which become evanescent a little anterior to the middle, and
21 spiral threads, which are of almost equal strength and spacing,
the last three near the tip of the columella, however, being less strong
and a little more closely spaced. The entire surface of the shell is
' covered with fine granules. Aperture moderately large and rather
broad, strongly channeled anteriorly and posteriorly. Outer lip re-
inforced by a strong varix, from which the edge of the lip projects as
a clawlike element that is bent inward. The callus on the inside of the
lip marking the varix is finely denticulated. Fine denticles also mark
the somewhat sinuous columellar margin of the aperture.
Type.—uU.S.N.M. no. 430290, collected at station 26 in 33 to 40
fathoms between latitude 18°30’20” N., longitude 66°22’05” W. and
latitude 18°30'30” N., longitude 66°23’05” W. It has 9.5 whorls and
measures: Length, 14.3 mm; diameter, 6.5 mm.
This species is related to Glyphostoma gabbi, from which it differs
markedly in its color pattern and detailed sculpture.
GLYPHOSTOMA (GLYPHOSTOMA) HERMINEA, n. sp.
Plate 4, figs. 2, 5, 8
Shell elongate-comc, rather broad, yellowish white. Nucleus decol-
lated. Early postnuclear whorls somewhat worn, those remaining
marked by broad, stout, slightly retractively slanting axial ribs, which
are about as wide as the spaces that separate them and which evanesce
at the sulcus immediately below the summit and likewise gradually
evanesce on the base. Of these ribs, 10 occur upon the first to third and
12 on the remaining turns. On the sinus below the summit the axial
sculpture consists of numerous rather closely spaced curved riblets,
which render this part slightly crenulated. The spiral sculpture consists
of rather strongly developed, somewhat flattened cords, which in
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 17
passing over the axial ribs render these nodulose, the long axes of the
nodules coinciding with the spiral sculpture. Of these spiral cords, two
occur on the third and fourth, four on the fifth, five on the sixth, and
six on the last whorl between the summit and the periphery. In addition
to this there are fine spiral threads on the channel, at the summit of
which three occur on the fifth, four on the sixth, and five on the
last whorl. On this there are also some finer spiral threads between
some of the spiral cords. Suture well constricted. Periphery well
rounded. Base moderately long, marked by the continuation of axial
ribs and six spiral cords. Columella moderately long, marked in the
posterior half by the feeble continuation of the axial ribs and 11 spiral
threads, which grow consecutively weaker from the posterior anteri-
orly. In addition to this the entire surface of the shell is marked
by fine lines of growth and densely placed granulations. Aperture
moderately long, decidedly channeled both anteriorly and posteriorly.
Outer lip reinforced by a strong callus a little behind the edge, the edge
being produced into a clawlike element. The inside of the callus within
the aperture bears seven strong denticles. Inner lip also denticulated,
the denticles not so strongly developed as on the outer lip. The anterior
portion of the inner lip is abraded so that the actual count of the
denticles cannot be made. Parietal wall covered by a callus that is
developed into a strong denticle opposite the posterior termination
of the callus of the outer lip, which renders the posterior sinus almost
tubular.
Type—The unique type, U.S.N.M. no. 430354, was collected at
station 102 in 90 to 500 fathoms between latitude 18°50’30” N.,
longitude 64°43’ W. and latitude 18°51’ N., longitude 64°33’ W. It
has eight whorls remaining and measures: Length, 16 mm; diameter,
6.5 mm.
GLYPHOSTOMA (GLYPHOSTOMOPS), n. subgen.
Type species—Glyphostoma (Glyphostomops) hendersoni, new
species.
Shell similar to Glyphostoma but lacking the denticulations on the
columella and within the aperture on the varicial callus.
GLYPHOSTOMA (GLYPHOSTOMOPS) HENDERSONI, n. sp.
Plate 5, figs. 2, 5, 8
Shell moderately large, elongate-conic, milk-white. Nuclear whorls
2.5, the last one with a moderately strong angulation one third of the
distance between the summit and the periphery, posterior to the
18 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
periphery. Postnuclear whorls moderately well rounded, marked by
somewhat sinuous, retractively slanting axial ribs, of which 12 occur
upon the first, second, and third, 14 upon the fourth, 16 upon the
fifth, 18 upon the sixth, and 20 upon the last whorl. These ribs
become somewhat attenuated on the shoulder near the summit, where
they are somewhat bent to correspond to the posterior channel. In
addition to this the whorls are marked by rather strong spiral cords,
of which one occurs upon the first, two upon the second and third,
three upon the fourth, and four upon the remaining turns excepting
the last, which has five. These cords are of about equal strength,
and the first of them is about one fourth the distance between the sum-
mit and suture anterior to the summit. The intersection of the axial
ribs and spiral cords form elongate nodules having their long axes
parallel to the spiral cords. In addition to this the entire surface of
the axial ribs and intercostal spaces are marked by lines of growth.
Suture moderately constricted. Periphery well rounded. Base mod-
erately long, marked like the spire, bearing four nodulose cords. Colu-
mella rather long, moderately stout, marked by 17 spiral cords and
threads, which grow progressively weaker anteriorly, the last six being
very feebly indicated. Aperture rather large, outer lip with a very
strong varix a little behind its edge, from which a clawlike element
projects into the aperture, bearing the external sculpture on its outer
surface. This structure, together with a rather strong denticle on
the parietal wall, gives to the posterior channel an almost tubular
effect. Inner lip covered with a thick callus, which is reflected over
the columella and the parietal wall.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 411799, collected by Mr. Henderson’s yacht
Eolis at station 153, 34 miles southeast of Fowey Light. It has 9.5
whorls and measures: Length, 12.4 mm; diameter, 4.5 mm.
There are 65 additional lots in the collection of the National Museum
from various stations along the Florida coast.
GLYPHOSTOMA (GLYPHOSTOMOPS) OENOA, n. sp.
Plate 5, figs. 1, 3, 4
Shell small, slender, shiny, pale yellow. Nuclear whorls a little more
than three, the first well rounded, the second with a very feeble angu-
lation, and the third with a submedian carina. Postnuclear whorls
marked by 10 irregularly developed, protractively slanting axial ribs,
which evanesce in the sinus at the summit and at the periphery. These
irregular callus-like ribs are about one third as wide as the spaces
that separate them. In addition to this axial sculpture the whorls are
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 19
marked by fine lines of growth. The spiral sculpture consists of a
raised, slightly submedian cord on the first turn, which at its junction
with the axial ribs renders this sharply nodulose. This keel has a
tendency to bifurcation, which becomes complete on the next turn,
where two nodules are present, and on the last turn an additional nodule
appears on the periphery. In addition to these spiral cords the entire
surface of spire and base is marked by closely spaced microscopic
spiral striations. Suture moderately constricted. Periphery well
rounded. Base moderately long, marked by a feeble spiral thread
below the periphery and another near the columella. The columella is
slender and marked by eight poorly expressed spiral threads. The
aperture in the only specimen at hand is fractured. I am therefore
unable to give a description of the features covering this part of the
shell. The inner lip is decidedly sigmoid.
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 429437, collected at station 37 in 160 to 200
fathoms between latitude 18°13'50” N., longitude 67°39’20” W. and
latitude 18°11'55” N., longitude 67°42’50” W. It has eight whorls
remaining and measures: Length, 9.1 mm; diameter, 3 mm.
Its characters are nearest to those of an undescribed species from
the south side of Cuba. It is also distantly related to Glyphostoma
(Glyphostomops) hendersoni.
COMPSODRILLIA PETERSONTI, n. sp.
Plate 5, figs. 6, 7, 9
Shell very elongate-conic, bluish white. Nuclear whorls 2.5, the
first two well rounded, smooth, the last half crossed by a number of
distantly spaced axial riblets. Postnuclear whorls well rounded, the
first with two nodulose spiral threads, the second with three, of which
the median is the strongest. These remain throughout the length of
the shell. In addition to this the appressed summit of the shell appears
as a spiral cord. The posterior sinus is narrow and located immedi-
ately below the spiral cord at the summit. In addition to the strong
spiral cords finer spiral threads are present both in the sinal sulcus
near the summit and on and between the ribs anterior to this. In ad-
dition to the spiral sculpture the whorls are marked by axial ribs
which have their beginning in the nodulose spiral threads on the first
postnuclear whorl. These axial ribs are slightly protractively slanting.
They extend but very slightly posteriorly to the posterior sulcus, and
evanesce anteriorly on the base of the last whorl. They are more
than twice the width of the spaces that separate them. Of these, Io
occur upon the first to seventh, 12 upon the eighth to tenth, and 14
740) SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
upon the last whorl. These ribs and the spaces that separate them are
marked by lines of growth, which also extend across the posterior
sulcus and over the base and columella and give to the general sur-
face a finely reticulated clothlike sculpture. Suture slightly impressed.
Base well rounded, marked by four strong nodulose spiral cords like
the spire and the intervening spiral threads. Columella rather long,
twisted, with an obscure indication of an umbilicus at its tip, marked
by seven strong, broad, rounded, very nodulose spiral cords, and
six slender threads on the anterior tip. Between and on the strong
cords on the columella finer threads are present. Aperture rather
long, strongly channeled anteriorly and posteriorly, the posterior chan-
nel almost forming a tube, since the outer lip and the parietal callus
bend forward, partly closing it. The outer lip bears a strong varix
one fifth of a turn behind its edge, and beyond this is drawn into a
clawlike element, which bends in very slightly toward the aperture.
The inner lip is strongly developed and projects considerably beyond
the columella and extends as a rather thickened callus over the parietal
wall, forming a decided knob at the termination of the posterior angle
of the aperture.
Type.—uvU.S.N.M. no. 429821, dredged at station 96 in 270 to 330
fathoms between latitude 18°36’ N., longitude 65°05’30” W. and
latitude 18°37’15” N., longitude 65°03’ W. It has lost the nucleus and
first postnuclear turn. The 12 whorls measure: Length, 27.6 mm;
diameter, 6.7 mm.
U.S.N.M. no. 430514 contains three specimens dredged at station 23
in 260 to 360 fathoms between latitude 18°32’15” N., longitude 66°
17'45” W. and latitude 18°32’ N., longitude 66°21'15” W. From one
of these the nucleus and first postnuclear whorl were described.
This species is most nearly related to Compsodrillia tristicha, Dall
(=Drillia tristicha, Dall), which came from between the Mississippi
Delta and Cedar Keys from a depth of 196 fathoms, but is easily
distinguished from it by its much more slender form and detail of
sculpture.
COMPSODRILLIA DISTICHA, n. sp.
Plate 6, figs. 6-8
Shell elongate-conic, covered with a very pale, ashy, dehiscent peri-
ostracum, which in the type is absent on the base and columella and
gives the shell a decidedly bicolored effect, the shell itself appearing
white. Nuclear whorls 2.5, well rounded, smooth, the last half crossed
by a small number of axial riblets. First postnuclear whorl with two
nodulose spiral cords. On the next turn these split into two and three
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 21
tuberculated cords, the third one almost falling into the suture, being
appressed to the cord at the summit of the succeeding turns. These
remain inconspicuous on the succeeding turns, while the other two
occupying the middle portion of the shell become decidedly pro-
nounced. The cord at the summit forms an abrupt sloping shoulder,
and the space between this and the first strong spiral cord constitutes
the sulcus marking the posterior channel of the shell. In addition
to these spiral cords the cords themselves and the spaces that separate
them are marked by strong spiral threads. This is also true of the
sulcus at the summit, the base, and partly so of the columella. The
axial sculpture consists of very heavy, broad, low, rounded ribs which
are about twice as wide as the spaces that separate them. These ribs
are rendered nodulose by the two strong spiral cords. They are also
marked, as well as the intercostal spaces, by slender lines of growth
that extend over the entire surface of the shell. Of these ribs, 12
are present on all the whorls. Suture slightly constricted. Periphery
well rounded. Base short, marked by three strong spiral cords. Colu-
mella moderately long, slightly curved and marked by nine strong
spiral cords, between and on which slender spiral threads are present.
Aperture moderately long, channeled posteriorly and anteriorly. Un-
fortunately, the outer lip is fractured in the unique type so that it is
impossible accurately to describe this, and the shell is not sufficiently
mature to have differentiated the heavy varix behind the aperture
characteristic of the group. The inner lip constitutes the heavy callus
that extends upon the parietal wall.
Type.—tThe type, U.S.N.M. no. 429401, has 11.7 whorls and mea-
sures: Length, 26.6 mm; diameter, 7.4 mm. It was dredged at station
67 in 180 to 280 fathoms between latitude 18°30’12” N., longitude
65°45/48” W. and latitude 18°32'18” N., longitude 65°46’12” W.
This species is easily differentiated from Compsodrillia tristicha by
the fact that only two of the strong spiral keels are apparent on the
whorls.
COMPSODRILLIA NANA, n. sp.
Plate 6, figs. 1-3
Shell small, elongate-conic, yellowish white. The first one-half nu-
clear turn well rounded, smooth, the last half marked by a few rather
distantly spaced, slightly protractively slanting axial riblets. Post-
nuclear whorls well rounded, the first marked by three slender spiral
cords, of which the anterior two increase more rapidly in size than the
first one, which remains rather feeble. The summit of the whorls is
22 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
marked by a smooth spiral cord representing the portion appressed
to the preceding turn. On the later whorls the sinal sulcus at the sum-
mit is crossed by two slender spiral threads anterior to the cord at
the summit which divides the space between this cord and the first
strong nodulose cord into nearly equal portions. There is also a
slender spiral cord between the first and second strong nodulose cords
on the antepenultimate turn and two on the last whorl. There are
two slender spiral cords between the second nodulose cord and the
nodulose cord at the periphery which shows weakly in the suture of
the whorls. The axial sculpture consists of strong, broad, rounded,
protractively slanting ribs, which are about twice as wide as the spaces
that separate them. The junction of these ribs with the stronger
spiral cords produces nodules. Suture well impressed. Periphery
marked by a nodulose spiral cord, the major portion of which, how-
ever, falls immediately below the periphery. Base short, well rounded,
marked by two nodulose spiral cords. Columella rather short and
stumpy, marked by nine subequal, closely spaced, feebly nodulose
spiral cords. Aperture rather short, decidedly channeled anteriorly
and posteriorly, the posterior channel falling in the posterior angle
of the aperture. There is a strong varix a little behind the edge of the
outer lip, and the outer lip between the channel at the summit and
its base is protracted into a clawlike element, which, however, does not
infringe upon the aperture. The inner lip is reflected as a distinct
wall upon the columella and forms a heavy callus on the parietal wall.
Type—uvU.S.N.M. no. 430562, collected at station 13 in 200 to
300 fathoms between latitude 18°31'05” N., longitude 66°02’15” W.
and latitude 18°30’30” N., longitude 66°04’05” W. It has 7.5 whorls
and measures: Length, 8.7 mm; diameter, 3.1 mm.
DARBYA, n. gen.
Type species —Darbya lira, new species.
Shell elongate-conic. Nuclear whorls well rounded, smooth. The
early postnuclear whorls with a single median row of cusps, the later
ones with heavy knoblike axial ribs anterior to the sulcus at the sum-
mit, which are crossed by strongly developed, low, well-rounded,
weakly nodulose, spiral cords anterior to the sulcus. The entire sur-
face is marked by fine lines of growth, which are retractively slanting
in the sulcus and protractively slanting on the rest of the turn. Suture
strongly appressed. Base well rounded. Columella short, thickened
to form a broad fold opposite the varix of the outer lip; this fold is
separated from the parietal wall by a deep concave channel. The
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 23
outside of the columella is marked by a few strong spiral cords. Aper-
ture very strongly channeled posteriorly and anteriorly. The posterior
channel falls immediately below the summit and is deeply incised. A
strong varix is present about half a turn behind the edge of the outer
lip which is protracted to form a clawlike element anterior to the
sinus. The inner lip appears as a heavy callus, which is reflected over
the columella and extends up on the parietal wall.
DARBYA LIRA, n. sp.
Plate 6, figs. 4, 5; plate 7, figs. 6, 8
Shell elongate-conic, pale yellow, with a faint brown band encircling
the whorls a little anterior to the sinal sulcus at the summit. Nuclear
whorls 1.5, smooth, well rounded. Postnuclear whorls well rounded,
marked on the first three turns by a submedian row of distantly spaced
cusps. On the succeeding whorls these cusps become elongated into
ribs that extend from the sinal sulcus at the summit anteriorly to the
suture, becoming weaker toward the suture. Of these ribs, 10 occur
upon the first whorl, 12 upon the second and third, and 14 upon the
remaining whorls except the last, which has 16. The spaces that sepa-
rate these ribs are a little less wide than the ribs. In addition to this
there are numerous fine lines of growth, which slope retractively in
the sulcus at the summit and protractively anteriorly. The sulcus at
the summit is without spiral sculpture, whereas in the region anterior
to it both ribs and intercostal spaces are crossed by rather strong, low,
rounded, spiral cords, of which four occur upon the fifth to seventh,
five upon the eighth, seven upon the ninth, and eight upon the last
‘whorl between the summit and suture. These spiral cords are more
or less equal. Suture rendered conspicuous by the slightly sloping
shoulder of the summit of the whorls. Periphery well rounded. Base
short, marked by the feeble continuation of the axial ribs and by seven
spiral cords which are of unequal strength. Columella short and
stubby with a strong, broad fold opposite the varix on the outer lip
which is separated from the parietal wall by a concave groove;
marked by seven rather broad spiral cords, which are separated by
narrow channels. Aperture short, decidedly channeled anteriorly
and posteriorly, the posterior channel being deeply notched and at the
summit of the shell. There is a broad varix half a whorl behind the
aperture, the outer lip being protracted between the sinus and the
basal portion. The inner lip is appressed to the columella as a heavy
callus which extends over the parietal wall.
24 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 430930, collected at station 23 in 260 to 360
fathoms between latitude 18°32'15” N., longitude 66°17’45” W. and
latitude 18°32’ N., longitude 66°21'15” W. It has 12 whorls and
measures: Length, 22.6 mm; diameter, 6.2 mm.
U.S.N.M. no. 430505 contains three specimens from the same
station.
U.S.N.M. no. 430534 contains one specimen from station I in 400
fathoms, latitude 18°33’45” N., longitude 66°15’ W.
U.S.N.M. no. 430660 contains one specimen from station 35 in 180
to 80 fathoms between latitude 18°23’40” N., longitude 67°16’45” W.
and latitude 18°24’45” N., longitude 67°14'15” W.
LEPTODRILLIA SPLENDIDA, n. sp.
Plates7, figss 2.5, 7
Shell small, elongate-conic, shiny. Nuclear whorls 1.5, well rounded,
smooth. Postnuclear whorls moderately well rounded with strongly
developed axial ribs, which begin weakly at the summit of the whorls
and become strongest at about the anterior termination of the pos-
terior third, again gradually weakening on the base and evanescing on
the columella. These ribs on the early whorls are cusped at their
highest elevation. On the later whorls the cusps become less pro-
nounced. Ten occur upon all but the last whorl, which has twelve.
There is a very strong varix a little distance behind the outer lip. The
lines of growth are exceedingly fine, and the spiral sculpture is absent
on all but the columella, thus giving to the entire surface of the shell a
decidedly glassy appearance. On the anterior two thirds of the colu-
mella nine slender spiral threads are present. Aperture rather broad,
decidedly channeled anteriorly and posteriorly. The posterior chan-
nel is at the summit of the whorl and is deeply incised. The outer lip
from the channel to the slender notch anteriorly is protracted into a
clawlike element. Inner lip appressed to the columella as a heavy cal-
lus that extends over the parietal wall and forms a decided knob
over the posterior angle.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 429368, dredged at station 56, Samana Bay,
in 17 fathoms between latitude 19°10'15” N., longitude 69°27’20” W.
and latitude 19°10'15” N., longitude 69°28’05” W. It has a little more
than eight whorls and measures: Length, 9.5 mm; diameter, 3.1 mm.
U.S.N.M. no. 429752 contains four specimens from station 10, in
120 to 160 fathoms between latitude 18°29’20” N., longitude 66°05’
30” W., and latitude 18°30’24” N., longitude 66°04’15” W.
This species differs from Leptodrillia loria in being in every way
larger and in having much larger nuclear whorls.
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 25
LEPTODRILLIA LORIA, n. sp.
Plate 7. figs. 1, 3,4
Shell small, elongate-conic, vitreous, semitranslucent. Nuclear
whorls 1.5, well rounded, smooth. Postnuclear whorls moderately
well rounded, marked by rather strong, almost vertical axial ribs,
which become weak toward the summit and which attain their largest
development on the posterior third of the whorls. On the first post-
nuclear whorl these ribs are cusped; on the later ones they become
less elevated. On the last whorl they extend but feebly across the base
and evanesce on the columella. These ribs are about two thirds as
wide as the spaces that separate them. Eight are present on the first,
and 10 on all but the last whorl, which has 12. In addition to the
axial ribs the whorls are marked by fine incremental lines on the spire
as well as the base. Suture well impressed. Periphery well rounded.
Base moderately long, well rounded. Spiral sculpture is absent on
the spire and base and present on the short, stout columella, which
is crossed by nine spiral threads. Aperture rather large, strongly
channeled anteriorly and posteriorly. The posterior sinus is deeply
notched and immediately below the summit. There is a slender strom-
boid notch a little posterior to the anterior termination of the outer
lip. The space between this and the posterior sinus is protracted into
a clawlike element. The inner lip is appressed to the columella as
a callus which extends up over the parietal wall, where it develops
into a conspicuous nodule near the posterior angle.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 430701 dredged at station 106 in 150 to 195
fathoms between latitude 18°31'20” N., longitude 66°16’30” W., and
latitude 18°31’30” N., longitude 66°18’20” W. It has 7.5 whorls and
measures: Length, 6.8 mm; diameter, 2.5 mm.
The present species differs from Leptodrillia splendida in being in
every way smaller and in having a much smaller nucleus.
SYNTOMODRILLIA Woodring
Type species—Syntomodrillia woodringi, new species=S. lisso-
tropis Woodring 1928, not Drillia lissotropis, Dall 18809.
In 1928 Dr. Woodring described the genus Syntomodrillia,’ citing
Drillia lissotropis Dall as type. Dall in 1881* described Drillia lis-
sotropis as follows:
Shell small, slender, somewhat bluntly tipped, with six whorls, shining with
the lustre of paraffine; nucleus rather large, bullate, smooth, translucent, shin-
* Miocene mollusks from Bowden, Jamaica, pt. 2, pp. 160-161, 1928.
*Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., pp. 58-59, 1881.
26 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
ing; remaining whorls with transverse, stout, shouldered ribs (on the last
whorl eleven) becoming obsolete anteriorly, and succeeded by a few (four or
five) revolving riblets at the anterior extreme of the canal; suture appressed;
lines of growth not evident; whorls rather inflated in appearance; notch very
slight; aperture small and unusually short; pillar very short, straight, and
pointed. Lon. of shell 4.5; of last whorl 2.25; of aperture, 1.25. Lat. of last
whorl, 1.75 mm. Defl. about 27°.
Station 20, 220 fms.
This very likely grows to larger size, and is notable for its peculiar trans-
lucent waxy lustre.
In 1889 in the same publication, he figures it on plate 11, figure 34,
and on pages QI, 92 he states:
Pleurotoma (Mangilia) lissotropis Dall, Bull. M. C. Z., IX. p. 58, August, 1881.
? Pleurotoma (Mangelia) hypsela Watson, Journ. Linn. Soc., XV. p. 433, Oct.,
1881. Chall. Gastr., p. 341, pl. xxi. fig. 4, 1885.
Habitat. Station 20, 220 fms., Gulf of Mexico; off Havana, in 127 fms.;
Station 273, near Barbados, in 103 fms.; Stations 282 and 290, off Barbados,
in 154 and 73 fms., coral; Station 134, near Santa Cruz, in 248 fms., coarse
sand. Range of temperatures, 54°.5 to 71° F.
Mr. Watson’s specimen is not sufficiently perfect to decide with certainty,
but it looks very much like the present species. The examination of better
material since the first description was made shows this species to have the
regular Drillia aperture and nucleus, and it is therefore referred to that genus.
The curvature and number of the ribs vary slightly, and the spaces between
are indifferently perfectly smooth, or finely spirally striate, especially toward
the anterior end of the shell. .... These shells are so very small and polished
that it is extremely difficult for an artist in pure line-work to represent them
adequately. Only lithography with its delicate mutations of shade can do it
properly. For this reason our figures of this species are less satisfactory than
most of these which represent rougher and larger shells.
Critically examining the material in the collection of the United
States National Museum, I find that Dr. Dall in his last report em-
braced three species under this name, one belonging to the genus
Leptadrillia Woodring, another to Syntomodrillia Woodring, and a
third to an unnamed genus. Woodring, in selecting a specimen for his
genotype, unfortunately chose the specimen having the “ spiral sculp-
ture consisting of fine threads on pillar and of microscopic threads
between ribs of later whorls,’ (Woodring), which applies not to Dril-
lia lissotropis Dall as defined in 1881, but to Drillia lissotropis Dall in
part, as emended by him in 1889. It is the Drillia lissotropis Wood-
ring 1928, an undescribed species, which I now call Syntomodrillia
qwoodringt.
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 27
SYNTOMODRILLIA WOODRINGI, n. sp.
Plate 8, figs. 5, 7, 9
1889. Drillia lissotropis Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. pp. 91-92, in part. Not
Drillia lissotropis Dall, 1881, ibid., pp. 58-50.
i928. Drillia lissotropis, Woodring, Miocene mollusks from Bowden, Jamaica,
pt. 2, pp. 160-161.
Shell small, fusiform, yellowish white, shining. Nuclear whorls
2.5, smooth, well rounded; the early postnuclear whorls marked by
almost nodulose axial ribs, which are largest posterior to the periphery
and give to these whorls a somewhat crenulated aspect. These ribs
gradually grow longer on the succeeding turns, and on the last turn
they extend over the base to the columella. They are strongest on
the middle of the shell and become less strong anteriorly. There are
10 on the first and second postnuclear whorls, 12 on the third to
sixth, and 16 upon the last. On the last whorl there is a decided
hump a little behind the aperture. The spaces separating the axial
ribs are about as wide as the ribs, or a little wider. They are crossed
on the spire by slender, spiral threads, which are confined to the
anterior two thirds of the turns between the summit and the suture.
Of these, six occur upon the fourth, seven upon the fifth and last
whorl between the summit and the periphery, and eight between the
periphery and the insertion of the columella on the well-rounded
base. The columella is of moderate length crossed by nine almost
equal spiral threads, which are much stronger than those on the base.
Aperture moderately long and rather broad, decidedly channeled at
the posterior angle of the aperture and also anteriorly ; outer lip thin,
decidedly channeled at the posterior angle, and protracted between
the channel and its anterior limitation; inner lip reflected over and
appressed to the columella as a thick callus that extends up over the
parietal wall, where it forms a lump near the posterior angle of the
aperture. -
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 87477c, dredged by the Blake at station
273 in 103 fathoms off Barbados. It has 8.7 whorls and measures:
Length, 18.2 mm; diameter, 3.1 mm.
SYNTOMODRILLIA CAROLINAE, n. sp.
Plate 8, figs. 1, 4, 8
Shell small, elongate-conic, horn-colored with a pinkish flush. Nu-
clear whorls a little more than 2, forming a conspicuous slender apex,
whose whorls are well rounded and smooth. Postnuclear whorls
28 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
rather strongly rounded, marked by strong, slightly sinuous axial
ribs, which become slightly enfeebled near the summit of the whorls
but extend conspicuously across the posterior sulcus. These ribs are
about as wide as the spaces that separate them. Twelve occur upon
the first to third, 14 upon the fourth, and 16 upon the last turn, on
which they extend across the base to the columellar area, where they
become evanescent. In addition to the ribs the entire surface is
marked by rather well developed incremental lines. The spiral sculp-
ture is absent on all the whorls but the last. On this, five slender,
feeble spiral threads are present anterior to the sutural sinus. Suture
well impressed. Base moderately long, well rounded, marked by seven
feebly developed spiral cords that grow stronger from the periphery
anteriorly. Columella short and stubby, marked by five strong spiral
cords. Aperture decidedly channeled anteriorly and posteriorly, the
posterior channel deep and slightly thickened at the edge. There is
a strong varix about one fourth of a turn behind the aperture. Outer
lip protractive from the posterior sinus to the anterior notch, inner lip
reflected over the columella as a heavy callus that has almost the aspect
of a distinct lip, parietal wall covered by a heavy callus that develops
into a strong nodule near the posterior angle.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 430853, collected from station 10 in 120 to
160 fathoms between latitude 18°29/20” N., longitude 66°05’30” W.
and latitude 18°30’24” N., longitude 66°04’15” W. It has 7.2 whorls
and measures: Length, 6.2 mm; diameter, 2.2 mm.
U.S.N.M. no. 430999 contains two topotypes from the same locality.
This species is closely related to Syntomadrillia woodringi, from
which it can at once be distinguished by its much stouter and fewer
spiral cords on the columella and by its more slender nuclear whorls.
SYNTOMODRILLIA TANTULA, n. sp.
Plate 8, figs. 2, 3, 6
Shell small, elongate-conic, pale wax-yellow. Nuclear whorls 1.6,
smooth. Postnuclear whorls marked by strong, slightly protractively
slanting axial ribs which extend over the posterior sinus, where they
become slightly retractively curved but not interrupted. Anteriorly
they extend over the rounded periphery and base to the columella.
These axial ribs are about as wide as the spaces that separate them.
Ten are present on the first three postnuclear whorls, 12 on the fourth,
and 14 on the last turn. The spiral sculpture consists of well-incised
lines anterior to the posterior sinus, no spiral sculpture being noticed
on the latter. Of these lines, 5 are present on the second, 6 on the
NO. 2 NEW TURRITID MOLLUSKS—BARTSCH 29
third, 10 on the fourth, and 19 on the last whorl and base. On the
columella the spaces between these lines form moderately strong
threads which increase in size from the insertion of the columella
toward its tip. Nine of them are present. Aperture moderately large,
decidedly channeled anteriorly and posteriorly; the posterior channel
is very deeply incised. The outer lip is protracted anterior to the
posterior channel into a clawlike element. There is a very heavy varix
a little behind the outer lip on the last turn. The inner lip is reflected
over the columella as a heavy callus that extends over the parietal
wall and extends as a decided knob opposite the outer lip.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 430164, dredged at station 16, off the north
coast of Puerto Rico in 38 to 95 fathoms between latitude 18°29’40”
N., longitude 66°08’30” W. and latitude 18°31’00” N., longitude
66°10'15” W. It has 7.6 whorls and measures: Length, 7.1 mm;
diameter, 2.8 mm.
Another specimen, U.S.N.M. no. 430854, not quite complete, is from
the same station.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO. 2. PL. 1
NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE
Eldridgea johnsoni.
3;
7, Fenimorea janetac.
Te
4-7,
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS Works Qilh IN@s 25 Tks 2
NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE
1-3, Douglassia enae.
4,5, Fusisyrinx fenimorei.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
13
NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE
10,
12,
4-75
14,
Fusiturricula enae.
Leucosyrinx janetae.
Polystira florencae.
Polystira macra,
VOL.
B)ilig IN@a 2p. [Ales
3
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO. 2, PL. 4
NEw MOLLUSKS OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE
1, 3,6, Glyphostoma (Glyphostoma) elsae.
2,5,8, Glyphostoma (Glyphostoma) herminea.
4,7,9, Glyphostoma (Glyphostoma) epicasta.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 911), NO: 2, PE. 5
NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE
lg Sige Glyphostoma (Glyphostomops) oenoa.
2,5, 8, Glyphostoma (Glyphostomops) hendersoni.
6,7, 9, Compsodrillia petersont.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO. 2, PL. 6
NEw MOLLUSKS OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE
1-3, Compsodrillia nana.
4,5, Darbvalira.
6-8, Compsodrillia disticha.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO. 2, PL. 7
7
NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE
1, 3, 4, Leptodrillia loria.
2, 5, 7, Leptodrillia splendida.
6, 8, Darbya lira.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO. 2, PL. 8
NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE
1, 4, 8, Syntomodrillia carolinac.
2, 3,6, Syntomodrillia tantula.
5,7;,9, Syntomodrillia woodringi.
+h
¢
fy
vad s
an
;
+t
SS TP ET Sa a SE ne,
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 3
Sobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
ae ~JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
LO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
CYCLODORIPPE
(WiTH ONE PLATE)
BY
_ MARY J. RATHBUN
Associate in Zoology, U.S. National Museum
(PUBLICATION 3230)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
Yay PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
FEBRUARY 5, 1934
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 3
Fobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
| TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
pene vy CRAB OF THE GENUS
ee eODOKIPPE
(WiTH ONE PLATE)
BY
MARY J. RATHBUN
Associate in Zoology, U.S. National Museum
(PUBLICATION 3230)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
FEBRUARY 5, 1934
The Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. & A.
Fobnson Fund
A NEW CRAB*OF THE GENUS CYCLODORIPPE
3y MARY J. RATHBUN
Associate in Zoology, U.S. National Museum
(Witra One Prats)
Two species of Cyclodorippe are known from American waters :
C. agassizti and C. antennaria, both described briefly by A. Milne
Edwards and later described in detail and figured by Milne Edwards
and Bouvier. Of C. agassizui, these authors recognized one varietal
specimen from off Havana; the first Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea
Expedition obtained three similar specimens in Puerto Rican waters.
This additional material permits establishing that so-called variety as
a distinct species, to which the name bouvieri is here given.
Family DORIPPIDAE Dana
Genus CYCLODORIPPE A. Milne Edwards
CYCLODORIPPE BOUVIERI, n. sp.
Cyclodorippe agassizti, A. Milne Edwards and Bouvier, Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 27, p. 94 (part), 1902.
Description —Cyclodorippe bouvieri differs from C. agassizii as
follows: There is no spine on the protogastric regions; the median
spines are tubular, not conical, and are higher than in agassizi; the
granulation is coarser on carapace and cheliped; the margin of the
rostrum is arcuate, not angled; orbit narrow in dorsal view, margin
rounding, orbital spine smaller than in the allied form. Wrist with a
prominent blunt outer tooth or spine near distal end and directed
forward.
Type locality and distribution.—A male specimen from station 100,
northeast of Puerto Rico, latitude 18°40'15” N., longitude 64°50'15”
W., 150 fathoms, March 4, 1933, has been selected as the holotype
(U.S.N.M. no. 67827). It has a carapace length of 5.2 mm and a
width of 5.6 mm. An ovigerous female was also taken in the same
haul. A second male specimen was taken at station 1o1, latitude
18°45/40” N., longitude 64°48’ W., in 300 fathoms. The specimen
that Milne Edwards and Bouvier thought represented but a variety
of C. agassizii was dredged by the United States Coast Survey
steamer Blake off Havana, Cuba (station 53) in 242 fathoms.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No.3
=
i, eS é
hl en,
ero es hay? m
hy was 4 ay iS
sna as ia "
ha ave
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS WOES al, INOS sh, TLS 1
—_
|
’
| ad
J
a : 5
| =
oa
y ON
: a is :
Pe Age»,
— : Me Ya
by i neg »_
CSS” ff }
| A
i
(a
ee
b
CYCLODORIPPE BOUVIERI, MALE HOLOTYPE
LENGTH OF CARAPACE 5.2 MM
a, dorsal view; b, ventral view.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 4
Jobnson “Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
- JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
- TWO NEW CRINOIDS |
ids RR je ee (WitH Two Prates)
AUSTIN H. CLARK
Curator, Division of Echinoderms, U.S. National Museum
Ara Pe Bt Ee Ss puters (PUBLICATION 3231)
Pee CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
A FEBRUARY 7, 1934
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 4
Johnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
LO TUTE PUERTO: RICAN DEEP
ie eOaeNEV CRINOTDS
(WitTH Two PLATEs
BY
AUSTIN H. GLARK
Curator, Division of Echinoderms, U.S. National Museum
/ 7HSO™ rs
TITV
(PUBLICATION 3231)
GITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
FEBRUARY 7, 1934
The Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. & A.
——
JOHNSON Fund
TWO NEW CRINOIDS
Bx AUSTIN.H. .GLARK:
Curator, Division of Echinoderms, U.S. National Museum
(Wire Two Prates)
The collection of crinoids brought back by the Johnson-Smithsonian
Deep-Sea Expedition from the cruise of 1933 was a notable one,
including 143 specimens representing 19 species, of which 2 are unde-
scribed, one of these representing a genus which heretofore was
known only from the Indian and Pacific Oceans. These two new
species are herein described.
PSATHYROMETRA ACUTA, n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. 1, 2: plate Bie hikers pl
Locality —Caroline station 102; northeast of Puerto Rico (lat.
18°51’ N., long. 64°32’ W.); 90 to 500 fathoms; March 4, 1933.
Three specimens (U.S.N.M. nos. E.3121 [type], E.3122, and E.3123).
Description.—The centrodorsal (pl. 1, figs. 1, 2) is sharply conical,
the sides in profile straight in the proximal two thirds, thence very
gradually and slightly turning outward and running to the pointed
tip, longer than broad, 2.7 mm wide at the base and 3.5 mm long,
measured along the sides interradially. The cirrus sockets are closely
crowded all around the centrodorsal, which shows no trace of division
into radial areas. There are proximally three columns of cirrus
sockets in each radial area; the two outer columns of cirrus sockets
consist of usually nine sockets, which diminish gradually in size from
the base to the tip. The median column is incomplete, consisting of
three or four sockets only and ending slightly beyond the middle of
the centrodorsal. |
The cirri are lacking.
The ends of the basal rays are indicated by low, broad, and incon-
spicuous tubercles in the interradial angles of the calyx.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COiLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 4
to
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
The radials are visible as curved bands with parallel sides from six
to eight times as broad as long just above the centrodorsal. The
anterolateral angles of adjacent radials are separated by a slight notch,
the sides of which make an angle of about 90° with each other. There
are no subradial clefts, but the line of junction between the centro-
dorsal and the radials is slightly and narrowly incised.
The IBr, are about three times as broad as their lateral length,
with the lateral edges, as viewed dorsally, approximately straight
and parallel and separated from those of their neighbors by a narrow
interval. The proximal border is straight, but the distal is deeply
incised in the median portion by the backward projection of the
axillary, which reaches a point between one third and one half the
distance from the distal to the proximal edge. The [Br, (axillaries) _
are longer than broad, and are more or less rhombic in shape. The
proximal sides are rather strongly concave, and the distal sides are
broadly S-shaped, curving inward from the lateral angles and thence
gradually outward, becoming almost parallel on the sides of the un-
usually produced anterior angle, which is broadly truncated.
The first brachials are at least four times as long exteriorly as
interiorly. The proximal border is broadly S-shaped, following the
curve of the adjoining border of the axillary. The distal border
runs inward from the outer anterolateral angle approximately at right
angles to the longitudinal axis of the arm to a point somewhat
beyond the midradial line, then curves outward and runs at a very
slight angle to the proximal border to the inner anterolateral angle.
The second brachials are larger than the first, and are irregularly
quadrate with their lower angle rather deeply incising the first brachial.
The third brachials (the hypozygals of the first syzygial pair) are
low triangular, the inner border being about twice as long as the
median length and the outer border being reduced almost or quite
to a point.
The arms are not preserved beyond this point.
The width of the animal at the level of the third brachials is
about 6.5 mm.
\ second specimen from the same locality resembles the first, but
is very slightly smaller.
In a third specimen from the same locality (pl. 2, fig. 4) the cirri
are 10.0 mm long with 27 segments, of which the first is from twice as
broad as long to about as long as broad, the second is about as long as
broad or slightly longer than broad, the third is about three times
as long as the median width, the fourth is still longer, and the fifth
4
NO. 4 TWO NEW CRINOIDS—CLARK
oS)
and sixth are five or six times as long as the median width; those
following decrease in length so that the last 12 are only about one
third again as long as broad. The elongate earlier segments have
expanded ends, the distal end being somewhat produced, especially
dorsally, and slightly overlapping the base of the segments following.
On the short and more compressed distal segments the production of
the distal edge dorsally becomes narrowed and accentuated so that the
dorsal profile of the outer portion of the cirri is strongly serrate,
whereas the ventral profile.is smooth. The opposing spine is triangu-
lar, erect, arising from the entire dorsal surface of the penultimate
segment, equal to half the width of the segment in height, and much
higher than the production of the distal edge of the segments pre-
ceding. The terminal claw is small, conical, and scarcely curved.
P, is 4.4 mm long with 17 segments and is slender and evenly
tapering. The first three segments are about as long as broad, and
those following slowly increase in length so that the seventh is about
twice. as long as broad, the tenth is about three times as long as the
median width, and the outermost are about four times as long as
the median width. From the tenth onward the segments are constricted
centrally, and the slightly projecting distal edge is finely spinous
dorsally.
P, is 4.3 mm long with 12 segments, of which the first is about
as long as broad, the second is about one third again as long as
broad, the third is somewhat more than twice as long as broad, and
those following are greatly elongated with slightly produced and very
finely spinous distal ends. The pinnule is about as stout basally as
P, but tapers rather more rapidly, the distal half being very slender,
though not flagellate.
P,; resembles P, and is about the same length or slightly shorter,
with about 10 segments. It is about as stout basally as P. but tapers
more gradually and evenly, so that it appears stouter in the proximal
half. It bears a gonad which extends from the middle of the fourth
to the end of the proximal third of the sixth segment.
The next three pinnules are similar to Ps.
The distal pinnules are 6.0 mm long with 17 segments, which,
except for the first two, are much elongated and very slender.
Remarks —No species of the genus Psathyrometra has heretofore
been known from the Atlantic. It is represented in the Indian and
Pacific Oceans by 14 species, which range from the eastern coast of
India to the Lesser Sunda, Philippine, and Hawaiian Islands, thence
northward to the northern part of the Sea of Japan and the Aleutian
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. YI
Islands, and southward along the coast of North America to Panama
and the Galapagos Islands, in from 184 to 1,617 fathoms of water.
The new species, P. acuta, appears to be most closely related to
P. major and P. mira, which are found on the western coast of the
Malay Peninsula and southward to the Lesser Sunda Islands in 185 to
434 fathoms of water. These agree with P. acuta in having two anda
partial third column of cirrus sockets in each radial area on the
centrodorsal, but in both of them the radial areas on the centrodorsal
are conspicuously delimited by broad grooves or bare lines.
DIPLOCRINUS CAROLINAE, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 3; plate 2) hes
Locality.—Caroline station 47 ; west of Puerto Rico (lat. 18°17’05”
N., long. 67°24’45” W.); 280 to 340 fathoms; February 13, 1933.
One specimen (U.S.N.M. no. E.3124 [type] ).
Description.—The stem as preserved is 47 mm long and, in section,
is pentagonal with broadly rounded angles. There are seven complete
internodes, six of five and one of six columnals. The columnals
alternate thick and thin, the thick ones being twice as high as the
thin ones or even higher, and some of the thin ones being incomplete.
The cirri are about 25 mm in length and consist of 26 to 29 seg-
ments, of which the first 6 have a single dorsal tubercle and those
following have two dorsal tubercles, a proximal and a distal, with
often a small tubercle between them. The penultimate segment is
entirely smooth dorsally. The terminal claw is short, stout, and
strongly curved.
There are exactly 30 arms, which are about 75 mm long from the
radials. Each post-radial series bears two IIBr series, and each of
these bears externally a II[IBr series, so that the arms on each post-
radial series are six, arranged in 2,1,1,2 order. The division series
are only slightly rounded dorsally and have broadly and sharply flat-
tened sides so that the basal portion of the crown is very compact.
Remarks.—This new species is closely related to D. maclearanus
(Wyville Thomson), which was dredged by the Challenger off Barra
Grande, south of Pernambuco, Brazil (Jat. 9°05’ S., long. 34°50’ W.),
in 350 fathoms on September 10, 1873, from which it differs in having
a larger number of internodals, in having more segments in the cirri,
and in having the cirri provided with prominent dorsal tubercles.
TWO NEW CRINOIDS—CLARK
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE I
Fic. 1. Psathyrometra acuta, u. sp., the type specimen (U.S.N.M.
from Caroline station 102, lateral view. < 3.
Fic. 2. Psathyrometra acuta, n. sp., the type specimen (U.S.N.M.
from Caroline station 102, dorsal view. 3.
Fig. 3. Diplocrinus carolinae, n. sp., the type specimen (U.S.N.M.
from Caroline station 47, lateral view. Natural size.
' Prats 2
Fic. 4. Psathyrometra acuta, 0. sp., another specimen (U.S.N.M.
from Caroline station 102, dorsal view. 3.
Fic. 5. Diplocrinus carolinae, n. sp., the type specimen (U.S.N.M.
from Caroline station 47, lateral view. Natural size.
no.
no
no
no
no
E.3121)
> ES12m)
= bested)
5 LD GHEY)
2 E3r2H))
ee
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO.
INAE
PSATHYROMETRA ACUTA AND DIPLOCRINUS CAROL
(For explanation, see page 5.)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO. 4, PL. 2
PSATHYROMETRA ACUTA AND DIPLOCRINUS CAROLINAE
(For explanation, see page 5.)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 5
Jobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
a A NEW |
‘|| NEMATODE OF THE GENUS DIPLOTRIAENA
i FROM A HISPANIOLAN WOODPECKER
BY
EVERETT E. WEHR
Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Industry,
U epartment of Agriculture
(PUBLICATION 3232)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
FEBRUARY 2, 1934
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 5
Jobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
A NEW
NEMATODE OF THE GENUS DIPLOTRIAENA
FROM A HISPANIOLAN WOODPECKER
BY
EVERETT E. WEHR
Zeclemiest Division, Bureau of Animal Industry,
. Department of Agriculture
<>
at rie ONO
NGTO
(PUBLICATION 3232)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
FEBRUARY 2, 1934
The Lord Waltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8. A
SFobunson Fund
A NEW NEMATODE OF THE GENUS DIPLOTRIAENA
FROM A HISPANIOLAN WOODPECKER
By EVERETT E. WEHR
Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Industry, U.S. Department of
Agriculture
The species of nematode described in this paper was collected from
the body cavity of a Hispaniolan woodpecker killed near Santa Bar-
bara de Samana, Dominican Republic, by E. W. Price while a member
of the scientific staff of the Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedi-
tion to Puerto Rico and adjacent areas.
DIPLOTRIAENA SERRATOSPICULA, n. sp.
Description.—Diplotriaena: Body long, slender, attenuated at ex-
tremities, more abruptly so at anterior than at posterior portion. Oral
opening more or less oval in shape, not surrounded by lips. Four pairs
of large submedian cephalic papillae, one papilla of each pair internal
to the other papilla; papillae approximately equal in size. Lateral
papillae or amphids appearing as dark areas, one on each lateral side,
situated between the two outer submedian papillae. Chitinous tridents
(fig. 1, b) very conspicuous, one on each lateral side of anterior end
of esophagus, their distal ends somewhat enlarged and tips of dorsal
and ventral prongs of tridents delaminated. Esophagus differentiated
into an anterior short, narrow, and a posterior long, broad portion.
Intestine usually visible through body wall as a narrow dark streak
extending through most of body length.
Male 33 mm long by 390 » wide near equator of body. Body very
light in color for a short distance behind anterior end and usually so
for a slightly greater distance anterior to tip of posterior extremity ;
remaining portion of body slightly darker in color. Esophagus much
lighter in color than intestine; anterior portion of esophagus 220 p
long and approximately 48 » wide; posterior portion 2.55 mm long
and about twice as broad as anterior portion. Nerve ring 146 » from
anterior end of body. Each trident averaging about 109.5 » in length.
Spicules (fig. 1, c) unequal in length and dissimilar in shape; the
left spicule the longer, about 1.60 mm long, broadly curved, its diam-
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 5
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. OI
eter gradually decreasing from proximal to distal ends; the short
right spicule (fig. 1, d) about 675 » long when measured in a straight
line from end to end, describing two shallow loops, and with edges
serrated except at extreme anterior and posterior ends. Posterior
portion of body truncated or broadly rounded, usually with the two
spicules extruding for a considerable distance out of the cloacal open-
ing. Tip of tail in specimens somewhat shrunken as illustrated in
rf0 of
Fic. 1. Diplotriaena serratospicula, n. sp.; 4, lateral view of female; b, trident;
c, ventral view of posterior extremity of male; d, enlarged view of short
spicule of male.
figure Ic; shrinkage due apparently to the fixing reagent. If any
caudal papillae were present it was impossible to recognize them.
Female 75 mm long by 750 » wide near equator of body. Body
color the same as in male. Anterior part of esophagus about 224 p
long and 48.5 » wide, and posterior portion 4.65 mm long and about
104 p wide. Nerve ring 187 » from anterior extremity. Trident 117 »
long and very similar in appearance to that of male. Vulva (fig. 1, a)
rather prominent, 300 to 375 » from anterior end. True vagina or
NO. 5 A NEW NEMATODE—WEHR 3
ovejector about 1.35 mm long and averaging about 134 » in width,
describing one knee-shaped bend a short distance from vulvar open-
ing and a second one at the point of its union with uterine vagina.
It was impossible to determine the length of the uterine vagina because
of the many coils of egg-filled uteri that concealed it. Posterior end
of intestine atrophied; anus not discernible. Tail broadly rounded.
Eggs in posterior portions of uteri containing embryos; those in an-
terior portions not embryonated. Embryonated eggs 48 to 52 long
by 32 to 36 » wide, with a shell about 8 wp thick.
Host.—Hispaniolan woodpecker, Chryserpes striatus.
Location—Body cavity.
Locality —Santa Barbara de Samana, Dominican Republic.
Type specimens (male and female)—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll.
no. 8705 ; paratypes no. 8706.
D. serratospicula may be distinguished from all other species of the
genus Diplotriaena, so far as the present writer is able to determine
from the published descriptions and figures of those species, by the
short spicule which is serrated for its entire length except for the two
extremities, and by the size of the long spicule, which is nearly two
and one half times as long as the short spicule. This long spicule
is exceeded in length by those of only two other species of the genus,
namely, D. nochti Hoeppli and Hstt (1929) and D. obtuso-caudata
(Rudolphi, 1819).
LITERATURE GITED
Hoepput, R. J. C., and Hsu, H. F.
1929. Parasitische Nematoden aus Voégeln und einem Tiimmler. Beiheft
(1) Arch. Schiffs-u. Tropen-Hyg., vol. 33, pp. 24-34, pls. 1-5,
figs. 1-22, Leipzig.
RupotpHI, C. A.
1819. Entozoorum synopsis cui accedunt mantissa duplex et indices locu-
pletissimi. x + 811 pp., 3 pls., Berlin.
ams
fN
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
‘ ‘ VOLUME 91, NUMBER 6
my
FJobnson : Fund
' REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON.SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
70 THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
NEW TREMATODE PARASITES
m. . OF BIRDS
(WitrH ONE PLate)
BY
EMMETT W. PRICE
Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Industry,
‘ .S. Department of Agriculture
(PUBLICATION 3233)
rept The: CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
in? 3 FEBRUARY 9, 1934
Pe
kp
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
Fobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
NEW TREMATODE PARASITES
OE BIRDS
(WirH ONE PLATE)
BY
EMMETT W. PRICE
eerlogieal Division, Bureau of Animal Industry,
T.S. Department of Agriculture
(PUBLICATION 3233)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
FEBRUARY 9, 1934
in a7, i u Me \ PRP ibel sy kL Ok take | x)
+, ‘ fee's ih i {ity i
. y .
Te Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8. A.
FObnson Fund
NEW TREMATODE PARASITES OF BIRDS
By EMMETT W. PRICE
Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Industry, U.S. Department of
Agriculture
(Wit One PLATE)
This is the first of several papers dealing with the parasitic worms
collected by the writer during the winter of 1933 while a member of
the scientific staff of the Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea [xpedition.
While on this cruise to Puerto Rico and adjacent areas, a few birds
were taken and examined for parasites; these included a pelican
(Pelecanus occidentalis occidentalis), a booby (Sula leucogastra), and
a duck (Nyroca affinis). From these hosts were collected five species
of trematodes that appear to be new, the preliminary descriptions of
which are given in this paper. A more extended discussion of these
forms will appear in a later paper dealing with all of the parasitic
worms collected by the expedition.
Family HETEROPHYIDAE
Subfamily HETEROPHYINAE
GALACTOSOMUM JOHNSONI,’ n. sp.
RBiatem figs, 1, 2
Description.—Body elongate, 0.97 to 1.03 mm long by 280 to 340 »
wide. Cuticula covered with spines from anterior end of body as far
posteriorly as level of right testis. Oral sucker 60 to 90 p» in diam-
eter, its aperture slightly subterminal; acetabulum absent. Pre-
pharynx slender, 120 to 280 » long; pharynx well developed, 60 »
long by 40 to 50 p wide; esophagus 40 to 60 yw long; intestinal ceca
terminating near posterior end of body. Genital aperture median,
slightly preequatorial ; genital sinus occupied by a piriform gonotyl,
the protrusible portion armed with several rows of minute spines.
*Named in honor of Mr. Eldridge R. Johnson, sponsor of the expedition,
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 9i, No. 6
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Seminal vesicle large, not divided by constrictions, its posterior end
lying near anterior margin of left testis. Testes globular, or slightly
wider than long, with zones and fields partly coinciding, left testis
a little in advance of right, situated in anterior part of posterior
third of body; right testis 92 to 120 » long by 100 to 120 p wide;
left testis 100 to 120 » in diameter. Ovary transversely oval, 40 to
48 p» long by 60 to 62 » wide, situated to right of median line and
about midway between right testis and gonotyl. Seminal receptacle
oval, immediately anterior to ovary. Vitellaria not abundant, con-
sisting of scattered follicles between level of ovary and posterior end
of body. Uterus long, filling postovarial portion of body. Eggs asym-
metrical, 34 to 36 » long by 20 pw wide.
Host.—Sula leucogastra.
Location.—Small intestine.
Type locality—Fajardo Roads, between Palominos Island and
Fajardo, Puerto Rico.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8694; paratypes
no. 8695. ¢
GALACTOSOMUM DARBYI,’ n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. 3; 4
Description.—Body elongate, 800 to 970 » long by 140 to 200 p
wide, usually showing a slight constriction at or near level of ovary.
Cuticula covered with spines except at posterior end of body. Oral
sucker 56 to 60 » in diameter ; acetabulum absent. Prepharynx slender,
160 to 180 p» long ; pharynx well developed, 40 to 44 » long by 20 to
40 w wide; esophagus 24 to 40 p» long ; intestinal ceca extending to near
posterior end of body. Genital aperture preequatorial, median in
position or nearly so; genital sinus occupied by a piriform gonotyl.
the protrusible portion armed with several rows of fine spines. Semi-
nal vesicle elongate, S-shaped, more or less uniform in width, ex-
tending from genital aperture to level of posterior margin of ovary.
Testes globular, 60 to 100 p» in diameter, with zones and fields partly
coinciding, left testis slightly in advance of right, and situated about
midway between genital aperture and posterior end of body. Ovary
globular or transversely oval, 20 to 48 » long by 40 to 60 mw wide,
situated anterior to, and in same field as, right testis. Seminal
receptacle postovarial, about same size as ovary. Vitellaria largely
intercecal, extending from level of posterior margin of ovary to near
* Named in honor of Dr..George D. B. Darby, collector of the host from which
this species was taken.
Mere
NO. 6 NEW TREMATODE PARASITES
PRICE
ios)
posterior end of body. Uterus long, extending posteriorly in a series
of short transverse loops to near posterior end of body, where it turns
and extends anteriorly in a similar manner, passing between testes
and between testes and ovary to its termination in the genital sinus.
Eggs oval, 22 to 24 » long by 12 to 14 p» wide.
Host.—Pelecanus occidentalis occidentalis.
Location.—Small intestine.
Type locality —Levantade Keys, Samana Bay, Dominican Republic.
Type specimen—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8699; paratypes
no. 8700.
Galactosomum johnson differs from G. darbyi in the position of
the seminal receptacle and in the shape and size of the eggs. In the
former species the seminal receptacle is preovarial and the eggs are 34
to 36 w long and asymmetrical, whereas in the latter species the
seminal receptacle is postovarial and the eggs are 22 to 24 » long and
symmetrical. The shape of the eggs and the position of the seminal
receptacle also serve to distinguish G. johnsoni from other species of
the genus. G. darbyi may be distinguished from the other species
of Galactosomum, viz, G. lacteum (Jagerskidld), G. erinaceum ( Poir-
ier), G. cochleariforme (Rudolphi), G. cochlear (Diesing), G. semi-
fuscum (Olsson), G. spinetum (Braun), G. aharoni (Witenberg),
and G. baylisi (Nazmi), in the position of the genital aperture, which
is near the intestinal bifurcation in G. darbyi and much farther pos-
terior in the other species. There are also other differences, but these
will not be discussed in this paper.
A comparison of the species of Galactosomum described in this
paper with Stictodora sawakinensis, a species described from Larus
sp. in Egypt by Looss (1899) and reported from dogs and cats in
Palestine, also from Puffinus kiihli from Suez by Witenberg (1929),
shows such close relationships that it appears doubtful whether Stic-
todora should be retained as a valid genus.
Family MICROPHALLIDAE
LEVINSENIELLA MINUTA, n. sp.
Plater, fig. 5
Description —Body triangular, 153 to 180 » long by 105 to 112 p
wide, flattened dorso-ventrally. Oral sucker subterminal, 23 to 25 pu
in diameter ; acetabulum 22 to 27 p» in diameter, situated about one
third of body length from posterior end. Prepharynx apparently
absent ; pharynx moderately developed, 10 to 18 » in diameter ; esoph-
agus 18 to 30 » long; intestinai ceca relatively wide, terminating at
A. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. OF
level of center of acetabulum. Genital aperture to left of acetabulum ;
genital sinus relatively large and containing apparently three papilla-
like processes. Seminal vesicle large, semilunar in shape, filling greater
part of space between acetabulum and intestinal ceca. Testes globu-
lar, about 28 » in diameter, with zones coinciding and fields widely
separated, situated posterior to acetabulum. Ovary transversely oval,
about 18 » long by 22 » wide, pretesticular and to right of acetabulum.
Vitellaria posttesticular, situated dorsal to uterine coils and consisting
of two groups of five to six follicles each. Uterus postacetabular and
largely posttesticular. Eggs oval, 21.6 » long by 12.6 » wide.
Flost.—Nyroca affinis.
Location.—Small intestine.
Type locality —Flamingo Lake, Culebra Island, West Indies.
Type specimens —U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8703; paratypes
no. 8704.
This is the smallest species of the genus and perhaps the smallest
known trematode. It resembles Levinseniella claviforme (Brandes)
as described by Nicoll (1909) more than any other member of the
genus, but may be distinguished from that species by its almost
triangular shape, absence of prepharynx, shorter esophagus, longer
intestinal ceca, and fewer eggs.
Family STRIGEIDAE
Subfamily CYATHOCOTYLINAE
PROHEMISTOMUM FAJARDENSIS, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 6
Description—Body scoop-shaped, 1.105 to 1.360 mm long, divided
into a widened anterior part 1.071 mm long by 0.51 to 0.795 mm wide
and a short, dorsally directed, appendixlike posterior part 85 to 175 p
long by 160 to 204 » wide. Oral sucker subterminal 52 to 60 p in
diameter ; acetabulum 64 to 80 » in diameter ; adhesive organ slightly
oval in outline, 320 to 400 p» long by 300 to 320 p» wide, with deep
central depression. Pharynx 32 to 40 » long by 24 to 35 p wide;
esophagus short; intestinal ceca slender, extending to junction of
anterior and posterior parts of body. Genital aperture at posterior
end of body, subterminal, directed dorsally; genital sinus spacious.
Cirrus pouch slender, about 380 » long by 80 » wide at base, extending
either to right or left around testes and ovary, its base lying in zone
of anterior testis, and containing a seminal vesicle, prostate and
cirrus. Testes globular or slightly oval, with zones separated and
fields partly coinciding ; anterior testis 120 to 140 » long by 112 to
NO. 6 NEW TREMATODE PARASITES
PRICE 5
120 » wide; posterior testis about 160 » in diameter. Ovary sub-
globular, 100 to 140 » long by 100 to 120 p» wide, situated between
testes, either to right or left depending largely upon position of cirrus
pouch. Vitellaria consisting of large follicles forming an almost com-
plete circle around adhesive organ. Uterus completely covered by
adhesive organ and containing 16 to 60 eggs; vaginal sphincter well
developed, 80 to 120 p in diameter. Eggs oval, 44 to 48 p long by
32 to 360 p wide.
Host—Sula leucogastra.
Location.—Small and large intestine.
Type locality—Fajardo Roads, between Palominos Island and
Fajardo, Puerto Rico.
Type specimen—vU.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8696; paratypes
no. 8697.
PROHEMISTOMUM APPENDICULATOIDES, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 7
Description.— Body scoop-shaped, 680 to 970 p» long, divided into
a widened anterior part 510 to 850 » long by 240 to 369 » wide, and
a conical posterior part. Oral sucker subterminal, 40 to 48 p» in diam-
eter ; acetabulum 20 to 28 » in diameter; adhesive organ prominent,
160 to 200 » long by 100 to 180 p» wide, with a deep central depression.
Pharynx 28 to 32 » long by 20 to 32 » wide; esophagus 42 to 120 p
long; intestinal ceca slender, terminating at or near junction of an-
terior and posterior parts of body. Genital aperture at posterior end
of body, subterminal and directed dorsally; genital sinus spacious.
Cirrus pouch 280 to 360 » long by 50 to 85 » wide, extending to right
or left around testes and ovary, its base reaching level of anterior
margin of anterior testis ; it contains a small seminal vesicle, long pars
prostatica and cirrus. Testes globular to oval, with zones separated
and fields partly coinciding ; anterior testis 80 to 100 p long by 60 to
80 p» wide; posterior testis 100 to 120 » long by 70 to 80 » wide.
Ovary globular, about 40 1 in diameter, situated between testes. Vitel-
laria well developed, forming an almost complete circle around hase
of adhesive organ. Uterus short and containing from two to four
eggs ; vaginal sphincter moderately developed. Eggs oval, 80 to 112 p
long by 60 to 80 » wide.
Host—Pelecanus occidentalis occidentalis.
Location.—Small intestine.
Type locality—Levantade Keys, Samana ay, Dominican Republic.
Type specimen—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8701; paratypes
no. 8702.
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
The first of the species of Prohemistomum, P. fajardensis, de-
scribed here may be distinguished from all other species of the genus
by the size of the eggs, which are only about half as large as those
of the other species. The second species, P. appendiculatoides, ap-
pears to be closely related to P. appendiculata, which was described
by Ciurea (1916) from dogs and cats in Rumania; it differs, however,
from that species in having a distinct esophagus (almost absent in
P. appendiculata) and in having an acetabulum only about one half
the size of the oral sucker (suckers about equal in size in P. appen-
diculata). P. fajardensis also resembles in some respects a species,
P. serpentum, described from a snake, Natrix piscator, by Gogate
(1932) at Rangoon, India. Aside from the difference in host relation-
ship, the two species may be distinguished by the fact that P. fayarden-
sis is much smaller than P. serpentum, and that in the former the
adhesive organ does not cover the vitellaria as it does in the latter
species.
REFERENCES CITED
Crurea, JOAN
1910. Prohemistomum appendiculatum, eine neue Holostomiden-Art aus
Hunde-und Katzendarm, dessen Infektionsquelle in der Stisswas-
serfischen zu suchen ist, etc. Zeitschr. Infektionskrankh. parasit.
Krankh. u. Hyg. Haustiere, Berlin, vol. 17, pp. 309-328, pls. 15-16.
Gocatr, B. S.
1932. On a new species of trematode (Prohemistomum serpentum, n. sp. )
from a snake with a note on an immature species of Heterechino-
stomuim Odhner from the cat. Parasitology, vol. 24, pp. 318-320,
Mus lly 2
Looss, ARTHUR
1809. Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Trematoden-Fauna Aegyptens,
zugleich Versuch einer nattirlichen Gliederung des Genus Distomum
Retzius. Zool. Jahrb., Jena, Abt. Syst., vol. 12, pp. 521-784, pls. 24-
Bou iese anv:
Nicoitt, WiLLiaM
1909. Studies on the structure and classification of the digenetic trematodes.
Quart. Journ. Micr. Soc., n. s., vol. 53, pp. 391-487, pls. 9, ro.
WHTENBERG, G.,
1929. Studies on the trematode-family Heterophyidae. Ann. Trop. Med. and
Parasit., vol. 23, pp. 131-239, figs. 1-33.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLES Si, NOs6, PEs
TREMATODE PARASITES OF BIRDS
1. Galactosomum johnsoni. Complete worm: 5. Levinseniella minuta. Complete worm;
ventral view. ventral view.
2. Galactosomum johnsoni. Egg. 6. Prohemistomum fajardensis. | Complete
3. Galactosomum darbyi. Complete worm; worm; ventral view.
ventral view 7. Prohemistomum appendiculatoides. Com-
4. Galactosomum darbyi. Egg. plete worm; ventral view.
_ SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 7
Fobnson Fund
_ REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
~~ JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEPSEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
NEW. DIGENETIC TREMATODES
FROM MARINE FISHES
» (WiTH ONE PLaTe)
ABY
EMMETT W. PRICE
Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Industry,
S. Department of Agriculture
(PUBLICATION 3234)
“CITY OF WASHINGTON
"PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
FEBRUARY 10, 1934
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 7
Johnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
NEW DIGENETIC TREMATODES
FROM MARINE FISHES
(WitH ONE PLATE)
BY
EMMETT W. PRICE
Zoological Division, Bureau _of nin 211 Industry
U.S. Department of Agricul
a), VP:
44; THSOM RS US
He TEV We
ww INGTON
ae
ee02ceS'
(PUBLICATION 3234)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
FEBRUARY 10, 1934
‘ J
: ' fh a i 4
§ ay i Tule,
! Late. y 7
i, : i ty
ah Pl
At
5
J
ve
a
—— —. <_ee
.
ae Pi
—
The Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 3% A.
a. ae
f 1 H
Bia j
ae ~
[ 3 Likes ; ee
¢ q a a Pe
; t ve tie yale oh
Jobngon Fund
NEW DIGENETIC TREMATODES FROM MARINE FISHES
By EMMETT W. PRICE
Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Industry, U.S. Department of
Agriculture
(Wire ONE PLaTeE)
This paper contains descriptions of five digenetic trematodes that
are regarded as new. These trematodes were collected by the writer
from fishes taken during the months of February and March, 1933,
in the vicinity of Puerto Rico, by the Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea
Expedition. Inasmuch as the descriptions of these flukes are pre-
liminary in nature, no attempt has been made in most instances to
differentiate them from all of the species in the genera to which they
have been allocated, but only from those to which they are most
closely related. A more complete discussion of these forms and their
relationships will be given in a later paper.
The writer is indebted to Dr. George S. Myers, assistant curator
of fishes, United States National Museum, for the determinations
of the fish hosts. The fishes referred to as hosts without a specific
name are apparently new and will be described by Dr. Myers in the
near future.
Family FELLODISTOMIDAE
Subfamily FELLODISTOMINAE
STERINGOTREMA OVATA, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 1
Description.—Body oval, 500 » long by 300 » wide, flat and trans-
parent. Cuticula very delicate, without spines. Oral sucker sub-
terminal, 140 » in diameter ; acetabulum weakly muscular, 50 » long
by 68 » wide, slightly preequatorial. Prepharynx absent; pharynx
40 » long by 36 w wide; esophagus apparently absent ; intestinal ceca
relatively wide, éxtending to about 120 » from posterior end of body.
Excretory aperture terminal; excretory vesicle almost V-shaped, its
branches extending to near level of pharynx. Genital aperture at
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 7
to
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
posterior end of pharynx, slightly to right of median line. Cirrus
pouch piriform, 120 » long by 52 » wide at base, containing a short
cirrus, pars prostatica and a large, globular seminal vesicle. Testes
globular, about 40 » in diameter, with zones coinciding and fields
separate, intercecal, postequatorial. Ovary about 4o » long by 28 p
wide, to left of, and partly in zone of, acetabulum. Seminal re-
ceptacle and Laurer’s canal not observed. Mehlis’ gland median, im-
mediately postacetabular. Vitellaria extracecal, consisting of few, rela-
tively large follicles situated largely in same zone as acetabulum and
ovary. Uterus largely posttesticular, with two antero-laterally directed
loops on each side which extend into extracecal fields. I-ggs oval,
24 p long by 16 p» wide.
Host.—O pisthonema oglinum (Le Seur) (J-S 356).
Location.—Pyloric ceca.
Locality —Fajardo Roads, near Fajardo, Puerto Rico.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8712
This species belongs in the family Fellodistomidae, subfamily Fello-
distominae, and has been placed in the genus Steringotrema despite a
number of differences that may ultimately necessitate the erection of
a new genus for its reception. In view of the fact that only a single
specimen was available for study, the writer does not feel justified
in proposing a new genus for this form at this time. S/eringotrema
ovata may be distinguished from all other species of the genus in
having an oral sucker that is distinctly larger than the acetabulum,
the oral sucker being much smaller than the acetabulum in all other
species.
PYCNADENA PIRIFORME, n. sp.
Plate. 2
Description.—Body piriform, 629 » long and 420 p wide. Cuticula
without spines. Oral sucker 140 » long by 120 » wide; acetabulum
224 pw long by 268 » wide, aperture 100 p long by 160 » wide. Pre-
pharynx very short ; phary nx 80 » long by 64 p wide ; esophagus veuy
short ; intestinal ceca’ relatively wide, extending to level of posterior
margins of testes. ‘Genital aperture near left margin of body, at. level
of anterior end of’ phary nx, Cirrus pouch slender, 168 p long by
48 » wide at base. Testes more or less globular, about 80 pin
diameter, with zones coinciding and fields partially overlapping, near
posterior end of body. Ovary globular, about 70 » in diameter,
median, in samé zone and fields as testes. Seminal receptacle’ small,
piriform, to right of vitelline reservoir. Vitellaria largely extracecal,
NOR >7 NEW DIGENETIC TREMATODES—PRICE 3
extending from anterior margin of acetabulum to near ends of in-
testinal ceca, the follicles more numerous in acetabular zone; vitel-
line reservoir large, median, anterior to ovary. Uterus simple ; no
eggs present in available material.
Host.—Monocanthus hispidus (Linn.) (J-S 443).
Location.—Intestine.
Locality —Station 82 (lat. 18°32’48” N., long. 65°23'45” W.).
Type specimen—vU.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8713.
Pycnadena piriforme differs from P. lata (Linton) in having the
acetabulum more anterior and the genital aperture more anterior and
nearer the body margin; the vitellaria are less well developed than
in P. lata, but as the specimen upon which P. piriforme is based 1s
more immature than Linton’s specimens, the lesser development of
the vitellaria may be only apparent.
The genus Pycnadena Linton (syn., Didymorchis Linton) has been
included with Fellodistomum Stafford, Steringophorus Odhner, Rho-
dotrema Odhner, Steringotrema Odhner, Bacciger Nicoll, and Lin-
tonium Stunkard and Nigrelli (=Gastris Luhe) in the subfamily
Fellodistominae by Stunkard and Nigrelli (1930). The writer doubts
whether Pycnadena should be included in this subfamily, or even in
the family [ellodistomidae, since there are several characters in
which it differs from all the other genera, these being the pretesticu-
lar uterus, presence of a seminal receptacle and more profuse de-
velopment of the vitellaria. However, at present it is left in the sub-
family as a doubtful member until more material is available for study.
Family ZOOGONIDAI
Subfamily LECITHOSTAPHYLINAE
LECITHOSTAPHYLUS ATHERINAE, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 3
Description—Body spearhead-shaped, 1.22 to 1.36 mm long by
425 to 544 » in maximum width near equator. Cuticula armed with
fine scalelike spines. Oral sucker subterminal, 152 to 160 » long by
100 to 133 » wide; acetabulum 80 to 100 » long by 108 to 120 p
wide, 425 to 510 » from anterior end of body. Prepharynx 20 to 40 p
long; pharynx 80 to 88 » long by 60 » wide; esophagus very short
or absent; intestinal ceca relatively wide, extending to, or slightly
beyond, level of posterior poles of testes. Genital aperture pre-
acetabular, 320 to 400 » from anterior end of body, to left of median
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
line. Cirrus pouch piriform, 120 to 160 » long by 60 to 80 » wide,
containing a short cirrus, a somewhat twisted seminal vesicle and
numerous prostate cells. Testes lobulated, 120 to 160 » long by 60 to
80 » wide, with zones coinciding and fields separate, situated about
one third of body length from posterior end. Ovary median, lobu-
lated, 60 to 120 w long by 88 to 120 » wide, immediately posterior to
acetabulum. Seminal receptacle globular, about 60 p» in diameter,
postero-lateral of ovary. Vitellaria largely extracecal, extending from
posterior margin of acetabulum to level of anterior poles of testes.
Uterus long and convoluted, filling greater part of posttesticular
space and entire intercecal field as far forward as ovary. Eggs 32 p
long by 18 p wide.
Host.—Atherina araea Jordan and Gilbert (J-S 334).
Location.—Intestine.
Locality—Samana Bay, near Santa Barbara de Samana, Domin-
ican Republic.
Type specimen—vU.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8714; paratypes
no. 8715.
Lecithostaphylus atherinae differs trom L. retroflexus (Molin) as
described by Odhner (1911) in body shape, position of genital aper-
ture, and the size of the eggs. L. retroflexa is elongate oval, the
genital aperture is at the level of the pharynx, and the eggs are 41 p
long by 20 » wide, whereas in L. atherinae the body possesses
shoulderlike projections at the level of the ovary, which gives to
it somewhat the shape of a spearhead, the genital aperture is about
midway between the acetabulum and pharynx, and the eggs are 32 u
long by 18 » wide. The subfamily Lecithostaphylinae contains, ac-
cording to Fuhrmann (1928), the genera Lecithostaphylus Odhner,
Proctophantastes Odhner, and Lepidophyllum Odhner. Manter
(1926) has included in this subfamily the genus Steganoderma Staf-
ford. Fuhrmann (1928) included Steganoderma in the subfamily
Zoogoninae, but his action in this case probably was unintentional,
since Steganoderma is obviously more closely related to the genera
included in the Lecithostaphylinae than to those of the Zoogoninae.
In reviewing the family Zoogonidae, which action was necessary
in connection with the identification of L. atherinae, the writer has
examined the types of the genera proposed by Linton (1910) and
finds that Deretrema fusillus Linton is congeneric with Proctophan-
tastes abyssorum Odhner and, according to priority, the genus Proc-
tophantastes must fall as a synonym of Deretrema, P. abyssorum
Odhner becoming D. abyssorum (Odhner). Furthermore, this re-
view has shown that the genus Diplangus Linton (1910), also belongs
——_— =.
NOs NEW DIGENETIC TREMATODES—PRICE
on
in the subfamily Lecithostaphylinae. It is possible that Mesolecitha
Linton (syn., Mesorchis Linton) may belong to this subfamily, but
more study is necessary before this can be determined with certainty.
Family ALLOCREADIIDAE
Subfamily ALLOCREADIINAE
PLAGIOPORUS FUSIFORMIS, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 4
Description.—Body fusiform, 1.27 to 1.7 mm long by 475 to 680 p
wide at level of acetabulum, slightly flattened dorso-ventrally. Cuti-
cula delicate, unarmed. Oral sucker 120 to 152 m in diameter ; acetab-
ulum 220 to 340 p long by 280 to 576 » wide, in equatorial zone.
Prepharynx 20 to 40 » long; pharynx 40 to 60 » long by 40 to 80 p
wide ; esophagus 200 to 240 yp long; intestinal ceca simple, extending
to level of posterior testis. Excretory aperture terminal; excretory
vesicle tubular, extending anteriorly as far as level of anterior testis.
Genital aperture near left margin of body and about midway between
pharynx and intestinal bifurcation. Cirrus pouch slender, about 300 pu
long, its base lying in median line dorsal to acetabulum, and con-
taining a slender unarmed cirrus, prostate cells, and a slender,
somewhat convoluted seminal vesicle; a distinct pars prostatica ap-
parently absent. Testes elongated transversely, tandem and in con-
tact, in anterior part of posterior third of body; anterior testis about
80 » long by 240 » wide; posterior testis 120 » long by 240 p wide.
Ovary trilobed, about 60 » long by 180 p» wide, pretesticular, mostly
to right of median line. Seminal receptacle and Laurer’s canal present,
the latter opening in the mid-dorsal line at level of ovary. Vitellaria
extending from level of genital aperture to about half way between
posterior testis and posterior end of body. Uterus with relatively
few coils, preovarial ; metraterm extending from near center of acetab-
ulum to genital aperture. Eggs oval, 70 to 72 » long by 36 » wide,
with thin, yellowish shells.
Host.—Eel (Xenomystax sp.) (J-S 447 and 448).
Location.—Intestine.
Locality.—Station 84 (lat. 18°39’ N., long. 65°17’ W.).
Type specimen——U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8716; paratypes
no. 8717.
Plagioporus fusiformis appears to be more closely related to P.
serotinus Stafford than to any of the other species so far placed in
the genus, but differs from that species in the length of the ceca which
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
in P. fusiformis extend only to the level of the posterior testis, where-
as in P. serotinus they extend to the posterior end of the body.
In comparing the species of the genus Plagioporus Stafford with
those included in the genus Lebouria Nicoll the writer is convinced
that the latter are congeneric with P. serotinus, type of Plagioporus.
Stafford’s (1904) description of P. serotinus is rather meager, but all
of the generic characters are clearly indicated; therefore. the writer
transfers the species Lebouria aducta Nicoll, L. acerinae Pigulevsky,
L. alacris (Looss), L. coopert Hunter and Bangham, L. crassigula
Linton, L. elongata Goto and Ozaki, L. idonea Nicoll, L. tsaitschikowti
Layman, L. micolli \saitschikov, L. obducta Nicoll, L. tumidulum
(Rudolphi), and L. varia Nicoll to the genus Plagioporus, the new
combinations being, respectively, P. aducta (Nicoll), P. acerinae
( Pigulevsky ), P. alacris (Looss), P. coopert (Hunter and Bangham),
P. crassigula (Linton), P. elongata (Goto and Ozaki), P. idonea
(Nicoll), P. tsaitschikowi (Layman), P. nicolli (Isaitschikov), P.
obducta (Nicoll), P. tumidulum (Rudolphi), and P. varia ( Nicoll).
From the above species, which up to the present time have been
included in the genus Lebouria, Plagioporus fusiformis may be dis-
tinguished by the distinctly fusiform shape of the body and by the
very large, equatorially placed acetabulum. In the extent of the in-
testinal ceca posteriorly, this form resembles P. nicolli and P. cooperi
more than the others; P. fusiformis may be differentiated from P.
nicolli in that loops of the uterus pass between the ovary and testes
in the latter species, a condition not occurring in P. fusiformis or in
any of the other species of the genus. P. fusiformis differs from P.
cooperi in having a larger and more equatorially placed acetabulum,
in having the genital aperture situated more anteriorly and nearer
the body margin, and in having the testes tandem in position instead
of being placed diagonally as in P. cooper.
PODOCOTYLE LANCEOLATA, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 5
Description.—Lody lanceolate, 1.95 to 2 mm long by 645 to 850 p
wide, strongly flattened dorso-ventrally and more attenuated anteri-
orly than posteriorly. Cuticula without spines or ridges. Oral sucker
subterminal, 100 to 189 p» in diameter; acetabulum 220 to 240 p
long by 240 to 280 » wide, about one third body length from anterior
end. Prepharynx short; pharynx somewhat globular, 88 to 100 p»
long by 88 » wide; esophagus 160 to 200 mw long; intestinal ceca
NO. 7 NEW DIGENETIC TREMATODES—PRICE 7,
simple, extending to near posterior end of body. Genital aperture
sinistral, cephalad of intestinal bifurcation, and about midway be-
tween margin of body and esophagus. Cirrus pouch about 400
long by 100 to 120 » wide, extending to, or only slightly beyond,
posterior margin of acetabulum. Testes lobed, tandem, sometimes
touching, postequatorial; anterior testis 160 » long by 260 to 280 p
wide ; posterior testis 160 to 180 » long by 260 to 320 » wide. Ovary
trilobed, 140 » long by 240 to 320 p wide, pretesticular, and mostly
to right of median line. Vitellaria well developed, extending from
slightly in front of anterior margin of acetabulum to near posterior
end of body. Uterus in intercecal field between ovary and acetabulum,
relatively long and with several loops containing numerous eggs.
Eggs oval, 56 » long by 30 p wide.
Host.—Polymixia sp. (J-S 595).
Location.—Intestine.
Locality Station 100 (Jat. 18°40'15” N., long. 64°50’15” W.).
Type specimen—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8719; paratypes
no. 8720.
Podocotyle lanceolata differs from all species of the genus except
P: levinseni Isaitschikov, P. odhneri Isaitschikov, P. sygnathi Nicoll,
and P. pennelli Leiper and Atkinson in that the cirrus pouch does not
extend posterior to the acetabulum. Of the species mentioned above,
P. lanceolata resembles P. odhneri perhaps more closely than it does
any of the other species, but it may be distinguished from that form
in having distinctly lobed testes, a relatively larger ovary, and more
profusely developed vitellaria. P. lanceolata has a smaller ovary and
a more laterally placed genital aperture, which serve to distinguish
it from P. levinseni. It may be differentiated from P. sygnathi by
the position and character of the testes and the extent of the vitellaria
anteriorly, the testes being smooth and well separated, and the vitel-
laria not extending to the acetabulum in P. sygnathi, while the testes
are lobed and close together, and the vitellaria extend anterior to
the acetabulum in P. lanceolata. This species may be distinguished
from P. pennelli in the position of the genital aperture and in the
length of the intestinal ceca, the genital aperture being situated at the
level of the pharynx and the intestinal ceca extending only as far
as the level of the posterior margin of the posterior testis, while
the genital aperture is situated some distance posterior to the pharynx
and the intestinal ceca extend to near the posterior end of the body in
P. lanceolata.
8 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. Ql
REFERENCES CITED
FUHRMANN, Orto
19028. Zweite Klasse des Cladus Platyhelminthes; Trematoden. Handb.
Zool. (Krumbach), vol. 2, 3 Lief., Teil 2, Bogen 1-8, pp. 1-128,
figs. 1-171, Dec. 6.
Linton, Epwin
1oro, Helminth fauna of the Dry Tortugas. 2. Trematodes. [In Papers,
Tortugas Lab.. Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 4] Carnegie Inst. Washing-
ton Publ. 133, pp. 11-98, pls. 1-28, figs. 1-241.
Manter, H. W.
‘ 1926. Some North American fish trematodes. Illinois Biol. Monogr., vol. 10,
no. 2, pp. 1-138, 1 fig., charts I, 2, pls. 1-6, figs. 1-88, April.
OpHNer, T.
ror. Zum nattirlichen System der digenen Trematoden. 3. (Ein weiterer
Fall von sekundarem Anus.) Zool. Anz., vol. 38, no. 4, pp. 97-117,
figs. 1-8, August.
SraFForp, J.
1904. Trematodes from Canadian fishes. Zool. Anz., vol. 27, nos. 16-17,
pp. 481-495, May 3.
StunxKarp, H. W., and Nicreit, R. F.
1930. On Distomum vibex Linton, with special reference to its systematic
position. Biol. Bull., vol. 58, no. 3, pp. 336-343, 1 fig., June.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS Wek Gil NOs ty lke
DIGENETIC TREMATODES FROM MARINE FISHES
Fic. 1. Steringotrema ovata. Ventral view. Fic. 4. Plagioporus fusiformis. Ventral
Fic. 2. Pycnadena piriforme. Ventral view. view. :
Fic. 3. Lecithostaphylus atherinae. Ven- Fic. 5. Podocotyle lanceolata, Ventral view.
tral view.
ms
n f “ .
pir k DEAD Me - N42 —
Ces
} %
? ‘
J
7
ic
Sra ae ees Fete eb : ;
< o.- ee ae eee’ vag 2a ale < Pinas 1% et oi thet kd Ast d eee ee
— se Be Oe a eee pe eae A Poe en Ay ears ate i A a oe a a6); re ww rso
"SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91 NUMBER 8
i a
aa
ae ae
®,
Seems
“oe Usk
4% 5TH ON OR
‘ NAN: Oe
(PUBLICATION 3236)
GITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
MARCH 23, 1934
The Lord Waltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8S. A.
Johnson Fund
NEW POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS
By AARON L. TREADWELL
Professor of Zoology, Vassar College
(WitH Two Plates)
The polychaetous annelids obtained by the First Johnson-Smith-
sonian Deep-Sea Expedition have been submitted to me for report,
and in the collection I have found a number of new species, which are
here described and figured.
MELAENIS Malmgren
MELAENIS TROPICUS, n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. 1-6
A single specimen 33 mm long and g mm wide in the greatest
diameter. Twelve pairs of elytra completely cover the body. The
prostomium is about I mm in diameter and carries the cirrophores
of the three tentacles from which the styles have been broken. The
median cirrophore overlaps the lateral ones. The prostomium (fig. 1)
is rounded in outline, its transverse diameter being a trifle greater
than its antero-posterior. No eyes are visible. The palps are very
long and not very stout.
The first parapodia are small and largely concealed by the bases
of the palps. The basal portion of each parapodium narrows distally,
and on its anterior border are numerous papillae (fig. 2). Terminally,
there is a considerable widening, the main axis continuing into a
point, from which the acicula protrudes. On the dorso-lateral sur-
faces are the cirrophores for the tentacular cirri from which the styles
are lost. Antero-laterally there are three tufts of setae radiating in
fan shape in each tuft. The second parapodium is also small, its
notopodium (fig. 3) rather broad at the base and continuing with
the same diameter about half way to the apex, where it narrows
asymmetrically and rapidly toa sharp point. A large acicula protrudes
from the apex. Antero-dorsally, there is a tuft of setae. Small,
rounded vesicles are attached to the body wall between the two parts
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No.8
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
of the parapodium. The neuropodium is irregularly ringed at the
base and narrows at a rather uniform rate to the apex. The bending
of the tip and breaking of the acicula is obviously an accident. A
slender ventral cirrus extends beyond the end of the setal portion.
Beginning with the third, the parapodia are very large, and the large
setae of the third parapodium extends as far as the tips of the palps.
In a parapodium from the middle of the body, the notopodium is
short and thick but narrows abruptly to an acute tip, from which
the acicula protrudes. The neuropodium is slender, longer than the
notopodium, and almost circular in cross-section, ending in a blunt
point. Just proximal to the end are two blunt lobes, and nearer the
body is a third. From each of these protrudes a stout seta. The
dorsal cirrus is very long and slender, but the ventral one hardly
reaches the end of the setal lobe.
The elytra are large, entirely covering the dorsal surface of the
body, and most of them, if not all, overlap in the dorsal midline.
They are broadly oval in outline, with the elytrophore attachment
nearer one end, the long axis of the elytron being at right angles to
that of the body. The elytra are thin, with entire margins and no sur-
face markings. They are mostly translucent, this character being most
marked near the margins, for whitish deposits occur near the elytro-
phore attachment and extend for some distance outward.
In a parapodium from near the middle of the body, the most
noticeable setae are those of the notopodium, which curve upward and
outward. The largest of these are very heavy and terminate in a point,
which has barbs on either side of the end of the shaft (fig. 5). These
did not appear in all somites, but this was probably due to accidental
causes. The remainder of the dorsal tuft is composed of slightly
smaller setae than the above, which end in sharp points and are faintly
bilimbate toward the ends. On the surface of their shafts are minute
points, giving it a shagreen appearance. A tuft of slender, colorless,
sharp-pointed setae lies on the antero-posterior face of the notopodium.
The neuropodial setae are very few and heavy (fig. 6). Toward the
ends they bend slightly and taper to an acute tip, which carries two
or three stout teeth on the outer surface. In the neuropodium is a
tuft of setae that have sharp lateral teeth along the shaft (fig. 4).
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 20031, collected at station Io in the Virgin
Islands at latitude 18°40'30” N., longitude 64°50’ W.—latitude 18°
45'40” N., longitude 64°48’ W., in 300 fathoms.
no. 8 NEW POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS—TREADWELL S
EUPHOLOE McIntosh
EUPHOLOE ACUMINATA, n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. 7, 8
Only incomplete specimens are present. The type measures 28 mm
for the first 50 somites and has a width anteriorly of 6 mm. The
head width is 5 mm. This width continues for about the first 10 mm
of body length, but behind this there is a decided narrowing. The
prostomium (fig. 7) is oval in outline, with the tentacle arising in
the middle of its anterior border. Dorsally there are two very in-
distinct eyes (not shown in the figure), and two others, much more
distinct, lie near the ventral surface. The cirrophore of the tentacle
is globular and about half as long as the prostomium, but is very
thin-walled. Toward the end there is a constriction, so that the style
is carried on the end of a very small globular portion. The style is
slender and four or five times as long as the prostomium.
The first parapodia are elongated cones, truncated near the ends,
and each has a very slender dorsal cirrus near its end (fig. 7). The
two parapodia are in contact at their bases and on either side press
tightly against the tentacle, each long, slender dorsal cirrus reaching
to the end of the tentacle. This arrangement of tentacle and parapodia
gives a pointed appearance to the anterior end of the animal. In each
parapodium is a dense tuft of setae, which overlap from the two sides
and surround the ends of tentacle and cirri. The palps are long and
slender, extending beyond the tips of the first parapodial setae. The
first pair of elytra carried on the first parapodium are borne on
transversely oval elytrophores (fig. 7) and completely cover the
prostomium. Between the elytrophores the anterior margin of the
first somite protrudes over the prostomium. In one specimen this
protrusion is a blunt cone; in the other it has two rounded lobes on
its margin. The lower lip is prominent, its surface thrown into
longitudinal folds.
As stated, the first pair of elytra overlap. I am uncertain about
the second, but behind this there is a definite area of the dorsal sur-
face that is uncovered. Even when elytra have been removed, this
clearly shows because of a dusting of fine sand grains on portions
of the dorsal surface that had been uncovered by elytra. A similar
covering of sand grains appears on the elytra, these grains being
coarser on anterior somites. Except where overlapped by other
elytra, each elytron carries a row of fine cirri around its margin, and
on its outer half there are a considerable number of these on the
surface. Except at the point of attachment, each elytron is very thin
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
and soft. I am uncertain whether the denser appearance at the elytro-
phore is due to a thickening of the tissue or to a greater accumulation
of sand grains at that point. As far as about somite 25 the dorsal
exposed portion of the body wall seems to be thin and delicate. Behind
this point the body narrows, the sand grains are larger, and the elytra
cover more of the surface. The last somites present in the fragments
are completely covered. Beyond about somite 25 each has on its
dorsal surface three transversely arranged bunches of sand grains,
successive somites thus showing three longitudinal rows of sand piles.
It is possible that these represent three rows of rudimentary gills,
but I was unable to discover any trace of gills in them.
The dorsal appearance of the first parapodium has been given
above. On the ventral surface there is a short cirrus near the end
of the neuropodium. The setae of this parapodium are of varying
sizes but are all essentially the same in structure in that they carry
two rows of toothed plates, giving the setae a double saw-tooth
effect. The second parapodium carries a whorl of very fine setae,
which have minute lateral plates forming spines as in the first. In
the neuropodium are a few much larger setae, which are smooth
throughout the greater part of their length but toward the end acquire
lateral plates. Toward their ends, they widen and then narrow again,
forming what one would expect to be a narrow lanceolate apex, but
this suddenly ends and forms the basis for a slender and much curved
terminal joint (fig. 8). The second parapodium has the form of a
truncated cone, is very much annulated on its surface, and has a long
cirrus at its apex, together with a bunch of smaller cirri. Except
for the absence of the long terminal cirrus, the third parapodium
is much like the second. The dorsal setae are like those in the noto-
podium of the second parapodium, whereas ventral ones are compound
but without the lateral teeth. These are continued in later somites,
but the terminal joint may be very short. In the third parapodia are
‘ also very slender colorless compound setae having long and slender
terminal joints.
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 20032. Specimens were collected at sta-
tion 100, at latitude 18°38’45” N., longitude 64°52'45” W.—latitude
18°40'15” N., longitude 64°50'15” W., in 15 fathoms (type speci-
men) ; and at station 28, latitude 18°31'40” N., longitude 66°12’ W.—
latitude 18°32’ N., longitude 66°14'45” W., in 40 fathoms.
no. 8 NEW POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS—TREADWELL 5
EUPHOLOE CIRRATA, n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. 9-12; plate 2, figs. 13-16
A number of specimens are in the collection, but none is entire.
Anterior portions containing about 60 somites are 50 mm long. The
prostomium is I mm in diameter, but if the parapodia which extend
along the sides of the prostomium are measured, the total head width
is 3 mm. The greatest body width is 4 mm.
The prostomium (fig. 9) is oval in outline its width being about
twice its length. No eyes are to be seen, but the dorsal surface is
irregularly blotched with purplish patches. The tentacle is very short
and slender and is inserted a little back from the anterior prostomial
border. The palps are long and slender and not noticeably thickened
at the bases. There are no lateral tentacles or tentacular cirri.
The first parapodium (fig. 10) on either side extends forward
and, together with the buccal membrane and the bases of the palps,
forms the outer boundary of a space lateral to the prostomium. It
was very difficult to get a satisfactory dissection of this parapodium,
and the drawing is not complete. The setal portion is blunt-ended,
and there is a single acicula. From the outer dorsal surface arises
a tuft of very slender setae, and on the dorsal surface are numerous
cirri of various sizes. No attempt has been made to draw them all,
as so great a number would confuse the drawing. One as drawn is
much larger than the others and may be the dorsal cirrus ; but if so, it is
broken, for in another specimen (fig. 11) this cirrus is long and
slender. There is a slender ventral cirrus. The second parapodium
(fig. 12), 1s very thick and heavy and extends forward so as to
overlap the first, the inner face of the second being slightly concave.
Each carries dorsally a small, nearly circular elytra. There is no
marginal indentation between the neuropodium and notopodium, and
each portion carries an acicula. In the neuropodium is a bunch of
very heavy setae, most of which have been broken off at about the
level of the body surface. The only notopodial setae are a tuft of
slender ones arising at the anterior margin of the elytrophore. A
tangle of cirri similar to those of the first parapodium arise from
this same position. The ventral cirrus is short and heavy. The second
parapodium is larger than the first, and this increase in size continues
as far as the eighth.
A parapodium from near the middle of the body (fig. 13), is
elongated, and the vertical diameter of its setal portion is much less
than that of the body. The neuropodium widens slightly toward the
end, where there are a large posterior and two smaller anterior lobes.
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
The notopodium is smaller than the neuropodium and is more uniform
in diameter throughout. Its apex is conical, but dorsal to this is a
small lobe, and numerous cirri arise from the ends of both parts. In
all somites a heavy gill is attached to the body wall above the para-
podium. In somites having elytra this is just ventral to the cirrophore
(fig. 13). In other somites the dorsal cirrus is a fleshy lobe resembling
a cirrophore but lacking a style (fig. 12).
The anterior elytra are very small, but later ones increase in size
so that they overlap on the dorsal surface. Behind the twentieth
they are lost in the specimens at hand, but apparently the large size
is continued to the posterior end of the body. They are located on
somites 2, 4, 5, 7, and on alternate somites behind this. All are
roughly oval in outline and have smooth margins and a very deli-
cate translucent appearance. A prominent feature is a brown spot
near the elytrophore.
The setae of the first parapodium are all very slender and long,
some having smooth margins, others finely serrate. In the second
parapodium the notopodial setae are like those of the first, but neuro-
podial ones are shorter and heavier and curve to fine points, the
terminal part being camerated (fig. 14): In later parapodia there
are several kinds of setae, some like those in the second, others long,
slender, and sharp-pointed, distinctly bent and carrying two rows of
toothed plates (fig. 15). In the neuropodium there is a ventral bundle
of compound setae, whose terminal joints are straight, pointed, and
camerated (fig. 16).
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 20033, collected at station 14 at latitude
18°31’ N., longitude 66°4’10” W.—latitude 18°30'30” N., longitude
66°3/15” W., north of Puerto Rico, at 200-240 fathoms. Others were
collected at station 23, latitude 18°32’15” N., longitude 66°17'45” W.—
latitude 18°32’ N., longitude 66°21'15” W., north of Puerto Rico,
in 260 fathoms.
HYALINOECIA Malmgren
HYALINOECIA BRANCHIATA, n. sp.
Plate 2, figs. 17-19
This name is provisionally given to a single incomplete specimen
15 mm long and 2 mm wide, and retaining only 20 somites. Because
of the lack of nuchal cirri, it belongs in the genus Hyalinoecia.
The specific name refers to the unusual amount of gill development.
The prostomium (fig. 17) has a width of about twice its length
and carries short tentacles that are obscurely, if at all, ringed on
the cirrophores and have slender styles. The style of the median
no. 8 NEW POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS—TREADWELL 7.
tentacle is lost ; those of the inner paired extend to somite Io, whereas
those of the outer paired are hardly more than one-fourth as long
as these. The frontal tentacles are broadly oval in outline, their bases
being in contact. The palps are large and extend down over the
mouth.
On its anterior margin somite 1 is wider than the prostomium,
and this width reappears on the posterior margin. In the middle,
where the parapodia arise, it is very much wider than this, and the
parapodia extend almost to the anterior prostomial border. Each
parapodium carries a slender dorsal and a much heavier ventral cirrus,
the latter having a heavy basal section and a slender terminal one, the
two being of about equal length. Apparently there are three subequal
terminal parapodial lobes, but owing to imperfect preservation, it
is not possible to be certain. Each parapodium carries three stout
hooked setae.
Somite 2 is a trifle wider than somite 1 and less than one third
as long, its anterior border being a trifle wider than its posterior.
The parapodia extend forward but to a much less extent than in
somite 1. Somite 3 assumes a form characteristic of the remainder
of the body. Its width is about four times its length, and the lateral
margins are uniformly rounded except where they extend out into
the bases of the parapodia. In somite 3 the dorsal cirrus is prominent,
four or more times as long as the setal lobe. The ventral cirrus
is also prominent, but stouter than the dorsal. The fourth, fifth, sixth,
and seventh parapodia have large dorsal and ventral cirri, the dorsal
being longer than the ventral. After the seventh there is a diminu-
tion in length of the cirri, and in later somites, although they are
longer than the setal lobes, they are very slender. Gills are composed
of several filaments, and on the sixteenth parapodium there are six
of them, palmately arranged (fig. 18).
Just dorsal to the insertion of the ventral cirrus, each parapodium
carries a tuft of heavy setae and two aciculae. The aciculae are bluntly
rounded and end just inside the surface. The setae are of two kinds:
heavy ones having stout terminal and subterminal teeth covered by a
hood (fig. 19), and slender bilimbate ones reaching as far as the end
of the dorsal cirrus. The hooks of the first parapodium are very
heavy and have a terminal and a much smaller subterminal tooth.
Since only one specimen appeared in the collection, I did not think
it wise to mutilate it by removing the jaws for study and I have no
information concerning them. In the gill character this species seems
8 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
rather distinctive. Verrill’s* account of H. artifex states that gills
first appear on about the twenty-eighth somite and are never of more
than one filament.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 20034, collected at station 84, latitude 18°32’
30” N., longitude 65°18’30” W.—latitude 18°39’ N., longitude 65°
17’ W., in 300 fathoms, north of Culebra Island.
ALCIOPA Audouin and Milne Edwards
ALCIOPA MUTILATA, n. sp.
Plate 2, figs. 20, 21
This species name is provisionally suggested for a fragment of
an Alciopa retaining only a limited portion of the anterior body
region. Its total length is 7 mm and width at the eyes 1.5 mm. The
eyes are very large and almost in contact dorsally, their lenses point-
ing downward and outward so as not to be visible from a dorsal
view. Ventrally, they are more widely separated (fig. 20). The
median tentacle (fig. 20) is very short and inconspicuous and is
located well forward between the eyes. All frontal tentacles are
thick, the dorsal pair being a trifle smaller than the ventral ones.
Between the dorsal frontal and the median tentacles is a pair of
fleshy lips. The anterior face of the first somite is in contact with
the eyes but does not enclose them in a cup effect, as it does in other
species.
The parapodia are conical in outline, and a single acicula protrudes
at the apex (fig. 21). Only a very few setae are present, most of
them having been broken. Those that remain have sharp-pointed
ends, and this undoubtedly holds for all.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 20035, collected at station 6 in latitude
18°30'45” N., longitude 66°4'30” W.—latitude 18°30’50” N., longi-
tude 66°1'15” W., north of Puerto Rico, in 100 fathoms.
Family MALDANIDAE
MALDANELLA FIMBRIATA, n. sp.
Plate 2, figs. 22-24
The collection contains one slender specimen 35 mm long and 2 mm
wide, composed of 20 setigerous somites. The anterior margin of
the cephalic plate (fig. 22), is broadly rounded but is not continued
*Verrill, A. E., Notice of recent additions to the marine invertebrata of the
northeastern coast of America, with descriptions of new genera and species and
critical remarks on others. Pt. 5, Annelida, Echinodermata, Hydroida, Tunicata.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 8, pp. 429-431, 1885.
no. 8 NEW POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS—TREADWELL 9
on to the lateral regions. The posterior margin is prominent and is
continued forward on either side nearly to the middle of the plate.
Between these two portions is a thin membrane drawn out on the
right side into three, and on the left into four, sharp-pointed processes.
The surface of the cephalic plate is deeply hollowed just in front of
the posterior margin and more shallow elsewhere. The median ridge
extends only about half the length of the plate and has a cone-shaped
outline. Its dorsal surface is marked by transverse lines.
A prominent collar on the anterior margin of the first setigerous
somite overlaps the posterior margin of the buccal somite for its
entire circumference. The anal funnel (fig. 23), has a prominent
bilobed dorsal and a single ventral lip. On the margin of the dorsal
lip are a few slender cirri. The first four setigerous somites are short,
the next five longer, and the final ones shorter again.
There are two kinds of setae. The first are slender and sharp-
pointed, arranged in tufts in which there is great variation as to
length. Some are very short, others several times as long. Some at
least, and probably all, are narrowly bilimbate. Toward the ends,
they narrow rapidly to fine points. The hooks (fig. 24) have very
long shafts, enlarged to form a collar at the point where they pro-
trude from the. body surface. The distal end is bent to form a “ head,”
which on the lower surface carries a large tooth. Above this is a
much smaller tooth and above this several denticulations. A long
tuft of subrostral hairs extends beyond the large tooth.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 20036, collected at station 35, latitude 18°
23/40” N., longitude 67°16'45” W.—latitude 18°24'45” N., longitude
67°14'15” W., in 80-100 fathoms.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES 1 AND 2
Fics. 1-6. Melaenis tropicus, n. sp. Fig. 1, head, * 13; fig. 2, first parapodium,
xX 52; fig. 3, second parapodium, * 50; fig. 4, seta, X 340;
fig. 5, seta, X 90; fig. 6, parapodium, X 90.
Fics. 7, 8. Eupholoe acuminata, n. sp. Fig. 7, head, * 20; fig. 8, seta, X 60.
Fics. 9-16. Eupholoe cirrata, n. sp. Fig. 9, head, 10; fig. 10, first parapodium,
X 40; fig. 11, dorsal portion of first parapodium, X 40; fig. 12,
second parapodium, 40; fig. 13, posterior parapodium, 20;
fier 14. seta, >< 240.
Figs. 17-19. Hyalinoecia branchiata, n. sp. Fig. 17, head, & 5; fig. 18, para-
podium, X 40; fig. I9, seta, X 240.
Fics. 20, 21. Alciopa mutilata, n. sp. Fig. 20, head, X 13; fig. 21, parapodium,
X 30.
Fics. 22-24. Maldanella fimbriata, n. sp. Fig. 22, head, * 20; fig. 23, anal
funnel, < 20; fig. 24, seta, X 90.
a Nue ih.
ih ote ie vir) pei) Ore a
em ae (a) A Ne GNC LN here
sail aie i ahi Ae Pr An ant
f\ hs OU, Sea thee
i Lied ta Fu sha fl
in ‘O Fe
P15 be ee vent
ies Pe me ei aid ua
wae cau Mit! f Mpeg en
ivr ape a
Pa, . Ri pone’ eh te 4
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS MONE ily IMO Tell 3]
8
NEW POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS
Fics. 1-12
(For explanation, see p. 9.)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLES NOn Ss hE
a {9
OO0gRagaG
“3 OGOasoagoELS
ee
:
15
ws ; \
| rae /
‘ i
AN
24 \\
NEW POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS
Figs. 13-24
(For explanation, see p. 9.)
A
i)
.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 9
Jobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
THREE NEW DEEP-WATER BISHES
FROM THE WEST INDIES
(wirn ONE PLATE)
‘BY
GEORGE S. MYERS
Assistant Curator, Division of Fishes, U:S. National Museum
(PUBLICATION 3238)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
APRIL 2, 1934
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 9
Jobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
THREE NEW DEEP-WATER FISHES
FROM THE WEST INDIES
(WiTH ONE PLATE)
BY
GEORGE S. MYERS
Assistant Curator, Division of Fishes, U.S. National Museum
(PUBLICATION 3238)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
APRIL 2, 1934
Te Lord Galtimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. S. A.
Pe
cri
Fobnson Fund
THREE NEW DEEP-WATER FISHES FROM THE
WEST INDIES
By GEORGE S. MYERS
Assistant Curator, Division of Fishes, U.S. National Museum
(WitH ONE PLatTeE)
Preliminary examination of the fishes obtained by the Johnson-
Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition in 1933 has disclosed the presence
of several new forms, three of which are herewith diagnosed.
Family GONOSTOMATIDAE
Margrethia obtusirostra was described by Jespersen and Taning*
from postlarval and adolescent individuals obtained at a depth of
about 150 meters in the eastern Atlantic by the Margrethe. No exact
localities are given, except for the two figured specimens, in the
explanation of the plate, and as for range the authors merely state,
“the distribution closely coincides with that shown by Bonapartia
pedaliota,” that is, Cadiz Bay and the Atlantic south of the latitude
of the Azores. The description is very short, and the authors probably
intended to present a more extended account later, as they did for the
Mediterranean species, but this has not appeared. I find no record of
the capture of additional specimens. In the collections obtained by the
Caroline I find a single large Margrethia which differs distinctly
from M. obtusirostra in many ways.
MARGRETHIA DISJUNCTA, n. sp.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 93112 (Field no. 498a) ; 31 mm standard
length ; Caroline station 87, open ocean north of Culebra Island, lati-
tude 19°18'30” N., longtitude 65°16’00” W.., to latitude 19°13’00” N.,
longitude 65°16’00” W., February 27, 1933, otter trawl, 950 fathoms
wire out.
1 Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. naturh. Foren., vol. 70, p. 222, pl. 17, figs. I1, 12, 1919.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No.9
to
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Dorsal 16. Anal 21, the anterior rays more elongate. Pelvic 8.
Caudal (counting from above downward) 7+10+9+6. Gill-rakers
on first arch long and slender, with minute asperities, 5 on upper limb
and 10 on lower. Pseudobranchiae well developed. Scales mostly
lost, but there appear to be about 30 scale pockets in the midside series.
Teeth in jaws uniserial, conical, and sharp. On the premaxillary
the teeth are rather small, but with some enlarged on the expanded
part. Median part of upper jaw toothless, the first tooth on each
premaxillary enlarged and directed forward and inward. Teeth of
maxillary extremely close set, every fourth to sixth tooth enlarged ;
all of them strongly directed forward, those of the anterior part point-
ing almost straight forward. Mandibulary teeth larger than those
of maxillary, close set, every seventh or eighth tooth enlarged. A
single series of small conical teeth on each palatine, the first one
enlarged. Two large patches of tiny pterygoid teeth in the roof of
the mouth.
Photophores: One preorbital (Orb) photophore directly in front
of eye, embedded in the proximal end of the maxillary bone. Three
opercular (Op) photophores, one along the preopercle-opercle junc-
tion, one beneath the subopercle, and one directly behind the articula-
tion of the mandible. No symphysial (SO) photophore. Branchi-
ostegal (Br) photophores 11. Body (BO) photophores 14, arranged
peculiarly. Up to the tenth they are in a straight, compact series, but
the tenth, eleventh, and twelfth are displaced upward in an ascending
series. The thirteenth is set directly below the twelfth (that is, in a
line with the first 9) and the fourteenth follows the thirteenth directly
behind. It is this disjunction of the BO series that is the most notable
character of the new fish and the one from which the specific name is
derived. The pelvic base barely separates the fourteenth BO photo-
phore from the four pelvic (VO) ones. The supra-anal (AO) photo-
phores are 14+ 3 in number, the first two slightly elevated, but not
forming an arch as in MW. obtusirostra.
Top of head with three bony keels. The lateral ones begin together
at the supraoccipital region and run forward and outward till they
merge with the orbital rim. The median crest, more rounded in cross-
section than the lateral ones, begins above the pupil and runs forward
to the ethmoid region. Preopercular margin sharply inclined. Pos-
terior margin of operculum nearly straight, with a slight excision medi-
ally. Tooth-bearing edge of each premaxillary with a strong convex
expansion posteriorly. The long and uninterrupted curve of the max-
illary is rather strongly convex. Lower jaw bones rather deep and
very thin.
NO. 9 NEW DEEP-WATER FISHES—MYERS 3
Body deepest at junction of head and body, the venter rising in an
almost straight line to the beginning of the caudal peduncle. The
upper profile of the snout is flat or a little concave, and the top of the
head is rounded. The dorsum then rounds slightly to the dorsal origin
and thence slopes gradually to the caudal peduncle.
The measurements of the holotype, in millimeters, are as follows:
Standard length 31, greatest depth 10, head length 9, orbit diameter 3,
length lower jaw 9, length dorsal base 7.5, length anal base 10, snout
2, snout tip to dorsal origin 16, snout tip to pelvic origin 15, snout
tip to anal origin 18, least depth caudal peduncle 3.5, length caudal
peduncle (from anal) 4.5, longest gill-raker (at angle) 2.5, length
caudal fin 10. All longitudinal measurements, save those of the lower
jaw and fin bases, are made as to the verticals of the points indicated,
on an ideal longitudinal axis of the fish.
Entire snout and tip of lower jaw hyaline. Cheeks, opercles, and
middle area of sides back to above first third of anal base iridescent
bluish silvery. From above eye to end of dorsal base the back is black-
ish, and there is a dark patch or bar over the origin of the caudal rays.
Posterior part of body yellowish. Iris blackish, except for a segment
directly under the pupil, which is silvery. Fins all hyaline.
Below is given a table of the chief differences between M. obtusi-
rostra and the new species. Those differences which are marked
with an asterisk (*) may disappear when specimens of similar age
or size are compared.
M. obtusirostra
Top of head and snout continuously
convex, the profile of the snout very
strongly decurved.*
Tooth-bearing edge of premaxillary
only weakly convex posteriorly.*
Lower jaw very shallow.
Depth of cheek (orbit rim to maxil-
lary), directly below center of pupil,
scarcely half orbit diameter.
Greatest body depth (at rear of head)
enters standard length about 3.5
times.*
No preorbital photophore.
Branchiostegal photophores 12.
M. disjuncta
Top of head rounded, with a median
bony crest, the line of the snout, as
it slopes down, becoming flat or
slightly concave as it approaches
upper jaw.*
Tooth-bearing edge of premaxillary
posteriorly with a strongly convex
expansion bearing canine teeth.*
Lower jaw rather deep.
Depth of cheek equal to over .75 orbit
diameter.
Greatest body depth (at rear of head)
enters standard length about 3
times.*
A preorbital photophore present.
Branchiostegal photophores 11.
4 SMITHSONIAN
M. obtuswostra
Body photophores (BO) 14 or 15, in
a single straight, continuous series.
Ventral photophores (VO) 4, dis-
tinctly separated from BO series;
small in size * and slightly separated
from each other.
Supra-anal photophores (AQ) small
and separated from each other by
distances much greater than their
own widths; * 13-++4 in number;
the first four forming an upward arc.
Eye with iris wholly dark.
Teeth of maxillary and premaxillary
small; directed forward very
MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOL. QI
M. disjuncta
Body photophores (BO) 14, with a
disjunction between the twelfth and
thirteenth.
Ventral photophores (VO) 4, scarcely
separated from the BO series by
pelvic base; large* and _ placed
tightly together.
Supra-anal photophores (AQ) large
and separated from each other by
distances distinctly less than their
own widths; * 14-+3 in number;
the first two slightly elevated.
Iris dark except for a silvery segment
below.
Teeth of maxillary small, interspersed
with enlarged teeth; all teeth of
upper jaw strongly directed for-
ward, those of the premaxillary ex-
pansion and of anterior part of
maxillary pointing almost straight
forward.
slightly.
Family TRIACANTHIDAE
The discovery of a second genus and species of this family in the
Western Hemisphere by the Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedi-
tion is exceptionally interesting. Hollardia hollardi was described by
Poey in 1861 from a single specimen cast ashore near Havana. Poey’s
type, a dried skin in good condition, is still the only example known,
and it 1s here figured (pl. 1, fig. 2) for comparison with the new
genus. The two specimens referred to H. hollardi by Breder in 1925
are considered below to belong to a distinct species.
In attempting to work out the relationships of the new form, it was
found useful to prepare a table of the genera, and since there has
been no recent attempt at a revision, my notes are presented in the form
of a key followed by brief remarks on the genera. In describing the
new genus and preparing the synopsis, I have been fortunate in having
at hand examples of all the described recent genera, from the col-
lections of the United States National Museum.
I am unable at present to correlate either of the two fossil tria-
canthid genera, Acanthopleurus Agassiz* and Marosia de Beaufort *
with the recent forms. Both seem near Triacanthus.
7 See Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fish. British Mus., part 4, p. 566, 1901.
*Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned.-Ind., vol. 54, pt. 1, p. 142, pl. 5, fig. 5, 1926.
NO. 9 NEW DEEP-WATER FISHES—MYERS 5
JOHNSONINA, n. gen.
Genotype.—J ohnsonina eriomma.
Teeth minute, weak, conical, about 40 in a single regular series in
each jaw. Snout short, blunt. Body deep, heavy, and compact. Gill
openings restricted, reaching down only to opposite middle of pectoral
base. Pseudobranchiae restricted to upper half of opercular wall.
Mouth terminal. Lips thin. Spinous dorsal origin well forward, the
spines 6 in number, the last buried deeply in the flesh. Eyes very large.
Named in honor of Mr. Eldridge R. Johnson, sponsor of the
Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition.
JOHNSONINA ERIOMMA, n. sp.
Plater heat
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 93113 (Field no. 591), 113 mm standard
length; from Caroline station 100, due north of Tobago Island, lati-
tude 18°38'45” N., longitude 64°52'45” W., to latitude 18°40'15” N.,
longitude 64°50'15” W., March 4, 1933, otter trawl, 100 to 300
fathoms.
Paratypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 93114 (Field no. 592-594) ; three speci-
mens, III to 117 mm standard length; same data as holotype.
Paratype-—U.S.N.M. no. 93115 (Field no. 651) ; one specimen,
106 mm standard length; from Caroline station 101, north of Tobago
Island, latitude 18°40’30” N., longitude 64°50’00” W., to latitude
18°45'40” N., longitude 64°48’00” W., March 4, 1933, otter trawl,
190 to 300 fathoms.
Paratype-—U.S.N.M. no. 93116 (Field no. 439) ; one specimen,
61 mm standard length; from Caroline station 81, north-northwest
of Culebra Island, latitude 18°29'45” N., longitude 65°25’50” W.,
to latitude 18°35’30” N., longitude 65°23'54” W., February 26, 1933,
otter trawl, 200 to 400 fathoms.
Dorsal spines 6, decreasing in length and stoutness to the last, which
is buried almost to its tip in the flesh. Length of first spine equals
slightly more than half body depth in adult specimens, comparatively
longer in half grown. Soft dorsal 15, first and last rays short and
slender, base of first ray only a very short distance behind tip of sixth
spine. Basal half of anterior dorsal spines with a dermal covering of
minute asperities, these being larger on the lateral faces of the spines.
Soft dorsal rays with minute asperities for more than half their length.
Distal ends of dorsal spines longitudinally grooved. Origin of spinous
dorsal slightly anterior to vertical of gill opening, far anterior to mid-
dle of standard length.
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Anal fin of 13 soft rays, first and last short and slender, all of them
with asperities basally similar to those of soft dorsal rays. Anal origin
under base of seventh dorsal ray.
Pelvic fins each of 1 strong spine, equal to first dorsal spine in
length, and a tiny spine in the axil (hinged like the larger one) with
its base rather heavy and its tip soft and tapering. Occasionally this
tip is absent. The large spine is covered with minute asperities for
nearly half its length. Distally, it is grooved like the dorsal spines.
Origin of pelvic spine under base of first dorsal spine. Pelvic girdle
rather wide beneath; width of girdle (inclusive of bases of the ap-
pressed spines) is one half the length of the spines, whereas the same
measurement enters the length of the spines two and one half times
in the type of Hollardia hollardi.
Pectoral fins rather short and rounded, of 14 rays, the first (upper)
one very short and slender. Upper end of pectoral base below mid-
depth of body at this point, opposite middle of gill opening. Pectoral
rays with asperities on both sides. Longest ray slightly less than
orbit diameter.
Caudal fin more or less rounded, of 10 principal branched rays and
t shorter undivided supporting ray above and below. Length of caudal
fin equals half body depth.
Teeth minute, conical, strictly in one series. There are 38 to 44
teeth in each jaw.
Body rather compressed (more so in young), thick-set, widest at
the head, deepest at end of spiny dorsal in the adult, and at first dorsal
spine in half grown. Depth 2.17 in standard length (adult) to 1.84
(half grown). Head 2.69 (adult) to 1.84 (half grown). Eye enor-
mous, twice in head. Interorbital wide, 1.4 in eye diameter. Snout
blunt, 1.75 in eye. Gill opening very restricted, half above and halt
below level of upper border of pectoral base, lower extremity of the
slit not reaching down to level of lower part of pectoral base. Pseudo-
branchiae well developed, but restricted to the upper half of the oper-
cular wall. Squamation rough, resembling that of F/ollardia hollard1
but the individual scales much smaller. Lateral line not evident.
Coloration in alcohol yellowish white, with a black spot about one
third eye diameter on the upper part of the side under origin of soft
dorsal. A color sketch from life shows the body marbled orange-pink
above, pale on belly, the large spot dark brown ocellated with a narrow
orange ring and a larger white ring. Dorsal spines orange-pink, fins
otherwise colorless. Pupil black. Iris white.
(Eriomma, from épt, an intensive particle, and ¢éupe, eye; in al-
lusion to the enormous eyes and the ocellated spot.)
NO. 9 NEW DEEP-WATER FISHES—MYERS
N
KEY TO GENERA OF TRIACANTHIDAE
1a. Front pair of teeth in each jaw wide compressed incisors, forming a beak;
caudal peduncle long; mouth terminal; spinous dorsal 5; pseudobranchiae
present, little developed, confined to upper part of opercular wall. (Sub-
anil WMA AC AMMELMIACS) Es d bes 1 J ‘ fi
: od y x iy en é UJ h
bess : er, i
— Fj host k ;
; 4 ¥ r - f ig ot i
~ “ ii
p an ir ’
at , ; i Tory
a = Me ¥ x vi i a
" i i : » 4 Me 1 iat Nite
i 4
~ y - f Ase
’ < \ "
‘. f
7 * : AT at
= > i f i : ) i Pave Woe
- ; we
a a “ . 4 . v :
a g a | a
. > j oo. , mt
zi ca fy
at hate
, ha: ;
RS Sw ™e
+ iy
oan» } at v
4 ’ i np
bt j if i f
i i , i i i
‘ ri i ‘ :
- i le At we
= - -
; an 7" m i ¥a4 a
i i 4 r : 7 s AL Fis
; / J ae, : im ed eA ae cal
, : ; an) ” ft e: ie Yi de
5 , : “
x Diy i :
oe 4 , tr 7
af
x
’
=
vi b 4
Y
; ‘ :
: 0 =
7 ss ve
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 17
Fobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
| New SPONGES FROM THE PUERTO
: RICAN DEEP
BY
M,. W. de LAUBENFELS
Pasadena, California
(PUBLICATION 3283)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
‘PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
DECEMBER 24, 1934
T5s
16.
. Turee New Deep-WaATER FISHES FROM THE WEST INDIES. be George Si
. Two New Nematopves. By B. G. Chitwood. April 13, 1934. 4 pp-, 1 pl
. THreE New Amputrops, By Clarence R. Shaerialeer: June I, 1934. a PP
. A New Genus or BrITTLESTARS FROM PueERTO Rico. By Austin H. gaat
. A New Guaueces FROM Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark. May 23, 1934.
SAITHSON IAN. MIscELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOLUME Es.
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
CONTENTS
. Station REcorDs oF THE First JOoHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDI-
TION. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., I pl., t map. (Publ. 3224.)
New Mottusks or THE FAMILY TurRRITIDAE. By Paul Bartsch. May 29, Rett ‘4
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3229.) a
A New Cras or THE GENUS CycLoporIPPE. By Mary J. Rathbun. Feb. 5
1934. I p., I pl. (Publ. 3230.)
Two New Crrnoips. By Austin H. Clark. Feb. 7, 1934. 5 pp., 2 pls. (Publ,
3231.) at
A New NeEmatopE oF THE GENUS DIPLOTRIAENA FROM A. iseAialon ae '
WooprecKer. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1934. 3 pp., 1 fig. Ganes
3232.) eee
New TREMATODE Prac or Birps. By Emmett W. Pa Feb. 9, 1934. i
6 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.) ;
New Dicenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE Saas By Emmett W.. Price,
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.) a
New PotycHaetous ANNELIDS. By. Aaron L. Treadwell. March 23; 1554. a
9 pp., 2 pls.. (Publ. 3236.)
Myers. 12 pp., r pl. (Publ. 3238.)
. New Bracutopops. By G. Arthur Cooper. ene 12, 1934. 5 pp., 2 om
(Publ. 3241.)
(Publ. 3243.)
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.)
May 21, 1034. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3248.)
3 pp., I pl. (Publ. 3249.)
Two New Conerip Eris anp A New Fratrisu. By Earl D. Reid. su 9,
1934. II pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3251.)
New Marine Motiusxs. By Lois F. ence Sepiemiber 18, 1934. 9 PP» | _§
3 pls. (Publ. 3258.) wh
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 17
FJobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
BREW SPONGES FROM THE PUERTO
RICAN DEEP
BY
M. W. de LAUBENFELS
Pasadena, California
(PUBLICATION 3283)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
DECEMBER 24, 1934
=
7
be TBe Lord Baftimore Press
; BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8. A.
‘al
S
ven 5
M ;
,-
7
;
(
/
i
}
s
Pare oe bf ee ne el
so
Sobnson Fund
NEW SPONGES FROM THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
By M. W. peLAUBENFELS
Pasadena, California
In the comprehensive and extensive collection of sponges made by
the First Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition, there are an
exceptionally large number of new species—in fact, nearly one-fourth
of the total number. Many of these may actually have been collected
and described before, but unrecognizably, because in the descrip-
tions made more than 50 years ago very little attention was paid to
those microscopic characters that today are considered of primary
importance.
In the entire collection, upon which a final report is in progress,
there are only a few species belonging to the Calcarea (or Calci-
spongiae), and somewhat more of the Hexactinellida (or Hyalo-
spongiae), but apparently no new species of either of these two orders.
All the new species are representatives of the Demospongiae. Twenty-
seven new species are described. These belong to 17 families, of which
4 are new, and 26 genera, of which II are new.
HALINIDAE, n. fam.
This family is established to replace Pachastrellidae Hentschel, be-
cause Halina Bowerbank (1858, p. 288) (not the nomen nudem
Halina of Grant, 1830, p. 844), which receives Dercitus Gray (1867,
p. 542) in synonymy, not only is an older genus than Pachastrella
Schmidt (1868, p. 15) but is also more thoroughly typical of the
group here represented.
PACHASTRELLA Schmidt
PACHASTRELLA DILIFERA, n. sp.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 22331; from station 43, latitude
18°02'00” N., longitude 67°51'15” W. to latitude 18°03’45” N., longi-
tude 67°48’10” W., February I1, 1933, 240 to 300 fathoms.
The specimen is lamellate, triangular, about 7 mm thick, 10 by 15 cm
in extent. The color, preserved dry, is very pale; the consistency is
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 17
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
friable. The surface is even, with no detachable ectosome, but at the
surface tangent spicules (or clads of spicules) make a tangent net-
work. The numerous conspicuous oscules average about I mm in di-
ameter and occur about 7 to the square centimeter. The internal struc-
ture is rather confused, with large spicules optically evident. The
megascleres comprise calthrops, with rays each about 50 by 625 p,
and oxeas 60 » by 3,500 ». The microscleres consist of streptasters or
spirasters with scarcely any spiral to the main shaft whatever, and
with a great many long spines, so that the total mass has a diameter
of 10m as compared to a length of only 15. The spirasters bear
resemblance to caterpillars. There are also metasters, with only 6
to 12 rays each, the outside dimensions of the entire spicule being
about 40» to 50y. Microrhabds 3 by 155m are rather common.
Furthermore, occasional reduction-derivatives of the metasters are
present, having only 2 or 3 rays.
Interesting comparisons may be drawn between this species and
Pachastrella monilifera Schmidt (1868, p. 15), a cosmopolitan spe-
cies that has been recorded from the West Indies. It is conceivable
that the present specimen represents an uncommon malformation
of monilifera, though there are sufficient points of difference to ren-
der such a hypothesis improbable. P. monilifera does not have the
long raphides, but instead centrotylote microrhabds only 10 » to 20 p
long. Instead of the large metasters and the peculiar caterpillarlike
spirasters, it has rather commonplace small spirasters about 14 p
long. P. cribrum Lebwohl (1914, p. 78), from Japan, may possibly
be related here. Its larger metasters are smaller than those of dilifera,
the smaller spirasters much shorter and with fewer spines, and the
microrhabds twice as thick without being longer.
Family CORTICIDAE Vosmaer
ROOSA, n. gen.
This genus is proposed for the one new species described below,
having as spicules diacts with peculiar medial distortions. The oc-
currence of a few rare triacts and angular diacts confirms the hy-
pothesis that the spicules are probably reduced calthrops.
Genotype.—Roosa zyggompha, new species.
ROOSA ZYGGOMPHA, n. sp.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22277; from station 17, latitude
18°30'00” N., longitude 66°10'30” W. to longitude 66°12’20” W.,
NO. 17 NEW SPONGES—»prt LAUBENFELS 3
February 3, 1933, 46 to 90 fathoms. In addition to this specimen,
I have studied the species freshly collected near the Dry Tortugas,
Fla.
The specimen from Puerto Rico is lamellate, 3 by 20 by 35 mm in
size. As preserved in alcohol it is blue, and its consistency is much like
that of cheese, dense and easily cut. The surface is smooth, liposto-
mous, without any detachable dermis. The endosome is exceedingly
dense, with only small chambers and canals. The spicules are abun-
dant diacts, bent several times about the middle of each spicule. The
two straight ends seldom are directly in line with each other, which
(as mentioned above) may be accounted for on the basis that they
are reduced triacts or tetractinal spicules.
This seems to be a well-marked species, with no very close relatives.
Family ANCORINIDAE Gray
Following Hentschel, 1923, this family is here considered to include
Theneidae Sollas.
ANCORINA Schmidt
ANCORINA FENIMOREA 1. sp.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 22289.
Other specimens —U.S.N.M. nos. 22288 and 22297.
Three or more specimens of this species were collected at sta-
tion 26, latitude 18°30’20” N., longitude 66°22’05” W. to latitude
18°30'30” N., longitude 66°23'05” W., February 7, 1933, 33 to 40
fathoms.
The specimen here selected (because of its internal structure) as
the type is an amorphous mass about 9 by 12 by 18cm. Each of
the others is irregularly ramose, with fingerlike projections about
5 to 10mm in diameter and 5 to 7cm long. The color internally is
uniformly drab. The exterior of the type specimen is only slightly
darker than this, but both of the other specimens have relatively much
darker ectosomes. The consistency is stiff, woodlike. The surface is
even, with optical evidence of contained detritus. The pores and os-
cules do not show. The endosome is very dense, almost completely
packed with spicules, only small canals and chambers occurring. The
megascleres are almost exclusively large oxeas, often as much as 50 »
in diameter and more than I mm long. Smaller ones are also very
common. After careful search a few dichotriaenes with shafts about
45 uw by 1,100 long were found in the type, and in each of the other
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
specimens a few prodiaenes of about the same size. The microscleres,
which are abundant, are chiefly asters and raphides. The latter are
not spined, but instead are lumpy, about 60 p» long, and I p» to 3 pw in
diameter. The euasters are in places common and in places rare, and
seem not to be spined at all. The ends are hastate, so that it is difficult
to term them either oxeote or strongylote.
This species is remarkable among those in the genus Ancorina for
its lack of anatriaenes. Another having this same characteristic is
A. osculifera Dendy (1924, p. 300), from the Antarctic, but that has
no dicho-modifications to its megascleres, and its microrhabds are
distinctly strongylote. Another interesting comparison is to A. cere-
brum Schmidt (1862, p. 46), the type of the genus—a Mediterranean
sponge that has many more triaenes than in fenimorea, and has dis-
tinctly lumpy armed asters of two size ranges.
Named for E. R. Fenimore Johnson, a member of the expedition.
HEZEKIA, n. gen.
Judged from the literature, sponges referable to the family An-
corinidae but lacking euasters are relatively rare, although three genera
so characterized are found among the specimens obtained by the First
Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition, one of which is here
named. This genus is characterized perhaps most decisively by its
possession of only spiny microrhabds as microscleres. Its megascleres
include oxeas, orthotriaenes, and anatriaenes.
Genotype and only species —Hezekia demera, new species.
HEZEKIA DEMERA, n. sp.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22286.
Other specimens.—U.S.N.M. nos. 22284, 22285, and 22287.
Four specimens were collected at station 26, latitude 18°30'20” N.,
longitude 66°22’05” W. to latitude 18°30'30” N., longitude 66°23’
05” W., February 7, 1933, 33 to 40 fathoms.
This sponge is amorphous, the diameter usually 2 to 4 cm, with ir-
regular semidigitate processes about I cm in diameter by 1.2 cm high.
The color is drab, with a much darker ectosome, the latter frequently
brown or reddish brown. The consistency is hard, but somewhat elas-
tic, like cartilage. The surface is even, but occasionally slightly hispid
in a few places. Undoubted oscules could not be made out, but the
surface is abundantly perforated with minute openings, presumably
pores, 25 w to 65 » in diameter. The endosome is dense, fine-grained,
with only minute canals. Even the flagellate chambers are exception-
NOT Li, NEW SPONGES—pe LAUBENFELS 5
ally small, being only 15 » or 16 in diameter. The megascleres com-
prise oxeas and orthotriaenes, the latter with rhabd diameter up
to about 20 and length considerably over Imm. The oxeas are of
similar proportion ; their ratio toward the triaenes varies greatly, some-
times one and sometimes the other being more abundant. Anatriaenes
are rare, but when they do occur they are characterized by a peculiar
angular bend in each clad, instead of the ordinary symmetrical curve.
In the type specimen there are numerous triaenes in which the clads
are so reduced that each is merely a rounded lump at that end of
the spicule. The microscleres are distinctive and exceedingly abun-
dant, especially in the ectosome. They are minutely spiny or lumpy
microrhabds only 1 p» thick and seldom more than 5 p» long, but a few
are as much as 8u.
Occasionally one sees, not in boiled-out spicule mounts but in sec-
tions of the sponge flesh, what at first appear to be asters. They are
usually irregular in shape, but once in a while they are nearly circular
in outline, 18 » in diameter. They may be rosettelike aggregations of
the acanthorhabds comparable to the grouping of anisochelas found
in such genera as Mycale; again, they may be mere clusters of crys-
tals precipitated by the preservation of the specimen. They are men-
tioned to indicate the difficulties involved in deciding whether a species
contains asters.
The microsclere spiculation of this sponge is so distinctive that it
is difficult to cite close comparisons with other species.
NEOTHENEA, n. gen.
This genus, like Hezekia, is remarkable for lack of euasters. But
for this character it may be compared to Thenea Gray. The mega-
scleres are dichotriaenes, large and smaller oxeas, metasters, and bent
microrhabds that may be reduced asters.
Genotype—WNeothenea enae, new species.
NEOTHENEA ENAE, n. sp.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 22321; from station 37, latitude 18°13’
50” N., longitude 67°39’20” W. to latitude 18°11'55” N., longitude
67°42'50” W., February 10, 1933, 160 to 200 fathoms.
This specimen is a mass 2 by 6 by 7 cm, apparently broken off from
a much larger original flabellate structure, though the original external
form must be merely hypothetical. The color is whitish in alcohol,
and the consistency is mediocre. The surface is hispid, almost felt-
like, shaggy. There is a distinct cortex, a little over 500 » thick. There
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
are external openings, apparently pores, about 100 » in diameter. The
oscules were not found, perhaps having occurred on the portion of the
specimen not collected. The internal structure is clearly radiate, the
spicules being optically evident. The megascleres are large oxeas,
70 pw by 3,000 » in size, and from that up to at least 12mm long. Some,
which are possibly to be regarded as in a separate size category, are
only about 10 » by 210. There are dichotriaenes with rhabds about
50 » to 100 p, total length to be measured in terms of millimeters. The
microscleres comprise metasters about 30 » in greatest extent, with 5
to 15, usually about 8 or 9, rays. There are also once-bent rhabds
with oxeote ends, total length about 40 »; these may be interpreted as
asters from which all but two rays have been lost.
An interesting species to compare here is Pachastrella fusca Leb-
wohl (1914, p. 82), a Japanese sponge that should be transferred to
the genus here established. This has roughened microrhabds and two
sizes of metasters, but otherwise resembles N. enae closely. The genus
can not only be compared to Thenea, which has euasters in addition to
the spiculation of this genus, but also to Vulcanella Sollas, which has
similar spiculation but has calthrops added.
The species is named for Ena Douglass, who accompanied the
expedition.
KAPNESOLENIA, n. gen.
This genus resembles Tethyopsis Stuart, which, however, lacks the
dichotriaenes and has euasters, and Monosyringa Brondsted, which
also has distinctive euasters.
Genotype and only species ——Kapnesolenia fisheri, new species.
KAPNESOLENIA FISHERI, n. sp.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 22370; from station 99, latitude 18°39’
30” N., longitude 64°56’00” W. to latitude 18°40’ N., longitude 64°
51’ W., March 3, 1933, 180 to 200 fathoms.
At least two specimens of this sponge were taken at this station,
and judged from the fragments, an indeterminate number of addi-
tional ones. The principal mass is an almost perfect sphere about I cm
in diameter, from which extends just one chimneylike hollow tube
with paper-thin walls, the total length reaching 8cm. The color is
white and the consistency cartilaginous. The surface is smooth, and
the structure of the spherical portion is conspicuously radiate. On the
surface it bears pores visible to the naked eye, minute and occurring
about 5 to the square millimeter. Abundant dichotriaenes are present
NOs hy NEW SPONGES—ve LAUBENFELS 7
in which the dichotomously branched portion of each clad is longer
than the unbranched proximal portion. The chord diameter is about
800 », the rhabd 70 by 2,000». There are also a few anatriaenes,
chord about 80 pw, rhabds 10 » by 1,000 p. The microscleres are chiefly
abundant spiny microrhabds 2 pw by g », mainly in the ectosome. There
is a slight tendency for the spines to be nodally arranged. On a few of
these microscleres the spines are very thick and coarse, in which cases
not so many occur. Such spicules reach external dimensions of 3 p» by
I5 p.
In addition to Tethyopsis and Monosyringa, a third closely related
genus is Tribrachion Weltner, of which the genotype, T. schmidtii
Weltner (1882, p. 50), is a West Indian species. The external shape
is similar, but the dichotriaenes seem lacking and the anatriaenes com-
mon. There are euasters in schmidti, but I could not find them in
fisheri, and the streptasters were only slightly bent spirasters with
rather long spines. This must nevertheless be teeatded as the species
most closely related here.
Named for Prof. Walter K. Fisher, of Stanford University.
Family GEODIIDAE Gray
Considered here to include Erylidae Sollas.
ERYLUS Gray
ERYLUS ALLENI, n. sp.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 22268; from station 16, latitude 18°29’
40” N., longitude 66°08'30” to latitude 18°31’ N., longitude 66°10’
15” W., February 3, 1933, of 38 to 95 fathoms.
This specimen is a cylindrical structure 1.5 cm in diameter, 2.5 cm
high, with one conspicuous cloaca or oscule apically located. The color
is pale gray. The consistency is astonishingly spongy. The surface
is skinlike, even. The pores are abundant, about 400 p» apart, 40 p to
80 w in diameter. The internal structure is like “ crumb-of-bread ”’,
minutely cavernous. The spicules are chiefly oxea, 12 » by 660 », and
triaenes that are almost calthrops. The clads are 13 » by 200,p to
300 p, the rhabds 13 » by 250 » to 300 p. The most conspicuous micro-
scleres are the ectosomal aspidasters, which are 35 » by 70 » in great-
est dimensions. Those that seem to be most fully developed have
conspicuously granular surfaces and reach a total thickness of about
5. As is usual in this genus, they overlap to make a special armor.
There are two distinctive size ranges of euasters. The larger ones,
8 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
with only about a dozen rays, reach about 30 in greatest diameter..
The smaller, with about twice as many rays, are only about 7 in
greatest diameter. There are also microrhabds I» by 37 », which
may possibly be faintly microspined.
The other species of the genus Erylus that seems to be the closest
to the new species alleni is E. proximus Dendy (1916, p. 258), from
the Indian Ocean. This has the diactinal spicules frequently modified
to strongyles or oxeas and has only one type of euasters, which have
strongylote ends, instead of the oxeote ends found in alleni.
Named for Dr. E. J. Allen, director of the Marine Biological
Association of Great Britain, at Plymouth, England.
Family TETHYIDAE Gray
TETHYCORDYLA, n. gen.
This group is here established for a sponge with spicules much
like those of the genus Tethya except that the microscleres do not
have the large conspicuous centrum; there is also a symmetrical stipi-
tate external form.
Genotype.—Tethycordyla thyris, new species.
. TETHYCORDYLA THYRIS, n. sp.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 22368.
Three specimens were collected at station 99, latitude 18°39'30” N.,
longitude 64°56’00” W. to latitude 18°40’ N., longitude 64°51’ W.,
March 3, 1933, 180 to 200 fathoms.
These specimens consist each of an almost perfectly spherical mass,
6 mm in diameter, on a stalk that is about 1 mm in diameter by 12 to
20mm long. Around the periphery of the spherical portion, that is,
in a position that would be equatorial were the stalk regarded as polar,
occurs a series of three or four circular marks. Each circle is 1 mm in
greatest diameter; the mark is a groove about 500 deep and wide;
the central disk is level with the general surface of the sponge. Their
exact nature is not here interpreted. The only apparently proper
openings are abundant small ones, probably pores, each about 15 p
in diameter and each about 50» from its neighbor. The color is pale
drab as preserved in alcohol, and the consistency is cartilaginous. The
surface is covered with an exceedingly low hispidation and, further-
more, is in a pattern slightly resembling that of small plates, some
800 w in diameter. The megascleres are 10 » to 35 » in diameter, and
are usually several millimeters long. They are in many cases fusiform
strongyles, but frequently unequally ended, so that the shape approxi-
NOs 17, NEW SPONGES—pe LAUBENFELS (@)
mates that of a style. The microscleres are exceedingly abundant
euasters, usually varying from I0p to 50, in total diameter, with
all ranges of intermediate sizes between these extremes. In addition,
a few are much larger, ranging up to as much as 150» total diameter.
In general the larger ones have smooth oxeote rays, and the smaller
ones have more rays, which are strongylote or rounded on the ends,
and faintly roughened. Some ‘of the smaller ones have such thick
short rays that they almost appear to have centra, or may even re-
semble knobby spheres.
This is a well-marked new type of sponge, with no very close rela-
.tives. The nearest approach is the genus Tethya, which has a peculiar
surface covered with mushroomlike projections, which may corre-
spond to the equatorial marks of thyris. It is by no means so pro-
nouncedly stipitate and has definite spherasters, but its megascleres
resemble those of Tethycordyla.
Family SUBERITIDAE Schmidt
PSEUDOSUBERITES Topsent
PSEUDOSUBERITES MELANOS, n. sp.
Holotype -—U.S.N.M. no. 22360.
The only specimen of this species in the Johnson collection was
taken, according to the label, at station 40, but the date, latitude and
longitude, and depth, according to the station record, are those of
station 80. This was February 26, 1933, latitude 18°19'05” N., longi-
tude 65°19'20” W. to latitude 18°19’10” N., longitude 65°19’40” W.,
g to 10 fathoms.
This species is massive, the specimen being rather digitate, 4 by 11
by 35mm. The color is black, and the consistency is spongy to carti-
laginous. The surface is even, lipostomous, and the internal structure
is considerably confused. The spiculation consists exclusively of tylo-
styles about 10 » by 200 u.
I am familiar with this species in the vicinity of Tortugas, north of
Cuba, where I have studied the sponge fauna at considerable length.
It is remarkable for its black color, which is found or approached
in only one other species of the genus—Suberites montiniger Carter
(1880, p. 256). This is an Arctic species and rather briefly described,
but its color seems to have been slightly different, its spiculation of
somewhat different sizes, and it was provided, even though a small
specimen, with conspicuous oscules. Burton (1929, p. 446) correctly
referred it to the genus Pseudosuberites because of its possession of
dermal tangent spicules, which are also found in P. melanos.
10 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
STYLOSPIRA, n. gen.
This genus is proposed for a sponge having no spicules other than
peculiar spirally twisted styles.
Genotype—Stylospira mona, new species.
STYLOSPIRA MONA, n. sp.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22324; from station 38, latitude 18° 11’
55” N., longitude 67°42’50” W. to latitude 18°10’ N., longitude 67°
46’ W., February 10, 1933, 240 to 260 fathoms.
This specimen is doughnut-shaped, 1.5 by 3 by 3.5cm, outside
measurements. The central hollow perhaps represents a place where
the sponge grew around some foreign material, which has since been
removed, and seems to have no physiological significance in the
sponge itself. The color is nearly white as preserved in alcohol, and
the consistency is difficult to describe inasmuch as it shows some
hard stony characteristics, but in other ways is compressible, almost
spongy. The surface is even and minutely punctiform. The apertures,
which are exceedingly minute, presumably represent pores, now
closed; the oscules could not be located. The interior is minutely
cavernous, or “ crumb-of-bread ”’, in structure. The spiculation as to
megascleres consists of large monaxons 20p by 500, each bent
rather sharply near the blunt end. In fact, they are usually bent two
to four times, and most of them have at that end a swelling or tylote
modification, which is not always directly at the end, so that the spic-
ules may be regarded as styles that are partially tylote. The bends
are frequently so placed that the blunt end of the spicule is actually
spiral in shape. This is an unusual spicule type but is found, together
with rhabdostyles, in the sponge described as Microciona pusilla by
- Carter (1876, p. 239). This should be transferred to the genus Rhab-
dosigma, whose genotype, Sigmaxinella mammuillata Whitelegge
(1907, p. 512), an Australian species, also has very similar mega-
scleres. Carter’s specimen was from the West Indies, but FR. mona
appears to have none of the peculiar sigmas characteristic of Rhab-
dosigma; instead it possesses raphides, about 2 » by 150 p In size, as
microscleres. With the possible exception of Rhabdosigma pusilla,
mentioned above, Stylospira mona seems to have no close relatives.
RIDLEIA Dendy
RIDLEIA DENDIIA, n. sp.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 22323; from station 38, latitude 18°11’
55” N., longitude 67°42’50” W. to latitude 18°10’ N., longitude 67°
406’ W., February 10, 1933, 240 to 260 fathoms.
NOL L7 NEW SPONGES—»se LAUBENFELS al
This specimen is partly a hollow digitate structure 1 by 1 by 6.5 cm,
with walls 2mm thick, or slightly thicker. To this are added some
vague fragments, apparently indicating that this is a process broken
off from a more or less massive main portion. The color as preserved
in alcohol is whitish, with a decidedly yellowish tinge. The consistency
is stony but brittle. The surface is almost level, but does possess
numerous low tubercles. It is lipostomous, no oscules or pores being
evident, unless the central hollow be regarded as a cloaca or oscule.
The internal structure is densely crowded, in a confused manner, with
spicules not symmetrically placed; they are tylostyles with fusiform
shafts. Their total dimensions are about 20 » by 500 ». The dermal
spicules are not conspicuously smaller than those in the endosome.
The only other species at present recorded from the genus Ridleia
is oviformis Dendy (1888, p. 515). It was a flask-shaped sponge with
a hollow prolongation similar to the one obtained by this expedition,
but its spicules were not only much smaller, 2 4 by 200» to 14» by
goo p, but in addition the dermal ones were definitely smaller than
the rather scanty endosomal ones. This is clearly the species closest
to the new one here described.
Named for the late Prof. Arthur Dendy, of London.
Family AXINELLIDAE Ridley and Dendy
ANACANTHAEA Row
ANACANTHAEA REA, n. sp.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22301.
There were two specimens each collected at station 26, latitude
18°30'20” N., longitude 66°22’05” W. to latitude 18° 30’30” N., longi-
tude 66°23'05” W., February 7, 1933, 33 to 40 fathoms.
Each specimen is amorphous, the irregular mass being in one
case 3 by 4 by 5cm and in the other 5 by 7 by 8cm. The color is
pinkish gray, the consistency cartilaginous, difficult to cut. There is
evidence of a cortex, and the surface is pronouncedly tuberculate,
with tubercles about 2mm across and 1mm high. As seen from
above, these tubercles are arranged over the surface so as to appear
as hexagonal areas. Perhaps the pores are in the cracks between these
tubercles. They, and the oscules, could not be made out with certainty.
The internal structure is dense, heavy, and with conspicuously granu-
lar amoebocytes. There is a peripheral region in which the spicules
are almost at right angles to the confused core. The spicules them-
selves consist of diactines, 2 to 7m in diameter and about 3004
IZ SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
long. These superficially appear as oxeas, but in reality their exact
nature cannot be made out easily. At each end of the spicule there is
a series of stages like steps, each successively suddenly smaller than
the proximal one, until the distal unit is very minute.
This peculiar spiculation is found as an unusual modification in
many sponges, but its extreme development is found in only a few
genera, of which a typical one 1s Anacanthaea Row, whose other
species (A. mivea Row, 1911, p. 329) was from the Red Sea and had
its surface marked by grooves into polygonal areas, indicating close
relationship to the West Indian sponge A. rea. Its color, however,
was white, instead of dark pinkish gray, and its spicules about half
again as large.
Family HALICHONDRIIDAE Gray
DACTYLELLA Thiele
DACTYLELLA RHAPHOXEA, n. sp.
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 22303; from station 26, latitude 18°30’
20” N., longitude 66°22'05” W. to latitude 18°30’30” N., longitude
66°23/05” W., February 7, 1933, 33 to 40 fathoms.
This specimen has a small central mass, about 1.5 cm in diameter,
from which arise three digitate projections, 5 to 7mm in diameter
and reaching a total length, in one case at least, of 6 cm. The color
is dark pinkish gray. The consistency is cartilaginous, and the sur-
face is even. The dermal structures are very fleshy, pierced by aper-
tures about 200 » in diameter, covered with sieves in which the open-
ings are about 30 yw only. It is not clear whether these are oscules or
pores, or if perhaps some may not be inhalant, while others are ex-
halant. The internal structure is dense, fine-grained. There is an
axial region of parallel spicules making up the bulk of the sponge,
around which a vague external portion comprises spicules more or
less in confusion, not in any definite layer; nor is there any sharp
dividing point between the endosome and ectosome. The spicules are
altogether oxeas of tremendous size variation, frequently reaching
15 w by 5,000 p, but also very abundant ones are only 1 » by 50 p; this
is especially true of those in the dermis. Possibly the larger ones are
megascleres and the smaller ones microscleres, but the considerable
number of intermediate forms renders this doubtful.
The only other species at present referred to the genus Dactylella
is hilgendorfi Thiele (1898, p. 56), a Japanese sponge that agrees
rather closely with the West Indian form D. rhapho.xea, except that
INOS 2iy7) NEW SPONGES—pe LAUBENFELS 13
the spicules are much larger, reaching a size of 25 » by 1,600 »; and
I do not find any reference in the description of hilgendorfi to the
dermal sieves that are so characteristic of rhapho.ea.
HYMENIACIDONIDAE, n. fam.
This group is separated from the Axinellidae by the possession of
a smooth or fleshy ectosome in contrast to the hispid one of erect
spicules characteristic of proper Axinellidae. It is related to that
family, like it having a plumose to confused interior, few microscleres,
and a ready transition of megascleres between the monactinal and
diactinal forms.
VILES, n. gen.
This genus is erected for sponges much like Acanthella Schmidt but
having oxeas for main spicules instead of styles. The flexuous oxeas
found in Viles as auxiliary spicules much resemble the illustrations
to which Carter (1876, p. 459) applies the generic designation of
Ophiraphidites, but since otherwise this presumed genus of Carter’s
is utterly unrecognizable, one cannot say whether it is congeneric with
Viles.
Genotype-—Viles ophiraphidites, new species.
VILES OPHIRAPHIDITES, n. sp.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 22334; from station 45, latitude 18°13’
10” N., longitude 67°25’30” W. to latitude 18°14’30” N., longitude
67°25’30” W., February 13, 1933, 20 to 40 fathoms.
The specimen is a subspherical mass 2 by 3 by 4cm, about half
covered by a calcareous layer that seems to be algal. The sponge may
have grown into the mass of algae, rather than having been overgrown
by it. The color is dark gray, with a slightly pinkish shade that may
not be proper to the species. The consistency is slightly spongy but
in general mediocre. The surface is uneven but not pronouncedly
hispid, merely irregularly covered with low lumps. The pores are
not evident, but there is an oscule about 2mm in diameter. The in-
ternal structure is confused, with evident spicules, presenting a type
of arrangement difficult to describe except by comparison to some such
tetraxonid genus as Pachastrella. The larger spicules are oxeas, nearly
straight, reaching a maximum size of 20 » by 1,000 p, but oftener
about 12 by 600p. Among them, and binding them together, are
sinuous, much-curved diactines, which are essentially oxeas but almost
attain the shape of ends that would cause them to be termed strongyles.
14. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLE On
The diameter of each is about 5 », and the length, if straightened out,
would be nearly 300 p.
As noted above, there is some slight indication of relationship in
general to the genus Acanthella, but no one species of sponge appears
to be closely related to Viles ophiraphidites.
DENSA, n. gen.
This genus is established for a sponge that shows very close relation-
ship to the genus Hymeniacidon Bowerbank in every respect, includ-
ing the arrangement of the spicules and the endosome and ectosome,
except that as spicules there are oxeas only, and not styles as charac-
teristic of Hymeniacidon. Further comparison might be made to the
genus Collocalypta Dendy, which reads on paper as if-it might be
closely related, but it is sharply separated by having a notable quantity
of spongin and even more colloidal jelly conspicuously present. The
genus Hoplochalina Lendenfeld resembles Densa in some respects,
but is notably fibro-reticulate in architecture. Halichondria Fleming
itself deserves comparison here, but it is a genus not nearly so dense
and possesses a conspicuous detachable dermis. As noted above, the
evidence would seem to be of closest relationship with Hymeniacidon.
Genotype.—Densa araminta, new species.
DENSA ARAMINTA, n. sp.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 22298; from station 26, latitude 18°30’
20” N., longitude 66°22'05” W. to latitude 18°30’30” N., longitude
66°23'05” W., February 7, 1933, 33 to 40 fathoms.
The specimen is an irregularly lobate mass, 3 by 5 by 8 cm. The
color is greenish black as to exterior, over a pale drab interior. The
consistency is somewhat compressible, easily torn, and might be de-
scribed as mediocre. The surface is microtuberculate, optically even,
being well rounded over the protrusions. The dermis is not easily
detachable, being a confused mass of spicules blending into the con-
fused breadlike cavernous interior. The oscules and pores could not
be made out. The spiculation consists exclusively of oxeas, of which
typical sizes may be listed as follows: 4 by 100p, 5m by 140yn,
3» by 90 p.
Sponges having such simple spiculation may appear in print as
though closely related, but actually they may be quite distinct geneti-
cally. There are many species in several genera which on paper bear
some resemblance to D. araminta, but in view of the information at
present available close relationships cannot be established.
NO. 17 NEW SPONGES—»pr LAUBENFELS 15
OXEOSTILON Ferrer-Hernandez
OXEOSTILON BURTONI, n. sp.
Holotype—wU.S.N.M. no. 22347; from station 52, latitude 19°10’
25” N., longitude 69°20'55” W. to latitude 19°10’05” N., longitude
69°21'25” W., February 16, 1933, 14 to 22 fathoms.
This specimen is a mass about 3 by 6cm, having an irregular sur-
face. It is profusely covered with grooves about 3 mm deep and of
similar width, separated from each other by protrusions and ridges of
approximately the same dimensions. The color is pale drab, and the
consistency is notably spongy. The surface is minutely hispidated, not
by protruding spicules alone, but by little fibers scarcely 50 p» in di-
ameter and less than 500 w high. In some of the grooves there seems
to be a sort of dermis, roofing over subdermal cavities. If there were
pores in this dermis, they are closed, because at present the surface
does not reveal any evident openings. Internally there is a confused
structure, with a much denser axial region making up about one-third
of the total diameter of the sponge, but not having sharply defined
boundaries. The spicules show great variation both in size and shape,
some being clearly oxeas, others being definitely styles. Representa-
tive spicule measurements, selected from many to give an indication
of the variation, are as follows: 22 » by 330 p, 24 » by 400 p, 6 p by
‘520. In general the styles and oxeas are of about the same size,
although the styles show perhaps greater variation than the diactines.
The one other species at present referred to Oveostilon is annan-
dalet Ferrer-Hernandez (1922, p. 255). Unlike the West Indian
form, this one from Spain has a smooth surface without the fibrous
hispidation, and some of the spicules are faintly polytylote, or mal-
formed in other ways. No other species can be cited at present as
being closely related here.
Named for Maurice Burton, of the British Museum.
OPHLITASPONGIDAE, n. fam.
This family is established for genera from the family Microcionidae
de Laubenfels that differ from typical species of that group in having
the echinating spicules not at all spined. While at first glimpse this
appears as a fine distinction, it will be noted that for just this slight
variation the family approaches closely to Axinellidae, which is often
regarded as far removed from Microcionidae. In order to distinguish
this new family from Axinellidae, one must point out that many (but
by no means all) of the genera in Ophlitaspongidae have the tylote
modification of their exclusively monaxon megascleres, and that they
10 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
often have microscleres of more or less elaborate form. The gen-
eral architecture is plumose because of the smooth spicules echinating
the tracts or fibers.
AXOCIELLA Hallmann
AXOCIELLA CALLA, n. sp.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no 22333; from station 45, latitude 18° 13’
10” N., longitude 67°25'30” W. to latitude 18°14’30” N., longitude
67°25/30” W., February 13, 1933, 20 to 40 fathoms.
This specimen looks like a cylindrical sponge, but actually it is
encrusted on a gorgonian stem. It reaches a diameter of 15 mm; one
portion is 11 cm long and another is 16cm long, on the same basal
gorgonian. As preserved in alcohol the color is a medium gray (the
label bears a notation that there is a color sketch), and the consistency
is spongy. The external surface is porous, or even cavernous. It is
possible that the sponge had died before collection and was partially
macerated, but the histological condition is not such as to make this
certain. Because of this porous or almost honeycomb structure, the
oscules and pores are atypical. The gross chambers continue on down
into the endosome, being frequently about I mm in diameter. Between
them there are ascending tracts containing spongin and ranging from
60 » to 140 in diameter. In these the spicules are arranged in such
an axinellid or plumose fashion that nearly all could be said to be
echinating rather than coring. These megascleres are monaxons that
range from plain styles to subtylostyles and have average dimensions
of about 10 by 150p, but the range in size is considerable. The
microscleres include abundant palmate isochelas about 20 » long and
toxas only once bent, the distal extremities being practically straight ;
these range from 40 to 130 in total length.
It is difficult to discuss the relationships of this species because,
although no sponges at present referred to the genus A-vociella are
close to it, the genus has been generally overlooked, and it is quite
likely that a careful search (especially a study of original specimens )
will disclose that many species now referred to other genera should
be transferred to Aociella. Some of these may prove to be closely
related to the West Indian form A. calla. The cavernous structure,
however, is seldom associated with species having isochelas as com-
pared to anisochelas, for which latter see the genus Mycale Gray.
Another genus to be noted in this regard is Thalysias Duchassaing de
Fonbressin and Michelotti, of which the genotype should be fixed as T.
virgultosa D. & M. (1864, p. 86) (they regard this as identical with
Spongia virgultosa Lamarck, 1813, p. 446, but this is doubtful).
Thalysias differs from Axociella in having spiny echinating spicules.
NO. 17 NEW SPONGES—o»r LAUBENFELS iy
Family MYXILLIDAE Topsent
ANOMOLISSA, n. gen.
This genus is erected for a specimen that, as in the genus Lissoden-
doryx Topsent, has special dermal diacts over endosomal monacts, and
microscleres that in general are arcuate chelas. These latter are, how-
ever, curiously malformed, and the special dermal spicules are erect
oxeas instead of tornotes.
Genotype and only species —Anomolissa aimaza, new species.
ANOMOLISSA AMAZA, n. sp.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22348.
Four specimens were collected at station 52, latitude 19°10'25” N.,
longitude 69°20'55” W. to latitude 19°10’05” N., longitude 69°21’
25” W., February 16, 1933, 14 to 22 fathoms.
These specimens are all smoothly rounded amorphous masses, two
of them having long, thin, twisted projections 3 to 4 mm thick and
about 4.5cm long. The main masses of all are about 1 to 2cm in
diameter. The color is very pale, and the consistency cartilaginous.
The surface is hispid with projecting spicules, some more than 1,000 pu
long. The pores and oscules cannot be made out. The internal struc-
ture is in general radiate, densely packed with spicules. As noted
above, the ectosomal specialization is a dense palisade of erect spicules
perpendicular to the main mass of the sponge. These are oxeas, often
about 4 » by 130 »; some are larger, however, and there are all inter-
mediates up to the much larger spicules of the radiate endosome. Two
sorts of endosomal megascleres are present; there are first the large
oxeas mentioned above, which attain a maximum size of at least 50 »
by 1,500. The typical endosomal spicules are styles, 11 p by 390 ph.
The abundant microscleres are technically arcuate isochelas, but they
are twisted, slightly unequally ended, and the prongs are very sharp,
suggestive of the unguiferate type, rather than smoothly rounded.
' This species is to be compared carefully with the one described
originally as Desmacidon titubans by Schmidt (1870, p. 55), for which
Topsent (1928, p. 206) proposed the subgenus Anomomycale. It
seems to me advisable to regard this as a valid genus, instead of merely
a subgenus, and I therefore propose that such a change be now es-
tablished. Anomomycale is not recorded in the literature as having
dermal diacts, and it does have sigmas and a moderately reticulate
arrangement of the megascleres. Its chelas were curiously malformed
in a way that may indicate genuine close relationship to Anomolissa
amaza, but this may be a coincidence.
18 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Family LATRUNCULIIDAE Topsent
ALCYOSPONGIA, n. gen.
This genus is proposed for a specimen bearing some apparent re-
lationship to the genus Podospongia du Bocage which is usually placed
in the family Latrunculiidae. The West Indian specimen, however,
has straight streptasters not conspicuously symmetrical as are those
of Podospongia, and a slight but perhaps significant difference in
architecture in that the central point to the radiate structure of the
mass of the sponge is basal, that is, near the pedestal, rather than cen-
trally located within the spherical main portion. Consequently the
family allocation must be regarded as dubious. The diagnosis of Alcyo-
Spongia may be given as sponges with stalk and root, radiate structure
in the main mass, spiculation of oxeas to which straight streptasters
are added, the latter frequently showing nodal arrangement of spines.
Genotype and only species —Alcyospongia india, new species.
ALCYOSPONGIA INDIA, n. sp.
Holotype —U.S.N.M..no. 22365.
The one specimen and some doubtful fragments were collected at
station 81, latitude 18°29'45” N., longitude 65°25’50” W. to latitude
18° 35/30” N., longitude 65°23'54” W., February 26, 1933, 200 to 400
fathoms.
This sponge has its main body not quite spherical, about 10 mm
in diameter. The stalk is 1 mm in diameter and attains a total length
of 20 mm. At the lower end it divides first once dichotomously, and
then each branch divides into several fine rootlike structures. The
color as preserved in alcohol is very pale, nearly white. The consis-
tency is softly spongy. The surface is even, and there is no easily
detachable ectosome. The pores are abundant, easily seen with the
unaided eye, about I mm apart; no especially large ones could be made
out, and the exhalant apertures are therefore unknown. The archi-
tecture is in general radiate, and is described under the foregoing
generic diagnosis. The fibers, which spread out into the head of the
sponge from the stalk, are each about 140 w in diameter. The princi-
pal spicules are oxeas, about 10» by 500 » in dimensions, but so fre-
quently broken that the maximum sizes cannot be given with certainty.
The microscleres show considerable variation. Some of the simpler
ones are scarcely more than acanthoxea, or spiny rhabds, about 40 p»
to 50 » long, with spines about 3 4 to 5 high. There is a pronounced
tendency, however, for the spines to be grouped in two nodes along
NOS 17 NEW SPONGES—pe LAUBENFELS 19
the length of the rhabds, and in some individual spicules the sym-
metry is so great as to resemble the peculiar microscleres of the genus
Didiscus Dendy.
As indicated above, systematic allocation of this sponge is rather
difficult. The general external appearance is much like that of Podo-
spongia, but the internal architecture differs in a way that may or may
not be highly significant. Some of the microscleres bear a strong
resemblance to those found in Podospongia, but against this is the
possibility that the resemblance may be merely a coincidence. Podo-
spongia is from deep water in the eastern Atlantic but at about the
same latitude as Alcyospongia india, which is also from rather deep
water.
ADOCIIDAE, n. fam.
This family name is proposed for the group hitherto called Gelliidae
Ridley and Dendy, the new name being necessary because Burton
(1934, p. 530) demonstrates that the type specimen of the type species
of the genus Gellius is an exceedingly minute, possibly pathological,
or very juvenile sponge, so that we must regard Gellius Gray as an
unrecognizable genus.
STRONGYLOPHORA Dendy
STRONGYLOPHORA RAMPA, n. sp.
Holotype-—vU.S.N.M. no 22386.
Other specimens.—U.S.N.M. nos. 22387, 22273, 22254, and 22305.
The type specimen is from station 104, latitude 18°30’40” N., longi-
tude 66°13'20” W. to latitude 18°30'10” N., longitude 66°13’50” W..,
March 8, 1933, of 80 to 120 fathoms. Another specimen was collected
at the same station. One was taken at station 26, February 7, 1933,
latitude 18°30’20” N., longitude 66°22'05” W. to latitude 18°30’
30” N., longitude 66°23'05” W., 33 to 40 fathoms. Two were col-
lected at station 17, February 3, 1933, latitude 18°30’00” N., longi-
tude 66°10'30” W. to latitude 18°30’00” N., longitude 66°12’20” W.,
of 46 to 90 fathoms. One was taken at station 16, on the same day,
latitude 18°29’40” N., longitude 66°08’30” W. to latitude 18°31’
oo” N., longitude 66°10'15” W., 38 to 95 fathoms.
The type specimen and no. 22305 are cylinders 7 cm in diameter
and about equal in height. No. 22273 is also cylindrical, but the other
three are not so symmetrical and are slightly smaller than the type.
The color as preserved in alcohol is gray, and the consistency is slightly
spongy but easily broken or torn. The pores are abundant, minute,
20 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
in exceptional cases as much as 170 yz in diameter, and number about
10 to the square millimeter. The oscules are not evident, and we
may assume that the exhalant openings resemble the inhalant. The
ectosome contains numerous tangent spicules and may be removed
with moderate ease, so that there may be said to be a special
dermal skeleton. The genotype and no. 22305 possess in the center
of the upper surface a peculiar depression, which in general tapers
to the bottom like an inverted cone, and on the walls of this depres-
sion at intervals between the top and the bottom occur sharp ridges
running quite around it. Were this a single ridge that descended
to the bottom in a spiral, one would suspect that the sponge had
grown around a snail shell, but the indications are positively to the
contrary. There are relatively large canals that ascend through the
sponge parallel to the curved sides, perpendicular to the flat base.
These are about 2 or 3mm in diameter. They do not communicate
with the exterior by any conspicuous opening through the dermis at
all but are roofed over by the above-mentioned special tangent dermal
skeleton. The internal structure in general is cavernous. Some for-
eign material is present, and in a few cases there are vague tracts
about 150 w in diameter crowded with spicules and containing some
spongin. The principal spicules are strongyles of astonishingly regu-
lar size and shape, the thickness varying only between about 12 » and
13 », and the length only between about 330» and 380 pn. In addition
to these there are microrhabds or oxeas 2 p to 3 pw in diameter and
100 pw to 300 long. In the type specimen I find what I take to be
embryos ; these are about 650 » in diameter, subspherical, and nearly
black.
Strongylophora in general is an East Indian or Indian Ocean genus,
and none of the other hitherto described species has microscleres
nearly so long as the microxeas of rampa, and furthermore all the
other species have at least some of the megascleres much larger than
any of those in rampa. That two specimens out of four have the same
sort of peculiar concavity is significant. This species is so common
that one would strongly suspect its occurrence in some earlier collec-
tions, but since there seems no way of telling which of many earlier
names was given to it, we are forced to describe it as a new species.
Family COKLOSPHAERIDAE Hentschel
COELOSPHAERELLA, n. gen.
This designation is proposed for a small group of species resembling
Coelosphaera but having palmate isochelas instead of arcuate, and
NO. 17 NEW SPONGES—ve LAUBENFELS 21
toxas instead of sigmas. To this genus should be transferred Coelo-
sphaera toxifera Wilson (1925, p. 435) and Histoderma vesiculata
Dendy (1905, p. 166).
Genotype.—Coelosphaerella johnsoni, new species.
COELOSPHAERELLA JOHNSONI, n. sp.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 22364; from station 81, latitude 18°20’
45” N., longitude 65°25’50” W. to latitude 18°35'30” N., longitude
65°23'54” W., February 26, 1933, 200 to 400 fathoms.
This specimen is an almost perfect sphere, 14mm in diameter.
Here and there from its surface protrude processes about 2mm in
diameter and 3mm high. About half of these are open at the end,
as if they were oscules, and about half are closed, as if they were
fistules. The color is pale, almost white, and the consistency mediocre.
The ectosome is readily detachable, because it overlies extensive sub-
dermal cavities. Many of the spicules in it are tangentially arranged.
Pores could not be made out, unless they are represented by the
fistular projections, and, as mentioned above, other surface structures
are perhaps to be interpreted as oscules. The endosomal structure is
rather cavernous, and contains relatively few spicules. The chief
rigidity of the sponge comes from the ectosome. The principal spic-
ules are strongyles, 9 » by 420 p, to which are added as microscleres
palmate isochelas 15 » long and toxas of typical shape 70 p to 140 p
long.
The closest relative of this species seems to be C. toxifera, from the
Philippines, but that species had much larger megascleres and chelas ;
the former about 16m by 360, and the latter 20. In many other
ways, however, the relationship is clearly very close.
Named for Eldridge R. Johnson, sponsor of the expedition.
INFLATELLA Schmidt
INFLATELLA BARTSCHI, n. sp.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 22391; from station 104, latitude 18°30’
40” N., longitude 66°13/20” W. to latitude 18°30’10” N., longitude
66°13/50” W., March 8, 1933, 80 to 120 fathoms.
There are two specimens of this sponge, each consisting of a basal
mass 4 or 5 cm long, from which arise about a dozen fistules,
2 mm in diameter, with exceedingly thin walls, only about 80 » thick.
The color is green as preserved in alcohol, and the texture is fragile.
The surface is even, glossy, smooth; no pores or oscules other than
the above mentioned fistules could be made out. The internal struc-
ture is amorphous. The spicules are strongyles only 5 » by 250 wu.
22 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Quite a few species are referred to the genus Jnflatella, practically
all representing Arctic or Antarctic specimens and all having spicules
more than twice as large in each dimension as those of bartschi. Very
probably all these other described species are synonymous and should
have as their name /nflatella pellicula, the genotype, which was first
described by Schmidt (1875, p. 117). The Antarctic specimens may
perhaps be separated from the Arctic ones on the strength of more
elaborate architecture, in which case they should be referred to as
Inflatella tubulosa, which was first described as Joyeuxria tubulosa by
Topsent (1904, p. 206).
Named for Dr. Paul Bartsch, director of the expedition.
Family DESMACIDONIDAE Gray
GELLIODES Ridley
GELLIODES LEUCOSOLENIA, n. sp.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 22378; from station 102, latitude 18° 50’
30” N., longitude 65°43’00” W. to latitude 18°51’ N., longitude
64°33’ W., March 4, 1933, 90 to 500 fathoms.
This is a massive sponge I by 1 by 2cm and nearly white. The con-
sistency is soft. The pores and oscules could not be made out. The
surface is superficially smooth, although made up of erect spicules,
packed together perpendicularly to the main mass. The outstanding
characteristic of this sponge is the peculiar structure, which is much
like that of the calcareous genus Leucosolenia Bowerbank. The entire
sponge consists of a mass of frequently anastomosing tubes, each a
little over I mm in diameter, the walls being compounded out of more
or less reticulate fibers, each 100 p» in diameter, and rendering the walls
about this same thickness. So many of these tubes come up to an end
at the surface that it is rendered papillate; at the surface these struc-
tures are usually about 400 » in diameter. The meshes enclosed be-
tween the tubes vary greatly in size, but average approximately I mm
in greatest diameter and are rather rounded in outline. The spicules
are oxeas 9 » by 140 p, and not only densely crowd the fibrous tracts,
but are packed in the soft parts around the fibers, perpendicular to
them, leaving little room for any flesh whatever. There are, however,
cavities here and there, which are presumably flagellate chambers.
They are 20 » by 35 » to 45 » by 65 w in dimensions. The microscleres
are sigmas of some variation in size, but averaging about 40 » chord.
This is a strongly marked species; there is no other Gelliodes even
remotely resembling it; in fact, the habitus is so peculiar that one is
NOi SL? NEW SPONGES—»re LAUBENFELS 23
tempted to erect for it a new genus, but the spiculation and the minute
architecture are so nearly like Gelliodes that we may use that generic
name for the present.
Family HALICLONIDAE de Laubenfels
HALICLONA Grant
HALICLONA PELLASARCA, 2. sp.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 22336; from station 45, latitude 18°13’
10” N., longitude 67°25'30” W. to latitude 18°14’30” N., longitude
67°25'30” W., February 13, 1933, 20 to 40 fathoms.
The specimen as preserved is a lamellate structure with some faint
indications that it may have been a crust that was pried loose from a
substratum to which it had not made firm attachment. The size is 1
by 5 by 8cm. The color is dark drab to walnut brown, and the con-
sistency is softly spongy, easily cut. The surface is even, and the
pores and oscules dubiously made out; there are minute openings, a
few of which reach the diameter of 500». The internal structure is
fleshy, the dense protoplasmic ground mass containing an isodictyal
reticulation of spicules after the type sometimes called “ renierid ”.
Here and there are vague tracts of ascending fibers; they consist of
scarcely more than three spicule rows and are about 15 p» in total di-
ameter. The spicules are oxeas only, the size about 5 » by 165 » to
8 w by 240 p.
This species is remarkable for the enormous quantities of dark
protoplasmic structure present, resembling in this respect a species
that may possibly be closely related. It was described as Amphimédon
variabilis by Duchassaing de Fonbressin and Michelotti (1864, p. 80)
and was preserved dry, which renders precise comparison difficult.
Its spicules were much smaller than those of pellasarca, being only
2 » by about 100 p, and even so they are not certainly proper. Duchas-
saing and Michelotti’s specimen possibly may even be a keratose
sponge. On the other hand, it and H. pellasarca may be two variant
forms of one species. Since this is merely surmise without sound basis
of evidence, I describe the specimen as a new species.
HALICLONA PODATYPA, n. sp.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22305.
This and a similar specimen were collected at station 26, latitude
18°30'20” N., longitude 66°22’05” W. to latitude 18°30’30” N., longi-
tude 66°23'05” W., February 7, 1933, 33 to 40 fathoms.
24 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. OI
The two specimens are each about 4 by 5 by 15 cm in size. The color
is pale drab, and the consistency is spongy but with a much stiffer
ectosome than the endosome. The cortex is a much denser structure
than the internal portion, but it scarcely can be described as a special
dermal skeleton, as it is merely a confused mass of fibers and spicules
not spaced so widely as is the case below. The pores are not con-
spicuous, but the oscules are remarkable ; they are located about 5 mm
apart over almost the entire surface of the sponge, and average about
2mm in total diameter. Unlike the oscules of most sponges they are
not round in outline, but exceedingly irregular. Some are Y shaped,
others heart-shaped, but the commonest form resembles that of a
human footprint. The endosomal structure consists of a subrectangu-
lar reticulation of spongin fibers containing numerous rows of spic-
ules. The total diameter is about 50 » to 150 w. Among these fibers
occur a good many interstitial spicules, somewhat smaller than those in
the fibers. These occasionally make a vague isodictyal reticulation
themselves. The spicules are only oxeas varying from about 4 p by
119 p, in the fibers, to 2 » by 9o » only in the interstitial structures.
The fibrous structure of this species is by no means common, but
the most striking thing of all, as mentioned above, is the strange shape
of the oscules.
Family SPONGIIDAE Gray
HIRCINIA Nardo
HIRCINIA RAMOSA, n. sp.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22317.
Other specimens —U.S.N.M. nos. 22258, 22278, and 22397.
The type is from station 26, latitude 18°30’20” N., longitude 66°22’
05” W. to latitude 18°30'30” N., longitude 66°23’05” W., February 7,
1933, 33 to 40 fathoms. The others were collected at station 10, lati-
tude 18°29/20” N., longitude 66°05’30” W., to latitude 18°30'24” N.,
longitude 66°04’15” W., 120 to 160 fathoms; station 17, latitude
18°30'00” N., longitude 66°10’30” W. to latitude 18°30’00” N.., longi-
tude 66° 12'20” W., 46 to 90 fathoms ; and station 104, latitude 18°30’
40” N., longitude 66°13'20” W. to latitude 18°30’10” N., longitude
66°13'50” W., 80 to 120 fathoms. All are cylindrical and ramose.
The type is Icm in diameter, having about half a dozen branches,
attaining a total maximum height of some 20cm. The others vary
from 7 to 15 mm in diameter, and are all somewhat shorter. The color
is drab, and the consistency is very spongy. The surface is sharply
conulose with conules about I to 2 mm high and 2 to 3 mm apart. The
NO. 17 NEW SPONGES—vs LAUBENFELS 25
pores and oscules are notably difficult to make out for this genus, in
which the pores, at least, are usually conspicuous, and the oscules also
frequently striking. The endosome is precisely that typical of the
genus. The fascicular, main, or ascending tracts are made of spongin
and cored with some detritus; their individual fibers are about 170 u
in diameter. The rounded intrafascicular meshes are about 100 » by
200 w. The total diameter of the fascicular tracts is about 800 ». The
meshes between them are I to 3 mm in diameter. The flesh is moder-
ately crowded with filaments as typical of the genus Hircinia, diameter
about 3 p, the tylote heads are nearly spherical, 10 w in diameter.
Schmidt (1862, p. 34) described a Mediterranean species as Filifera
variabilis. His description is almost unrecognizable, but his reference
to violet color is notable. Schultze (1879, p. 12) described a species
as Hircinia variabilis, which is presumably the same as that of
Schmidt, but the color is not violet. Throughout the West Indian
region there occurs commonly a species that answers in general to
the description of variabilis Schultze, though it is exceedingly doubt-
ful whether this is variabilis of Schmidt, in which case a new name
will need to be established for the later species. For this purpose the
name varianta may be employed. From this species ramosa may be
separated, first in the extreme ramose form characteristic of the latter,
varianta being usually almost massive, although sometimes prolonged
into cylindrical projections. A much more important distinction is
that ramosa is lipostomous, whereas varianta typically possesses con-
spicuous and rather numerous oscules.
POLYFIBROSPONGIA Bowerbank
POLYFIBROSPONGIA ECHINA, n. sp.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 22315; from station 26, latitude 18°30’
20” N., long. 66°22’05” W., to latitude 18°30’30” N., longitude 66°23’
05” W., February 7, 1933, 33 to 40 fathoms.
This specimen comprises a basal mass about 5 by 7 cm, from which
arise processes I.5 cm in diameter and 2 to 4cm high. The surface
is black exteriorly over a gray interior. The consistency is very
spongy. The surface is thrown into tubercules or conules about 2mm
high and 4mm apart, the apices of each of which may again be
divided into 2 to 5 minute processes or protruding fiber ends. The
pores could not be made out, and only one obvious oscule can be
found; it is terminal, 2mm in diameter. The endosome is densely
reticulate, with small fibers of clear spongin, not at all cored, which
make polygonal meshes much like those of the genus Hippospongia
20°), SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Schulze. The mesh is often about 400 » in diameter but varies from
100 w to 700 uw. As in the genus Spongia, here and there throughout
the reticulation are special ascending fibers much larger than the
others, ranging from about 50» to 100. These have about the cen-
tral third cored profusely with minute fragments of detritus. They
are not found uniformly spaced throughout the mesh, but instead
2 to 4 of them are found close together, united by numerous secondary
connectives about 20 » in diameter and resembling the common type
of fibers throughout the sponge. These connectives may be compared
to the rungs of a ladder, but the openings between them are less often
rectangular than somewhat oval in outline. This whole formation of '
grouped ascending fibers with connectives may be referred to as fas-
ciculated principal fibers. In both the principal and secondary fibers
the longer axes of the meshes are frequently directed toward the
surface of the sponge, making a distinctive pattern, though one by
no means peculiar to this species.
Discussion of the relationships of echina is difficult at this time, be-
cause the majority of the sponges that should be allocated to the genus
Polyfibrospongia at present are scattered among various other genera.
I am elsewhere undertaking a revision of this and related species and
therefore postpone further discussion.
LITERATURE ‘CITED
BOWERBANK, JAMES SCOTT.
1858. On the anatomy and physiology of the Spongiadae. Phil. Trans. Roy.
Soc. London, vol. 148, pp. 279-332, 4 pls.
Burton, MAuRICE.
1929. Porifera. Pt. 2, Antarctic sponges. British Antarctic (Terra Nova)
Expedition, 1910, Zoology, vol. 6, no. 4, pp. 393-458, 9 figs., 5 pls.
1934. Sponges. Great Barrier Reef Expedition, 1928-29, Scientific Re-
ports, vol. 4, no. 14, pp. 513-622, 33 figs., 2 pls.
Carter, HENry JOHN.
1876. Descriptions and figures of deep-sea sponges and their spicules, from
the Atlantic Ocean, dredged up on board H. M. S. Porcupine,
chiefly in 1869. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 18, pp. 226-240,
307-324, 388-410, 458-479, 5 pls.
1880. Spongia. Jn W. S. M. D’Urban’s “ The zoology of Barents Sea.”
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 6, pp. 256-257.
Denby, ARTHUR.
1888. Studies on the comparative anatomy of sponges. I, On the genera
Ridleia, n. gen., and Quasillina Norman. Quart. Journ. Micr. Soc.,
ser. 2, vol. 28, pp. 513-529, I pl.
1905. Report on the sponges collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in
1902. In W. A. Herdman’s “ Report to the Government of Ceylon
on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar,” pt. 3,
suppl. 18, pp. 57-246, 16 pls.
NO. W7. NEW SPONGES—vpe LAUBENFELS 27
1916. Report on the Homosclerophora and Astrotetraxonida collected by
H. M. S. Sealark in the Indian Ocean. Trans. Linn. Soc. London,
ser. 2, Zoology, vol. 17, pt. 2, pp. 225-271, 5 pls.
1924. Porifera. Pt. 1, Non-Antarctic sponges. British Antarctic (Terra
Nova) Expedition, 1910, Zoology, vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 269-392, 15 pls.
DUCHASSAING DE FonsressiIn, PLactpE, and MicHELortT1, GIOVANNI.
1864. Spongiaires de la mer Caraibe. Nat. Verh. Wetensch. Haarlem,
vol. 21, pt. 3, pp. 1-124, 25 col. pls.
FERRER- HERNANDEZ, FRANCISCO.
1922. Mas datos para el conocimiento de las esponjas de las costas espamiolas.
Bol. Pescas, vol. 7, pp. 247-272, 9 figs., 2 pls.
GraANT, Ropert EDMOND.
1830. [Article on Zoophytology.] Edinburgh Encyclopaedia, vol. 18,
pp. 838-846.
Gray, JOHN EpWArp.
1867. Notes on the arrangement of the sponges, with the description of some
new genera. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, pp. 492-558, 2 pls.
HENTSCHEL, ERNST.
1923. Porifera. Jn W. Kiikenthal and T. Krumbach’s “Handbuch der
Zoologie,” vol. 1, pp. 307-418, figs. 288-377.
LAMARCK, JEAN BAPTISTE PIERRE ANTOINE DE MONET.
1813. Sur les Polypiers empatés. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., vol. 20, pp. 204-312,
370-386, 432-458.
LEBWOHL, FRIEDRICH.
1914. Japanische Tetraonida. Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, vol. 35,
art. 2, pp. I-116, 9 pls.; art. 5, pp. I-70, 2 pls.
Row, RicHArp WILMER Haron.
1911. Report on the sponges collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland in 1904-5.
Pt. 2, Non-Calcarea. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zoology, vol. 31,
pp. 287-400, 26 figs., 7 pls.
Scumint, (Epouarp) Oscar.
1862. Die Spongien des adriatischen Meeres, 88 pp., 7 pls.
1868. Die Spongien der Kiiste von Algier. Mit Nachtragen zu den Spongien
des adriatischen Meeres (Drittes Suppl.), 44 pp., 5 pls.
1870. Grundziige einer Spongien-Fauna des atlantischen Gebietes, 88 pp.,
6 pls.
1875. Spongien. Jahresb. Comm. wiss. Unters. deutschen Meere in Kiel,
1872-1873, vol. 2/3, pp. 115-120, 1 pl.
ScHUuLZzE, FRANZ EILHARD.
1879. Untersuchungen iiber den Bau und die Entwicklung der Spongien.
Achte Mittheilung. Die Gattung Hircinia Nardo und Oligoceras
n. g. Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., vol. 33, pp. 1-38, 4 pls.
THIELE, JOHANNES.
1808. Studien iiber pazifische Spongien. Zoologica, vol. 24, pp. 1-72, 8 pls.
ToprsENT, EMILE.
1904. Spongiaires des Acores. Résult. Camp. Sci. Albert [*** Prince de
Monaco, fasc. 25, pp. 1-280, 18 pls.
1928. Spongiaires de !’Atlantique et de la Méditerranée, provenant des
croisiéres du Prince Albert I°* de Monaco. Résult. Camp. Sci.
Albert I", Prince de Monaco, fasc. 74, pp. 1-376, 11 pls.
28 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
WELTNER, WILHELM.
1882. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Spongien. Inaugural-Dissertation Univ.
Freiburg, 66 pp., 3 pls.
WHITELEGGE, THOMAS.
1907. Scientific results of the trawling expedition of H. M. C. S. Thetis off
the coast of New South Wales. Pt. 10, Sponges. Austral. Mus.
Mem., vol. 4, pp. 487-515, 2 pls.
Witson, Henry VAN PETERS.
1925. Silicious and horny sponges collected by the U. S. Fisheries steamer
Albatross during the Philippine expedition, 1907-1910. U. S. Nat.
Mus. Bull. 100, vol. 2, pp. 273-532, 16 pls.
Met 5 a eit
a Aly’) x Mae ai
Male
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 18
bi
x
Sobnson Fund
_ REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
-_ JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
“FROM, MARINE FISHES
(WiTH ONE PLATE)
ef BY
EMMETT W. PRICE
Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Industry,
U.S. Department of Agriculture
(PUBLICATION 3286)
i CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
NOVEMBER 8, 1934
16.
17.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOLUME QI
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
CONTENTS
Station RECorps OF THE First JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEpI-- 4
TION. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., 1 pl., 1 map. (Publ, 3224. y (ae
New Motiusks or THE Famity Turritmar, By Paul Bartsch. ne 20,
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls! (Publ. 3229.)
A New Cras or THE GENUS CycLoporIppE. By Mary J. Rathbun. Bap. ‘5,
1934. I p., 1 pl. (Publ. 3230.)
Two New Carnoips. By Austin H. Clark. Feb. 7, 1934. 5 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. fi.
3231.)
A New NemaAtope or THE GENUS DIPLOTRIAENA FROM A Teel aati “i
‘W OODPECKER. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1034. 3 pp., I. fg. (Publ.
3232.)
New TrEMATODE PARASITES OF BirDs. By Emmett W. Price. Feb. 9, 1034... a
6 pp., 1 pl, (Publ. 3233.) |
New Dicenetic TREMATODES FROM Marine Fisues. By Emmett W. Prices): iim
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.)
New PorycHareTtous ANNELIDS. By Aaron L. Treadwell. March: ex, 1984. oe
9 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.) »
Turee New Deep-Water FisHes From THE West Inpigs. By pa S,
Myers. 12 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3238.)
New Bracuropops. By G. Arthur Cooper. April 12, 1934. 5 pp., 2 pis.
(Publ. 3241.)
. Two New Nemartopes. By B. G. Chitwood. April 13, 1934. 4 pp., 1 pl. ae.
(Publ. 3243.)
. Turee New Amputrops. By Clarence R. Shoemaker. June 1, 1934. 6 PP.,
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.)
. A New GENus oF BRITTLESTARS FROM PueERTO RICco. By Austin H. Clark, he
May 21, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3248.)
A NEw Grameen FROM Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark. May 23: 1034. o> ‘f
3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3249.)
. Two New Concrip Eers anp A New FiatrisH. By Earl D. Reid. June 9,
1934. II pp., I pl. (Publ. 3251.)
New Marine Motiusxs. By Lois F. Corea. September 18, 1934. 9 PP» Ye
3 pls. (Publ. 3258.)
New SPONGES FROM THE Puerto Rican Deep. By M. W. DeLaunestos
(In press.)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 18
Johnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
NEW MONOGENETIC TREMATODES
FROM MARINE FISHES
(WiTH ONE PLATE)
BY
EMMETT W. PRICE
Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Industry,
U.S. Department of Agriculture
(PUBLICATION 3286)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
NOVEMBER 8, 1934
—
The Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8. As
FOobnson Fund
NEW MONOGENETIC TREMATODES FROM MARINE
FISHES
By EMMETT W. PRICE
Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Industry, U.S. Department of
Agriculture
(WitH ONE PLaTeE)
Among the several lots of monogenetic trematodes collected from
marine fishes by the first Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition
were two species which appear to be new; these are described below.
Family CAPSALIDAE
Subfamily BENEDENIINAE
ANCYROCOTYLE BARTSCHI, n. sp.*
Plates ness 02
Description.—Body elongate, rectangular, 826 to 970 » long by 255
to 270 » wide (immature specimens). Anterior haptors or attaching
organs suckerlike, 80 » in diameter, situated toward posterior ends of
fleshy pads. Posterior haptor suckerlike, subsessile, surrounded by nar-
row, delicate, marginal membrane, armed with three pairs of hooks and
14 marginal hooklets. Hooks of first pair straight, 20 to 23 » long,
directed forward and outward; hooks of second pair strongly re-
curved, immediately posterior to those of first pair, 68 to 76 » long
from proximal end to height of curve, directed backward and out-
ward, tips directed forward ; hooks of third pair relatively broad and
flat, lateral to hooks of second pair, 25 to 28 p» long, tips slender and
recurved ; marginal hooklets 10 » long. Oral aperture somewhat tri-
angular, about 150 » from anterior end of body ; pharynx subglobular,
100 p long by 120 » wide; esophagus very short or absent ; intestinal
branches simple, without lateral or median diverticula, not united
posteriorly. Common genital aperture sinistral, at level of equator of
pharynx. Cirrus pouch 160 » long by 40 p» wide, its base posterior to
pharynx and slightly to right of median line. Testes elongate oval,
180 » long by 80 p» wide, equatorial. Ovary oval, immediately pre-
*Named in honor of Dr. Paul Bartsch, director of the expedition.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 18
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
testicular. Ootype oval, median, immediately anterior to ovary.
Vagina short, opening near inner limit of left cecum about 57 yu
posterior to level of base of pharynx.
Host.—WNaucrates ductor (Linn.).
Location. —Gills.
Distribution.—Station 86 (lat. 19°30’30” N., long. 65°14’00” W.).
Type Specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8804; paratype no.
8805.
The above description is based on two specimens, both of which
were immature.
Parona and Perugia (1895) described a monogenetic trematode,
Placunella vallei, collected in 1894 by A. Valle from Naucrates ductor
at Trieste, which may be the same species as that described here as
Ancyrocotyle bartschi. Their description of P. vallei was incomplete
and except for the relative size and distribution of the large hooks
of the posterior haptor might apply equally well to a number of
species of the related genus Benedenia. Later Parona and Monticelli
(1903) redescribed P. vallei and made it the type cf the genus
Ancyrocotyle; the redescription was based apparently on the original
specimens. Parts of their description check well with that of A. bart-
schi, but in other respects there are notable differences. In the
redescription only two pairs of hooks are reported, but in their dis-
cussion it was stated that they were unable to find the others, sug-
gesting that they might have become lost. They also described and
showed in their illustrations only a single, preovarial testis ; however,
as the specimens were old and not in good condition, it is conceivable
that an error was made in interpreting the various structures. The
presence of a single preovarial testis, assuming that no mistake was
made, distinguishes 4. bartschi from A. vallei. There is a difference
also in the morphology of the hooks of the second pair, but more
material is required before it can definitely be stated that this dif-
ference is valid.
Bamily DACT YEOGYVRIDAE
Subfamily TETRAONCHINAE
ANCYROCEPHALUS ATHERINAE, n. sp.
Riatewmenese ss
Description—Body more or less fusiform in outline, 325 » long by
95 » wide, anterior end more attenuated than posterior end. Cephalic
glands few in number, lying on each side near posterior end of
pharynx, and opening to exterior through three pairs of prominent
NO. 18 NEW TREMATODES FROM MARINE FISHES—PRICE 3
head organs located at anterior end of body. Posterior haptor about
57 # wide, with two pairs of large hooks supported by two transverse,
heavily cuticularized bars, and with 14 marginal hooklets; hooks of
anterior pair 30 » long, those of posterior pair 25 m long; anterior
transverse bar almost straight, 34 » long, posterior bar bow-shaped,
20 p. long; marginal hooklets varying from 8 to 25 » long, the three
most anterior pairs much longer than the others (pl. 1, fig. 4c). Oral
opening ventral, 75 » from anterior end; pharynx oval, 35 » long by
20 » wide; esophagus very short; intestinal branches slender, their
tips approaching near posterior end of body proper. Brain antero-
dorsal to oral opening; eyes present, anterior pair smaller and less
pigmented than posterior pair. Genital aperture median, about 120 p
from anterior end of body. Cirrus about 20 » long, its morphology
not ascertainable. Testis elongate, about 75 » long by 30 p» wide,
postequatorial. Ovary linguiform, about 75 » long by 30 w wide at
anterior end, overlapping testis. Vitelline follicles relatively large
and extending from level of posterior end of pharynx to posterior end
of body proper. Vagina short, opening at left margin of body about
133 » from posterior end, communicating proximally with a large
globular seminal receptacle. Ootype oval, median, its posterior end
surrounded by relatively large unicellular glands. No eggs observed.
Host.—Atherina araea Jordan and Gilbert.
Location. —Gills.
Distribution—Samana Bay, near Santa Barbara de Samana, Do-
minican Republic.
Type specimen—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 8806; paratypes no.
8807.
This small delicate species was found on the gills of about one-third
of the specimens of Atherina area examined ; they were not abundant,
only two or three individuals being found on each infested fish.
Ancyrocephalus atherinae may be easily distinguished from all
other species of the genus by the unequal length of the marginal hook-
lets of the posterior haptor; these hooklets in the other species are
approximately equal in jength.
REFERENCES
Parona, Corravo, and Montice tt, F. S.
1903. Sul genere Ancyrocotyle (n.g.). Arch. Parasitol., Par., vol. 7, no. 1,
pp. 117-121, pl. 3, figs. 1-6, March 15.
Parona, C., and Peruata, A.
1895. Sopra due nuove specie di trematodi ectoparassiti di pesci marini.
(Phylline monticellii e Placunella vallei). Atti Soc. Ligust. Sci.
Nat. e Geogr., Genove, vol. 6, no. 1, pp. 84-87, 2 figs., March.
i
ia
*
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOES ST eNOS yee
LW SO:0
O/T
Sus
, . ye
SX
Ne
~~
PED
SSA
—
3)
SOG
oem OI
\
St
©
ay
aes
OQ
Oo@
w
Ka
y
NEW MONOGENETIC TREMATODES FROM MARINE FISHES
1. Ancyrocotyle bartschi, n. sp., complete worm, ventral view. f : ;
2. Ancyrocotyle bartschi, n. sp.. hooks of posterior haptor: a, hook of first pair; b, hook of sec-
ond pair; c, hock of third pair: d, marginal hooklets. |
3. Ancyrocephalus atherinae, n. sp., complete worm, ventral view. :
4. Ancyrocephalus atherinae, n. sp.. armature of posterior haptor: a, large hooks; b, cuticular
supporting bars; c, marginal hooklets.
oe “SHITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 19
?
-Zobnson Fund
"JOHNSON SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
- TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
(Wire Turee Prares)
ay BY
CHARLES BRANCH WILSON
' State Teachers College, Westfield, Mass.
(PUBLICATION 3298)
aa CITY OF WASHINGTON
- PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
APRIL 8, 1935
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOLUME QI
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST.
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
CONTENTS
Station REcorps OF THE First JoHNSON-SMITHSONIAN Deep-Sea ExPepI-_
tion. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., I pl., 1 map. (Publ. 3224.) —
New Motiusks or THE FAamity TurritmaAr. By Paul Bartsch. May 29,~
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3229.)
A New Crap oF THE GENUS CYCLopoRIPPE. By Mary J. Rathbun. Feb. 5;
1934. I p., 1 pl. (Publ. 3230.)
Two New Crinorps. By Austin H. Clark. Feb. 7, 1934. 5 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. ;
3231.)
A New NEMATODE OF THE GENUS ees re FROM A Hiceanieeae
Wooprecker. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1934. 3 pp. I fig. Saat
3232.)
New TreMATODE Parasites oF Birps. By Emmett W. Price. ao Ch: 1934. : a
6 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.)
New Dicenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE FISHEs. By Emmett W. Price,
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.)
. New PotycHaetous ANNELIDS. By Aaron L. Preadwett. March 23,. 1934. ‘a
QO pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.)
Turee NEw Deep-WATER FISHES FROM THE WeEsT INpIES. By George So) .
Myers. 12 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3238.)
. New Bracutopops. By G. Arthur Cooper. April 12, 1034. 5 pp. 2 plsa at
(Publ. 3241.)
. Two New Nematopes, By B. G. Chitwood. April 13, 1934. 4 PP. I ) oe
(Publ. 3243.)
TureE New. Ampuipops. By Clarence R. ShitGianer June 1, 1034. 6 DD.
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.)
. A New Genus or BRITTLESTARS FROM PUERTO Rico. By ‘Austin H. Clark. be
May 21, 1034. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3248.)
A New Stanrrsiz vrot Purro Rreo. By Austin H. Clark. May 23, 1934. os
3 pp., I pl. (Publ. 3249.)
. Two New Conecrip Eets anp a New Fratrisu. By Earl D. Reid. June 9, e
1934. 11 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3251.)
New Marrne Mottusxs. By Lois F. Corea. Sept. 18, 1934. 9 pp., 3 pls.
(Publ. 3258.)
. New Sponces FROM THE Puerto Rican Deer. By M. W. de Laubenfels. a
Dec. 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283.)
Price, Nov. 8, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3286.)
ee ee Fe NED
. New Monocenetic TremMatopes From Martine Fisues. By Emmett W. q
Aw
-
et es SO is eh eS
Ener’
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 19
Jobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO) TE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
BEV’ PARASITIC COPEPODS
(With Turee Prates)
BY
CHARLES BRANCH WILSON
State Teachers College, Westfield, Mass.
(PUBLICATION 3298)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
APRIL 8, 1935
; The Lord Baltimore Press
=
-
y BALTIMORE, MD., U. S A.
A
Fobnson Fund
NEW PARASITIC COPEPODS
By CHARLES BRANCH WILSON
State Teachers College, Westfield, Mass.
(WitH THREE PLATES)
Among the valuable collections obtained during the first Johnson-
Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition was one made up of the copepods
parasitic upon the fish of the region just north of Puerto Rico.
Although this included but a few species, the number of specimens
was unusually large and the collection proved interesting for several
reasons. In the first place it came from a region upon the fish para-
sites of which there have been up to the present time no available
data. Again, the present collection contains an exceptionally large
number of males and with reference to that sex supplies informa-
tion hitherto unknown and much desired. We find here for the first
time authentic males of Nesippus crypturus, females of which were
described 70 years ago. The males of Pandarus cranchii are larger
than any previously reported and the three largest ones are covered
with blotches of the same dark pigment that characterizes the mature
female. Three specimens of a male Specilligus curticaudis, first de-
scribed by Dana 80 years ago as a new genus and species, are now
found to be simply the copepodid stage of the male of Pandarus
cranchu. Finally, three new species were found and are here described,
and three other species, already known, were taken from unnamed
shark hosts, Alebion carchariae Kréyer, Perissopus communis Rath-
bun, and Kr¢yeria gracilis Wilson.
CALIGUS LOBATUS n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. I-10
Occurrence.—A dozen females and two males were taken from the
outside surface and gills of a pilotfish, Naucrates ductor.
Type.—A single female, U.S.N.M. no. 64059. The other specimens
become paratypes, U.S.N.M. no. 64060.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 19
Z SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
The female.—Carapace ovate, considerably less than half the entire
length and strongly narrowed anteriorly, with convex lateral margins
and broadly rounded posterior lobes. Frontal margin with a shallow
median depression but no incision, the two frontal plates combined
less than half the width of the carapace. Lunules large, nearly circu-
lar, comparatively close together and scarcely projecting beyond the
frontal margin. Posterior sinuses narrow, median lobe less than half
the entire width and projecting but little behind the lateral lobes.
Free thorax segment small, two-thirds as wide as the median lobe of
the carapace, its lateral margins projecting for the attachment of the
fourth legs. Genital segment ovate, one-third longer than wide, nar-
rowed anteriorly and widest considerably behind the center, with
strongly convex lateral margins and broadly rounded posterior lobes,
which reach beyond the center of the basal abdominal segment. Abdo-
men two-segmented, two-thirds as long as the genital segment, the
two segments about the same length and width, with straight and
parallel sides. Caudal rami small, parallel, slightly widened at their
distal end, each armed with five short setae.
First antennae with a stout basal segment and a short and slender
terminal segment. Second antennae rather stout, the strong terminal
claw bent into a half circle and armed with a large spine on its inner
surface near the base (fig. 3). First maxilla of the usual pattern;
second maxilla long and slender, the proximal segment enlarged at
its base, the distal segment with a knifelike process on its inner margin
beyond the center, and tipped with two unequal curved claws. Maxil-
liped stout, the basal segment with a tiny spine on its inner surface,
the terminal claw curved into a semicircle and sharply pointed (fig. 5).
First legs with a rudimentary two-segmented endopod on the pos-
terior margin of the basipod (fig. 8) ; the exopod is two-segmented,
the terminal segment without the usual setae on its posterior margin.
The furca has an elongated U-shape, the prongs nearly parallel and
about as long as the basal portion. Second and third legs of the
customary pattern, but with exceptionally long setae; fourth legs
three-segmented, the basal segment longer than the other two com-
bined, the middle segment the shortest. The basal and second seg-
ments each carry a spine at the outer distal corner, the terminal seg-
ment has three spines on its outer margin and one at the tip. Each
of these spines has at its base a small semicircular lamina fringed
with hairs. No rudimentary fifth legs can be detected anywhere on
the genital segment. Total length 4.50 to 4.75 mm. Length of carapace
2mm, width 1.90 mm. Length of genital segment 1.65 mm. Length
of abdomen 1.16 mm.
NO. 19 NEW PARASITIC COPEPODS—WILSON 5
The male.—Carapace more than half the entire length and a little
longer than wide, narrowed anteriorly less than in the female. Fron-
tal margin with no trace of a median depression or incision ; posterior
sinuses small and shallow. Median lobe more than half the width of
the carapace and projecting considerably behind the lateral lobes, with
an evenly rounded posterior margin. Free segment short, its lateral
margins scarcely projecting at all for the attachment of the fourth
legs. Genital segment narrow, not much wider than the free segment
and almost twice as long as wide, without any trace of posterior lobes.
Abdomen two-segmented, the distal segment twice as long as the
proximal, both segments of the same width, which is half that of the
genital segment. Caudal rami longer than wide, enlarged posteriorly
and each armed with five setae, three of which are three times the
length of the ramus while the other two are much shorter. _
Appendages like those of the female, but the terminal claw of the
second antenna has two spines on its inner margin and that of the
maxilliped has one spine on the inner margin near the base. The
fourth swimming legs nearly reach the posterior margin of the geni-
tal segment and their armature is like that in the female.
Total length 4.2 mm. Carapace 2.3 mm long, I.9 mm wide.
Remarks.—tThe posterior lobes of the genital segment in the female
are exceptionally long and wide, and the specific name alludes to this.
When taken in connection with the two abdominal segments of equal
length, they furnish a quick identification of the species. The identity
can then be confirmed by the structure of the second antennae, the
furca, and the first and fourth swimming legs.
NESIPPUS CRYPTURUS Heller, new male
Plate 1, figs. 11, 13, 14; plate 3, figs. 28-32
Occurrence —More than 60 females were taken from the gills and
throats of two large sharks, and nearly as many males from the outer
skin and fins of the same hosts. The females were described 70 years
ago by Heller but these are the first males to be found. Males,
U.S.N.M. no. 64057; females, U.S.N.M. no. 64058.
The male (fig. 28) —Width of the cephalothorax one-half greater
than its length on the midline; frontal plates distinct but rather nar-
row; posterior lobes broadly rounded and short, not reaching the
center of the lobes of the second segment. Second, third, and fourth
segments the same length but diminishing considerably in width.
Second segment with well-rounded lateral lobes reaching almost to
the posterior margin of the third segment, fourth segment much
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. OI
narrower than the genital segment and without dorsal plates. Genital
segment nearly as long as the three free thorax segments combined,
narrowed anteriorly and widened posteriorly, the posterior corners
distinctly bilobed, the inner lobes projecting backward on either side
of the abdomen. Spermatophore receptacles large and elliptical, each
containing a single spermatophore with a long coiled tube.
Appendages like those of the female with the usual sexual modifica-
tions. In the first maxilla (fig. 13) the tip on the anterior margin
projects strongly and its two segments are much larger than in the
female; the ventral palp also forms a distinct lobe with the two
processes on its upper margin. The second maxilla is exactly like
that of the female except that its terminal claw is not as sharply
pointed (fig. 14). In the maxilliped just inside the cup-shaped promi-
nence on the distal margin of the end segment are two hemispherical
protuberances with rough surfaces (fig. 30). When the claw shuts
down, it lies between these protuberances with its tip inside the cup
and is thus held rigidly in place.
The arrangement of the spines and setae on the swimming legs is
as follows. First exopod 1-0, 4-3; endopod 0-1, 0-3. Second exopod
I-I, 4-4; endopod o-1, 0-5. Third exopod 1-1, 3-6; endopod 0-0, 0-7.
Fourth exopod 4-4; endopod o-4.
Total length 5 to 6.5 mm. Width of cephalothorax 3 to 4 mm, length
on the midline 2.38 mm.
Remarks.—Heller’s description and figures of the female of this
species show that he did not have fully matured specimens, and no
other author has even mentioned the species except Bassett-Smith.
As the females carrying egg strings differ somewhat from Heller’s
immature specimens, a new description will be published later.
NESIPPUS GRACILIS, n. sp.
Plate 2, figs. 15-27; plate 3, fig. 33
Occurrence—Three females and six males of another species of
Nesippus were obtained from the same hosts in company with the
preceding specimens. They are smaller in size and quite different in
structural details, and since in the female the genital segment, like
that of crypturus, has long and broad posterior lobes which conceal
the abdomen and caudal rami in dorsal view, the specimens cannot
be referred to any described species but must be established as new.
Types.—Females, U.S.N.M. no. 64055; cotypes: males, U.S.N.M.
no. 64056.
NO. 19 NEW PARASITIC COPEPODS—-WILSON 5
The female—Cephalothorax, including the posterior lobes, less
than half the entire length (42 percent) and a little wider than long,
the frontal margin strongly curved and emarginate at the center, the
posterior corners produced into short lobes narrowed distally. Second
and third segments slightly fused centrally but completely separated
laterally. The posterior corners of the second segment each carry a
rectangular lobe projecting diagonally backward inside the carapace
lobes and reaching beyond the tips of the latter. The third segment
is considerably narrower than the second but its posterior corners are
slightly prominent. The fourth segment carries a pair of fused dor-
sal plates, the combined width of the plates and segment being equal
to that of the third segment and a little more than half that of the
genital segment. These plates are semicircular in outline and cover
the posterior portion of the dorsal surface of the segment. In front
of them the anterior part of the segment is narrowed into a short
neck, which is the same width as the narrowed posterior portion of
the third segment (fig. 15).
The outline of the genital segment is an elongated ellipse, twice as
long as wide, divided in front of the center by lateral sinuses and a
ventral groove into two unequal portions. The anterior portion is
narrowed into a short neck behind the fourth segment, which is the
same width as the neck between the third and fourth segments and
gives the latter segment a peculiar isolated appearance. The corners
of this anterior portion of the genital segment are narrowly rounded.
The posterior portion of the segment is twice the length of the
anterior and a little wider, with parallel lateral margins and broadly
rounded posterior lobes. The sinus between the lobes is wider and
deeper than in crypturus and shows a little of the abdomen at its base.
Otherwise the abdomen and caudal rami are completely concealed in
dorsal view, since the lobes reach far behind the tips of the rami.
The abdomen is quadrangular in outline with small circular lobes
at its anterior corners, one-jointed, and attached to the ventral sur-
face of the genital segment in front of the base of the posterior sinus.
The caudal rami are small and curved in toward each other, the two
together about as large as the abdomen. The posterior end of each
ramus is triangularly tapered, with two terminal setae at the apex of
the triangle and one at each lateral corner.
The appendages are similar to those of crypturus, with the. fol-
lowing differences. The second antenna (fig. 17) has a shorter and
stouter terminal claw, which is considerably enlarged and distinctly
segmented near its base. The first maxilla (fig. 18) has a single
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
minute segment instead of two at its apex, and the rudimentary palp
is made up of three fingerlike processes without setae. The second
maxilla (fig. 19) has a shorter second segment, and the terminal claw,
instead of being cylindrical and uniformly curved for its entire length
as in crypturus, is flattened and bent at right angles near the tip. In
the maxilliped the terminal claw has its basal three-fifths enlarged
into an elliptical pad from which projects the slightly curved distal
two-fifths, the tip of which fits into the cup. The basal pad carries
on its lateral surface a process terminating in a small curved accessory
claw (fig. 20).
The arrangement of the spines and setae on the swimming legs is
as follows. First exopod 1-0, 4-3; endopod 0-0, 0-3. Second exopod
I-I, 4-5; endopod o-1, 0-7. Third exopod 1-1, 4-4; endopod 0-1, 0-4.
Fourth exopod 5-0; endopod 1-0. The fourth exopod is twice the
length of the endopod, and its five coarse spines are bunched around
its tip. The fifth legs are each replaced by two small spines on the
ventral surface of the posterior lobes of the genital segment and are
very difficult to discern.
Total length of female 5-6 mm. Length of cephalothorax, includ-
ing the posterior lobes, 2.60 mm. Width of cephalothorax 2.90 mm.
Length of genital segment 3.10 mm; width of same 1.63 mm.
The male-—Cephalothorax wider than long and more than half the
entire length including the posterior lobes. The frontal margin is
strongly curved and emarginate at the center ; the posterior lobes are
short and narrowly rounded. The second segment is longer than
either the third or fourth and without lateral lobes. The third and
fourth segments are transversely elliptical with strongly convex lateral
margins. The genital segment is as wide as the fourth segment and
one-fourth longer, with convex lateral margins and short posterior
lobes. The abdomen is one-segmented, very short on the lateral mar-
gins and twice as long on the midline, with the posterior corners ob-
liquely truncated. The caudal rami are circular, each a third as large
as the abdomen, with four curved setae of about the same length.
The appendages are like those of the female, with a few modifica-
tions. The basal portion of the terminal claw of the second antenna
is relatively larger and the basal pad on the terminal claw of the
maxilliped is longer and wider (fig. 33). The arrangement of the
spines and setae on the first three pairs of legs is exactly the same as
in the female, but the setae are relatively much larger and their plumes
longer and denser. In the fourth legs the exopod has four spines and
four setae and the endopod has three terminal setae and one on the
NO. I9 NEW PARASITIC COPEPODS—WILSON 7
inner margin near the tip, with no spines. Each fifth leg consists
of a fingerlike process tipped with a seta and another seta in front
of the base of the process. These fifth legs stand out from the ventral
surface of the genital segment in such a way that they are invisible in
dorsal view. The drawing in figure 27 was made under a cover glass,
which turned the fifth leg sidewise and made it appear to project
beyond the lateral margin of the segment.
Total length of male 4 to 5 mm. Length of cephalothorax 2.50 mm;
width of same 2.60 mm.
Remarks.—Superficially, in size and general appearance the females
are so similar to Nesippus occultus that they were first referred to
that species. The males, however, are extremely dissimilar, and on
closer examination the females revealed sufficient differences to consti-
tute a new species. The distinctive characters are the rectangular
lobes of the second thoracic segment, the isolated appearance of the
fourth segment, the slenderness of the genital segment and the length
of its posterior lobes, and the structural details of the appendages.
If the number of specimens obtained is any criterion, gracilis is a
much rarer species than crypturus.
KROYERIA DISPAR, n. sp.
Plate 3, figs. 34-42
Occurrence.—Three females belonging to this new species were ob-
tained from the gills of an unnamed shark.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 64053; paratypes, U.S.N.M. no. 64054.
The female—Carapace one-half wider than long; cephalic area
triangular with all three sides convex, the base forming the frontal
margin and projecting in front of the lateral area. Posterior lobes
short and broadly rounded, slightly reentrant on the outer margin
near the tip and not quite reaching the posterior margin of the median
lobe. Styliform process straight and stout, just reaching the posterior
margin of the second segment. Second, third, and fourth segments
about the same length and width, which is less than half the width
of the carapace. Each of these segments carries a pair of dorsal plates,
and there is a fourth pair on the median lobe of the carapace. These
plates are small and closely adherent to the dorsal surface; those of
each pair meet on the midline, are of a different shape from the other
pairs, and are much smaller than the surface to which they are
attached.
The fused fifth and genital segment is slightly narrower than the
fourth segment anteriorly and is tapered posteriorly to the width of
8 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
the abdomen. It is six times as long as wide and its lateral margins
are nearly straight. The abdomen is one-sixth as long and less than
half as wide as the fused segment ; it is made up of two segments, the
basal one-half as long again and a little wider than the terminal seg-
ment. The caudal rami are longer than the terminal segment, four
times as long as wide, and nearly parallel.
The first antennae are entirely concealed in dorsal view, six-
segmented and sparsely armed with spines without any setae; the
second antennae are tipped with a stout chela. The movable claw
of the chela has a minute spine on its inner margin near the base, and
the rigid finger is hollowed for the reception of the tip of the claw.
The first maxilla is two-segmented, the terminal segment twice as
long as the basal, bent abruptly near its proximal end and armed in
the angle of the bend with a small process tipped with a seta. At the
tip of the maxilla are two long unequal spines, which are rather stout
and slightly curved. The second maxilla is three-segmented, the basal
segment stout, the second segment very short and the third segment
enlarged distally and tipped with two stout curved claws. This third
segment is as long as the other two combined, and its enlarged tip
forms beneath the bases of the claws a lobe which is covered with
small spines. Behind the bases of the claws on the lateral and dorsal
surfaces of the segment are fringes of long hairs. The basal segment
of the maxilliped has a large rounded protuberance on its inner margin
at the center, and an angular process at the distal end outside the base
of the claw. The latter is stout, considerably enlarged at its base and
bent abruptly at right angles over the apex of the protuberance on
the basal segment.
The four pairs of legs are biramose, each ramus three-segmented,
and the arrangement of the spines and setae as follows: First exopod
I-I, I-I, 2-5; endopod 0-1, 0-1, 0-6. Second exopod 1-1, I-I, 2-5;
endopod o-1, 0-2, 0-6. Third exopod 1-1, 1-1, 2-4; endopod o-1, 0-2,
0-6. Fourth exopod 1-1, 1-1, 1-4; endopod o-1, 0-1, 0-4. Fifth legs
lacking.
Remarks.—This species is unlike others of the genus in several
particulars, whence its specific name. The carapace is exceptionally
widened, the second maxillae and maxillipeds are more like those of
Krgyerina, and the middle segment of the second and third endopods
carries two setae. But the presence of well-developed stylets, the shape
of the carapace, and the presence of dorsal plates on the free segments
correspond with those features of the present genus.
NO.
Fic.
Fic.
FIc.
Fic.
FIG.
FIc.
Fic.
Fics.
FIG.
FIG.
Fic.
EKG:
Fic.
FIc.
FIG.
FIG.
Fic.
Fic.
2)
Se
NEW PARASITIC COPEPODS—-WILSON
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE I
Caligus lobatus, n. sp., and Nesippus crypturus, new male
Caligus lobatus, dorsal view of female.
Dorsal view of male.
Second antenna, female.
Second maxilla.
Maxilliped.
Maxilliped, male.
Furca.
8-10. First, second, and fourth swimming legs, female.
BT.
12)
ice
14.
15:
10.
7p
18.
19.
20.
Nesippus crypturus, mouth tube and first maxillae, male.
Lateral view of first maxilla, female.
Lateral view of first maxilla, male.
Second maxilla, male.
PLATE 2
Nesippus gracilis, n. sp.
Dorsal view of female.
Dorsal view of male.
Second antenna, female.
First maxilla.
Second maxilla.
Maxilliped, male.
Fics. 21-24. First, second, third, and fourth swimming legs, female.
Fics. 25-27. First, fourth, and fifth legs, male.
Eanes
Fic.
Fic.
FIGs.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
28.
20.
30
33-
34.
35.
B05
37-
38.
PLATE 3
Nesippus crypturus, new male, and Krgyeria dispar, n. sp.
Nesippus crypturus, dorsal view of new male.
Second antenna.
Maxilliped.
31-32. First and fourth swimming legs.
Maxilliped of male Nesippus gracilis.
Kroyeria dispar, dorsal view of female.
Second antenna.
First maxilla.
Second maxilla.
Maxilliped.
Fics. 39-42. First, second, third, and fourth swimming legs.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO. 19, PL. 1
NEW PARASITIC COPEPODS
(For explanation, see page 9.)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS Woks Silo INOS Wa tlhe 2
NEW PARASITIC COPEPODS
(For explanation, see page 9.)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO. 19, PL. 3
NEw PARASITIC COPEPODS
(For explanation, see page 9.)
VOLUME 41, NUMBER 20 Bethe
— Jobngon Fund
RI PORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
: Lae SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
10 THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
wa LITURA, A NEW SPECIES
Or GORY.”
| (With One Prate)
BY
Mig key ISAAG GINSBURG ©.
gf See dist U.S. Bureau of Fisheries
18.
10.
\ ; 3
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOLUME Or
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST. y
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP ae
Station Recorps OF THE First JoHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDI- — ak
CONTENTS
1
TION. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., I pl., I map. (Publ. 3224.)
New Motiusxs or THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE. By Paul: Bartsch. May> ia ‘e
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3220.)
A New Cras or THE GENUS Cycroporippe. By Mary ys Rathbun. > Feb, 5,
1934. I p., I pl. (Publ. 3230.) i
Two New Crinoips. By Austin Hi Clark. Feb. 7, 1934. 5 pp., 2 pls. (Publ.
3231.)
A New NEMATODE OF THE GENUS DIPLOTRIAENA FROM A Heese
kK
WoobPECKER. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. or 1934. 3 PP., I fig. (Publ.
3232.)
New TREMATODE PARASITES OF Birps, By Emmett W. Price. Feb. 9, 1934.
6 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.)
New Dicenetic TREMATODES FROM Marine FISHES. By Emmett Ww. Price. Be
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.)
New PotycHaetrous ANNELIDS. By Aaron 5 By Treadwell. March 23, 1934.
9 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.)
THREE NEw DEEP- Water FisHes FROM THE West INpIEs. By George S. :
Myers. 12 pp., t pl. (Publ. 3238.)
(Publ. 3241.)
(Publ. 3243.)
Turee New Ampuipops. By Clarence R. Shoemaker. June I, 1934. 6 PP» 4
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.)
May 21, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3248.)
A New Gragepes FROM Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark. May 23, 1034. f :
3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3249.)
Two New Concrip Eets anp a New Fratrisn. By Earl Dd. Reid. June 9%
1934. II pp., I pl. (Publ. 3251.)
New Marine Mortusxs. By Lois F. Corea. Sept. 18, 1034. 9 PD. 3 pis.
(Publ. 3258.)
. New Bracutorops. By G. Arthur Cooper. April 12, 1934. 5 pp. 2 pls. 4
. Two New NEMATODES. By B. G. Chitwood. April 13, 1934. 4 pp., I pl.
. A New Genus or BritTLestars FROM Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark,
New SpPonGES FROM THE PuERTO RicAN Deep, By M. W. de Laubenfels,
Dec. 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283.)
New Monocenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE ee By Ttincte w.
Price. Nov. 8, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3286.)
New PARASITIC CorEPops.
3208. ) si
By Charles Branch Wilson. In press.
{
(Publ.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 20
Jobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
BOLLMANIA LITURA, A NEW SPECIES
Gi COBY
(WitH ONE PLATE)
BY
ISAAC GINSBURG
U. S. Bureau of Fisheries
Cae “INCREs
OEE i »
< ON BS .
(PUBLICATION 3299)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
APRIL 10, 1935
»
The Lord Battimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8S. A.
Sobnson Fund
BOLLMANIA LITURA, A NEW SPECIES OF GOBY:?
By ISAAC GINSBURG
U. S. Bureau of Fisheries
(WitH ONE PLATE)
The first Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition to the Puerto
Rican Deep obtained a specimen of a goby which proves to be a new
species, described below.
BOLLMANIA LITURA, n. sp.
Description of type—Body and head of medium depth, well
compressed. Eye notably large, its diameter considerably greater than
length of snout. Mouth medium, notably oblique, terminal, lower jaw
projecting; a horizontal through anterior edge of upper lip about
passing through lower margin of eye; maxillary ending on a vertical
through middle of eye. Tongue fleshy, broad, free for a considerable
distance, its anterior margin very moderately and broadly emarginate.
Teeth in narrow bands of three irregular rows, extending nearly to
angle of mouth; teeth in outer row of upper jaw and in inner and
outer rows of lower jaw moderately enlarged ; enlarged outer teeth of
upper jaw extending nearly to angle of mouth; enlarged outer teeth
of lower jaw smaller than those of upper jaw, extending only to ap-
proximately halfway between symphysis and angle of mouth; inner
row of lower jaw having some of the teeth situated at the side some-
what larger than those at the symphysis, but no well-marked caninoids
anywhere. Isthmus moderately broad, attachment of gill membrane
approximately under margin of preopercle.
Scales large, in 28 oblique rows from upper angle of pectoral to
base of caudal; scales completely covering body and entire belly, con-
tinuous on side around base of ventral to chest as far as gill opening ;
scales present on base of pectoral, on antedorsal distance as far as the
eyes, and on cheek; scales on side of body and caudal peduncle weakly
ctenoid, having one marginal row of comparatively small spinules, the
others cycloid and somewhat smaller ; opercle probably having one or
* Published by permission of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, NO. 20
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
two scales only at upper anterior corner. (As in the other species of its
genus, the scales are more or less deciduous, and the specimen de-
scribed has most of the scales missing. The above description is based,
therefore, on a study of the scale pockets to a large extent; conse-
quently, a study of specimens having complete scalation may necessi-
tate some changes in the above statements. No scales at all are now
present on the opercle, but feeble traces of scale pockets may be
discerned. )
First dorsal with seven flexible spines, the middle ones much pro-
longed, the fourth longest, its tip reaching base of seventh ray of
second dorsal when placed flat along the back, the fifth spine but
slightly shorter, the third reaching to base of fourth ray, the sixth to
base of second ray. Second dorsal and anal each with 12 rays (includ-
ing the first unbranched ray, and counting the last two, which are
approximated at their base, as one) ; origin of anal under base of
second dorsal ray, end of anal base under base of penultimate dorsal
ray ; posterior rays of vertical fins notably prolonged, especially those
of dorsal, when depressed their tip extending for a considerable dis-
tance beyond end of hypoural. Pectoral with 20 rays, its tip reaching
a vertical through base of second anal ray. Ventral inserted but little
behind base of pectoral, its tip reaching slightly past origin of anal ;
interspinal membrane well developed. Caudal lanceolate, long, nearly
equaling one-half the standard length. Anterior nostril with a broad,
very low tubule; posterior nostril with its rim hardly raised. (The
cutaneous papillae are not well enough preserved to be described
accurately, but their distribution apparently does not differ appreciably
from the other species of the genus.)
Measurements—A male, 39 mm in standard length. Caudal 49,
ventral 31, pectoral 28, greatest depth 25, least depth of caudal
peduncle 13, length of head (not including the fleshy border) 31,
depth of head directly behind eye 20, width of head at same point 17,
postorbital part of head 16, maxillary 15, eye 12, snout 8, and ante-
dorsal distance 36 percent of standard length.
Color.—Ground color yellowish, upper third of body and side of
head irregularly washed with blackish shades, lower third sparsely
and uniformly pigmented with nearly evenly distributed minute
chromatophores, underside of belly silvery; a median series of five
diffuse, very faint blotches, the first under spinous dorsal, the last
at base of caudal most distinct; first dorsal with a posterior black
blotch having a rather diffuse boundary, anterior margin of fin with
interrupted black streaks, entire fin diffusely shaded with blackish
pigment faintly suggesting the following, namely, two lengthwise
NO. 20 A NEW GOBY—GINSBURG 3
streaks at base, and distally in the form of elliptical peripheries having
whitish, irregularly shaded centers; second dorsal colored somewhat
like the general color pattern as described for the first dorsal ; caudal
with lower half nearly uniformly dusky, upper half with the pigment
concentrated in elliptical peripheries having variously shaded centers,
more marked than on the dorsals, produced part of fin and posterior
margin blackish; anal and ventral very dark, nearly black; pectoral
dusky ; upper lip dusky, but the pigment not markedly more intense
than on rest of snout, no distinct black band. All fins, except the pec-
toral, more or less washed and daubed with a whitish color.
Comparison.—The specimen described was compared with speci-
mens of all the species of Bollmania now known, except (Gobius)
Bollmania eigenmanni Garman. No specimens of the latter are availa-
ble for comparison, and I had to rely solely on the original account.
As compared with the four species of Bollmania from the eastern
Pacific,’ litura differs chiefly in having fewer rays in the vertical fins.
As compared with its two known congeners occurring in the same
faunal region with it, litura differs from B. boqueronensis Evermann
and Marsh* in having a much more elevated dorsal; and from
B. eigenmanni (Garman)* in having a longer ventral and caudal and
in lacking a black band on the upper lip. The presence of a median
row of blotches is unique for a species of Bollmania. The only other
species of this genus which apparently approach litura in this respect
are B. macropoma Gilbert and B. chlamydes Jordan from the Pacific,
which were originally described as having the sides with vertical dusky
bars. The specimens of the latter two species which I examined are
now faded, and the color cannot be compared.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 93797. A male, Caroline station 59.
Samana Bay, Dominican Republic, trawled in 18 to 19 fathoms, on a
mud bottom. The type is the only specimen now known.
?See Jordan and Evermann, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 47, pt. 3, pp. 2238-22309,
1808.
* Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 20, pt. 1, p. 298, fig. 92, 1902.
‘Bull. Lab. Nat. Sci., State Univ. Iowa, vol. 4, no. 1, p. 88, pl. 3, fig. 1, 1896.
1 ey uN ite i vi
ae igiy | eae. la te
Ts an) ra H
Mee
hi Meee. Sy, eh
A a
ee et ia
L “Id ‘0G “ON ‘16 “10A
SNOILOS1100 SNOANVIIZOSIN NVINOSHLIWS
SONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
Ree) VOLUME 91, NUMBER 21
@
— Jobnson Fund
)I S ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
; sas SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
ods a0: any PUERTO RICAN DEEP
“ FORAMINIFERA
(WitH THREE PLATES)
Winona bis BY
JOSEPH A. CUSHMAN
te
5 ashman ‘Laboratory for Foraminiferal Research, Sharon, Mass.
_' GITY OF WASHINGTON
ED. BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
JULY 23, 1935 -
. Bortmanta Lirura, A New Species or Gosy. Isaac Ginsburg. Apr. 10, 1035.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOLUME QI
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
CONTENTS
Station Recorps oF THE First JoHNSON-SMITHSONIAN Deep-SEA EXPEDI-
TION. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., I pl., 1 map. (Publ. 3224.) -
New Mottusks or THE FAmity TurritIpAE. By Paul Bartsch. May 29,
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3229.)
A New Cras or THE GENUS CycLoporipPpE. By Mary J. Rathbun. Feb. 5, —
1934. I p., I pl. (Publ. 3230.)
Two New Crrnomws. By Austin H. Clark. Feb. 7, 1934. 5 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. —
3231.)
A New NEMATODE OF THE GENUS DIPLOTRIAENA FROM A HISPANIOLAN —
WooprecKer. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1934. 3 pp., 1 fig. (Publ.
3232.)
New TrEMATODE ParRASITEs OF Birps. By Emmett W. Price. Feb. 9, 1934.
6 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.)
New DicenEetic TREMATODES FROM Marine FisHes. By Emmett W. Price.
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.)
New PotycHaetous ANNELIDS. By Aaron L. Treadwell. March 23, 1934. ‘a
9 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.)
Taree New Deep-WaAtTER FISHES FROM THE WEsT INDIEs. By George s.
Myers. 12 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3238.)
. New Bracutopops. By G. Arthur Cooper. April 12, 1934. 5 pp., 2 pls.-
(Publ. 3241.)
. Two New Nemartopes. By B. G. Chitwood, April 13, 1934. 4 pp. I el.
(Publ. 3243.)
. Turee New Ampuipops. By Clarence R. Shoemaker. June 1, 1934. 6 pp. a
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.)
A New GENUs OF BRITTLESTARS FROM mitt Rico. By Austin H. Clark.
May 21, 1934. 3 pp., I. pl. (Publ. 3248.)
. A NEw Spencion FRoM Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark. May 23, 1934.
3 pp., r pl. (Publ. 3249.)
. Two New Concrip Kets anp A New FratrisH. By Earl D. Reid. June 9,
1934. I1 pp., r pl. (Publ. 3251.)
. New Marine Motiusxks. By Lois F. Corea. Sank 18, 1934. 9 DPp., 3 PIs
(Publ. 3258.)
. New Sponces FROM THE Puerto Rican Deep. By M. W. de Taubontaee ,
Dec. 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283:)
. New Monocenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE FisHes. By Emmett es
Price. Nov. 8, 1934. 3 pp., I pl. (Publ. 3286.)
. New Parasitic Corepops. By Charles Branch Wilson. Apr. 8, 1935. 9 pps
3 pls. (Publ. 3208.)
3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3200.)
YE
n
- is a bas *} A
“x: - ee ee
wn Gees nena
oe
TR Sree 5S
ES
are
Js = ~:
Pa ae
et
=
et SF SR ee
aii
Pig on
Fk
air
, >
wa i -
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 21
Sobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
POURTEEN NEW SPECIES OF
FORAMINIFERA
(WiTH THREE PLATES)
BY
JOSEPH A. CUSHMAN
Cushman Laboratory for Foraminiferal Research, Sharon, Mass.
(PUBLICATION 3327)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
TUE es235) 0935
The Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8. A.
Jobnson Fund
FOURTEEN NEW SPECIES OF FORAMINIFERA
By JOSEPH A. CUSHMAN
Cushman Laboratory for Foraminiferal Research, Sharon, Mass.
(With THree Puiates)
American workers on the foraminifera have long desired to have
material from that area dredged by the Challenger and represented by
the two famous Challenger stations 23 and 24. In the volume, ‘“ Sum-
mary of Results’, Brady lists 155 separate species and varieties from
station 23, and 241 from station 24. This alone would indicate the
extreme richness of this area as far as the foraminifera are concerned.
These stations are also important as being the type localities for
numerous species described by Brady. Although the Albatross did
some dredging in this general area, the exact stations were not oc-
cupied. The area on the north coast of Puerto Rico, as is known to
those of us who have sailed over it, is one of rough seas, and it is
difficult for an ordinary ship to do deep-sea dredging. When the
Challenger herself made these two stations, one of the men was lost
during the operations.
It has been left to the Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition
to reexplore this area. The large size of the vessel used, the Caroline,
practically 280 feet in length, with a draft of 174 feet, a beam of
38 feet, and equipped with a 50-ton Sperry gyrostabilizer, which
keeps her on an almost even keel in all kinds of weather, made it
possible to work off this rough area to the north of Puerto Rico. The
stations occupied, particularly numbers 36, 91, 93, 94, and 95, cover
the region of the two Challenger stations, and a preliminary study of
the material has shown that most, if not all, of the species described
and listed by Brady from this area are present in the samples dredged
by the Caroline.
The study of this material is therefore particularly important in
giving more material for these particular stations. The author has
been fortunate in having had placed at his disposal some small amounts
of the original Challenger material from these two famous stations,
but the amount has been insufficient to give the large series of speci-
mens which are desirable. So it is a matter of congratulation that this
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 21
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. OI
expedition has made available an adequate amount of material from
this region.
In the preliminary studies, a considerable number of new forms
have been found, and these are here described with illustrations of
the holotypes, and occasionally of other specimens to make the species
more adequately known.
REOPHAX TRILATERALIS, n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. 1-4
Test elongate, angled, with three distinct faces generally flattened,
and the angles prominent but somewhat rounded, sides nearly par-
allel, triangular in transverse section ; chambers few, indistinct ; sutures
indistinct ; wall very coarsely arenaceous, composed of angular frag-
ments rather neatly cemented, the surface only slightly roughened ;
aperture terminal, rounded, circular to narrowly elliptical. Length up
to 1.75 mm; diameter 0.70-0.90 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26181; from station 13, latitude 18°31’
05” N., longitude 62°02'15” W. to latitude 18°30’30” N., longitude
66°04'05” W., 200 to 300 fathoms.
NOURIA JOHNSONI, n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. 5, 6
Test somewhat longer than broad, very slightly compressed, pe-
riphery broadly rounded, greatest breadth somewhat below the middle,
base rounded or somewhat truncate, apertural end rounded, truncate;
chambers comparatively few, and more or less involute, irregularly
biserial in the adult ; sutures very slightly depressed, strongly oblique ;
wall thin, composed of elongate sponge spicules arranged longitudinally
to the test, rather neatly cemented, occasionally with the ends project-
ing toward the base; aperture fairly large, generally rounded or ellip-
tical. Length up to 1.50 mm; breadth 0.65-0.75 mm; thickness 0.55-
0.65 mm.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 26183; from station 25, latitude 18°32’
15” N., longitude 66°22’10” W. to latitude 18°32’05” N., longitude
66°22'10” W., 240 to 300 fathoms.
This species somewhat resembles others of the genus known from
the Pacific, but is much more rounded.
VERNEUILINA SPICULOTESTA, n. sp.
Plateti iese ane
Test elongate, 2 to 24} times as long as broad, the early portion
irregularly triangular in transverse section, somewhat twisted, triserial
throughout, although in the last-formed whorl two chambers make up
NO. 2I FOURTEEN NEW SPECIES OF FORAMINIFERA—CUSH MAN 3
a very large part of the apertural view, greatest breadth at the aper-
tural end ; chambers distinct, becoming somewhat inflated in the adult ;
sutures distinct, depressed; wall largely composed of fragments of
sponge spicules firmly cemented and forming a rather neatly finished
test on the exterior ; aperture elongate, narrow, at the base of the inner
margin of the last-formed chamber. Length 0.85-1.20 mm; diameter
0.55-0.65 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26185; from station 93, latitude 18°38’
00” N., longitude 65°09’30” W. to latitude 18°37’45” N., longitude
65°05’00” W., 350 to 400 fathoms.
This is a unique species in the peculiar shape of the test and the
unusual character of the wall. It is rather common in some of the
dredgings from the Puerto Rican Deep.
GAUDRYINA @’Orbigny, 1839
Subgenus SIPHOGAUDRYINA, n. subgenus
Subgenotype—Gaudryina (Siphogaudryina) stephensoni Cushman.
Test with the early stages triserial, usually triangular with sharp
angles, one of the ridges becoming divided and forming a quad-
rangular test with four distinct angles, usually somewhat compressed
with two narrow sides and two broad sides, one of which is somewhat
wider than the other, the angles’ frequently expanded into fistulose
processes, which become broken on the exterior, showing a row of
openings along the angles of the test, end view usually quadrangular.
Upper Cretaceous to Recent.
GAUDRYINA (SIPHOGAUDRYINA) COMPRESSA, n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. oa, 9b
Test about twice as long as broad, much compressed, the flattened
sides showing the biserial arrangement very broad, the other two sides
narrow, truncate, angles with tubular projections usually broken at the
tip, showing a double series of openings, apertural end obliquely trun-
cate; chambers numerous, low and broad, increasing gradually in size
as added, only slightly inflated, triserial in the young stages, and
biserial in the adult ; sutures distinct, very slightly depressed, nearly at
right angles to the elongate axis; wall finely arenaceous with a few
coarse fragments, a large proportion of cement giving a fairly smooth
surface ; aperture narrow, elongate, in a distinct reentrant at the inner
margin of the last-formed chamber. Length 0.50-0.60 mm; breadth
0.28-0.32 mm; thickness 0.15-0.20 mm.
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Holotype -—U.S.N.M. no. 26187; from station 104, latitude 18°30’
40” N., longitude 66°13'’20” W. to latitude 18°30’10” N., longitude
66°13’50” W., 80 to 120 fathoms.
This species somewhat resembles Gaudryina (Siphogaudryina) si-
phonifera (H. B. Brady), which is characteristic of the Indo-Pacific.
In the Atlantic species, however, the test is smaller, more complex,
and the tubular projections more numerous but less elongate.
CRIBROGOESELLA, n. gen.
Bigenerina H. B. Brady (not d’Orbigny), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
p. 371, 1884.
Genotype.—Bigenerina robusta H. B. Brady.
Test elongate, subcylindrical, the early portion tapering, later por-
tion with the sides nearly parallel, rounded in transverse section,
earliest whorl with four or five chambers, rapidly reducing to three,
and then to a biserial stage which continues for a considerable period,
followed in the adult by uniserial chambers, interior undivided; wall
arenaceous; aperture in the biserial portion at the inner margin of the
last-formed chamber, in the uniserial portion becoming terminal, cen-
tral, and gradually increasing from one opening in the early stage to
many in the adult, occupying the central portion of the terminal face.
Miocene to Recent.
This genus apparently is derived from Goésella by the addition of
the apertural characters, having a cribrate terminal face with the aper-
tures represented by numerous, small, rounded openings in the middle
portion.
Apparently this genus developed in the West Indian region directly
from Goésella in the Miocene, as it is found in the Miocene of Trini-
dad, and continues in the same general region to the present oceans,
the type species having been described from Challenger material from
off the West Indies.
CRIBROGOESELLA BRADYI, n. sp.
Platep re tieseslOw ir
Textularia agglutinans (part) H. B. Brady (not d’Orbigny), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, vol. 9, pl. 43, fig. 12 (not figs. 1-3), 1884.
Test large, much elongate, gradually tapering from the subacute
initial end, greatest breadth toward the apertural end, early stages with
as many as five chambers, reducing to three, and soon becoming
biserial, the megalospheric form becoming uniserial in the adult ; cham-
NO. 21 FOURTEEN NEW SPECIES OF FORAMINIFERA—CUSHMAN 5
bers distinct, somewhat inflated, particularly in the later portion, some-
what broader than high, increasing rather gradually in size as added;
sutures distinct, becoming more depressed in the later portion, in the
biserial stage usually about at right angles to the elongate axis; wall
very finely arenaceous, rather smoothly finished except for a series of
longitudinal depressions, particularly in the biserial portion; aperture
in the biserial stage at the base of the inner margin of the last-formed
chamber, later becoming divided into two or more elongate openings,
and in the adult megalospheric form with numerous small rounded
openings in the terminal face. Length up to 3.50 mm; diameter
0.80 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26189; from station 93, latitude 18°38’
00” N., longitude 65°009'30” W. to latitude 18°37’45” N., longitude
65°05/00” W., 350 to 400 fathoms.
This large species was found by Brady in the Challenger material
from this same general region and was referred by him to d’Orbigny’s
Textularia agglutinans in the above reference. In our figured specimen
it is difficult to make out the terminal apertures, as they are too filled
with foreign material, but in the type species of the genus they are very
distinct.
TRILOCULINA NASUTA, n. sp.
Plate 2, figs. 1-3
Test very elongate, slender, the apertural end continued out into a
long, slender neck, three chambers visible from the exterior in the
adult, periphery broadly rounded; chambers distinct, inflated, of a
peculiar shape, the apertural end greatly extended into a somewhat
compressed neck, convex on the outer side, and concave on the inner,
the basal portion distinct, expanded, somewhat curved, covering the
elongate neck of the preceding chamber; sutures distinct, strongly
depressed ; wall smooth, imperforate, calcareous; aperture rounded,
reniform, usually with a slight tooth on the inner margin, and a distinct
lip. Length up to nearly 1.00 mm; breadth 0.18-0.20 mm; thickness
0.12 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26192; from station 26, latitude 18°30’
20” N., longitude 66°22'05” W. to latitude 18°30’30” N., longitude
66° 23/05” W.., 33 to 40 fathoms.
This is a very peculiar species, with its very elongate, compressed
neck and peculiarly shaped chambers. It is rather common at some of
the stations.
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
TRILOCULINA FENIMORE, n. sp.
Plate 2, figs. 4, 5
Test somewhat longer than broad, periphery truncate and keeled at
the angles, basal and apertural ends extended, the former into a sub-
acute point, the latter into a broader, expanded neck, typically showing
strong, transverse folds; chambers very distinct, quadrangular in
transverse section, the periphery truncate or slightly concave, the
angles distinctly raised; sutures fairly distinct, somewhat depressed ;
wall fairly smooth, matte, imperforate, calcareous ; aperture circular at
the end of a distinct, expanded neck. Length up to 0.80 mm; breadth
0.35-0.40 mm; thickness 0.25 mm.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 26194; from station 26, latitude 18°30’
20” N., longitude 66°22'05” W. to latitude 18°30’30” N., longitude
66°23'05” W., 33 to 40 fathoms.
This species is peculiar in its general shape, particularly in the large,
expanded neck with transverse folds, and is fairly common in this
material.
PYRGO JOHNSONI, n. sp.
Plate 2, figs. 6-8
Test short and broad, length and breadth about equal, periphery
very broadly rounded, in end view broadly elliptical, the base extended
back somewhat, forming a distinct lobe, apertural end also somewhat
extended ; chambers strongly inflated, distinct, only two visible in the
adult; sutures distinct, depressed; wall smooth, imperforate, calca-
reous; aperture nearly circular, with a distinct, thickened lip and a
simple tooth somewhat expanded at the inner end and in side view
rising above the lip. Length 1.10-1.25 mm; breadth 0.85-1.00 mm;
thickness 0.80 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26196; from station 26, latitude 18°30’
20” N., longitude 66°22’05” W. to latitude oe 30” N., longitude
66°23 105” W., 33 to 40 fathoms.
This species is distinct in the peculiar form of the basal and aper-
tural ends of the adult chamber.
PYRGO JUGOSUS, n. sp.
Plate 2, figs. 9-11
Test slightly longer than broad, in the adult having the middle of
each chamber somewhat produced into a distinct ridge, and in old-age
specimens usually having two supplementary ridges at either side,
periphery keeled, at the base somewhat serrate; chambers distinct,
NO. 21 FOURTEEN NEW SPECIES OF FORAMINIFERA—CUSH MAN 7
inflated; sutures distinct, slightly depressed; wall smooth except for
the keel and the ridges, imperforate, calcareous; aperture narrowly
elongate, largely filled by the broad tooth with the ends somewhat
expanded. Length 1.00-1.40 mm; breadth 0.90-1.10 mm; thickness
0.90 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26198; from station 104, latitude 18°30’
40” N., longitude 66°13'20” W. to latitude 18°30’10” N., longitude
66°13’50” W., 80 to 120 fathoms.
The series of figures given shows the development of this peculiar,
ridged form, which is smooth in the early stages and then develops a
single, strong ridge, and, in the adult, supplementary ones in addition.
PYRGO NASUTUS, n. sp.
Plate 3, figs. 1-4
Test in the adult in front view about as broad as long, in the early
stages usually somewhat longer than broad, periphery strongly keeled
and serrate in the adult, apertural end, particularly in the young stages,
extended into a much compressed neck, somewhat convex on the dorsal
outer side, and flattened or concave on the inner; chambers distinct,
inflated; sutures distinct, slightly depressed; wall smooth, imper-
forate, calcareous ; aperture narrow, elongate, somewhat curved with-
out a distinct tooth. Length 0.60-0.75 mm; breadth 0.45-0.60 mm;
thickness 0.30-0.35 mm.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 26200; from station 56, latitude 19°10’
15” N., longitude 69°27’20” W. to latitude 19°10'15” N., longitude
69°28’05” W., 17 fathoms.
The series of figures shows the developmental stages of this unusual
form, which may be distinguished particularly by the peculiarly shaped
neck.
GORDIOSPIRA RUGOSA, n. sp.
Plate 3, figs. 5-7
Test in a somewhat open coil, nearly planispiral, periphery broadly
rounded; the coils slightly involute; sutures distinct, depressed ; wall
imperforate, calcareous, with numerous transverse wrinkles ; aperture
large, formed by the open end of the tubular chamber. Diameter 0.60-
0.75 mm; thickness 0.20-0.22 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26202; from station 104, latitude 18°30’
40” N., longitude 66°13'20” W. to latitude 18°30’10” N., longitude
66°13'50” W., 80 to 120 fathoms.
This is a tropical species of this genus which has hitherto been
known largely from the Polar regions. It is very strongly rugose.
8 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
GLANDULINA SPINATA, n. sp.
Plate 3, figs. 8, 9
Test oval or broadly elliptical in front view, with apertural end
somewhat produced, circular in transverse section; chambers in the
early portion apparently biserial, later uniserial, much involute ; sutures
largely obscured by the surface ornamentation; wall calcareous, per-
forate, rather uniformly covered with short, blunt spines; aperture
elliptical, at the end of a short neck with a somewhat flaring lip.
Length 0.45-0.50 mm; diameter 0.30 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26204; from station 56, latitude 19°10’
15” N., longitude 69°27’20” W. to latitude 19°10'15” N., longitude
69°28’05” W., 17 fathoms.
This species apparently belongs in the genus Glandulina, and is to be
distinguished from other species of that genus by its peculiar surface
ornamentation.
EHRENBERGINA SPINEA, n. sp.
Plate 3, figs. 10, II
Test somewhat compressed, in the adult in front view somewhat
rhomboid, with each side extended out into an acicular spine, dorsal
view with the sides broadly rounded ; chambers distinct, only slightly
inflated ; sutures distinct, somewhat limbate, little if at all depressed ;
wall smooth, calcareous, finely perforate; aperture narrow, elongate.
Height 0.35 mm; breadth including spines 0.60 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26207; from station 13, latitude 18°31’
05” N., longitude 66°02'15” W. to latitude 18°30’30” N., longitude
66°o4'05” W., 200 to 300 fathoms.
This species most closely resembles that described by Brady from
the Pliocene of the Pacific, as Ehrenbergina bicornis. Our Atlantic
species however is smaller and much more compressed, with the spines
much less developed.
PEGIDIA CORRUGATA, n. sp.
Plate 3, figs. 12, 13
Test plano-convex, the dorsal side strongly convex, ventral side
flattened, periphery rounded; chambers rather indistinct, four or five
making up the last-formed whorl in the adult and largely visible on the
dorsal side, ventral side much obscured by the peculiar surface orna-
mentation ; sutures largely obscured, strongly curved, sigmoid on the
dorsal side ; wall calcareous, distinctly but finely perforate, the dorsal
side fairly smooth, ventral side strongly rugose with a peculiar laby-
NO. 2I FOURTEEN NEW SPECIES OF FORAMINIFERA—CUSHMAN 9
rinthic pattern of raised, rounded ridges with depressed areas between,
covering most of the ventral side and obscuring the structure of the
aperture. Diameter 0.85 mm; height 0.50-0.55 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26210; from station 26, latitude 18°30’
ee
20” N., longitude 66°22’05” W. to latitude 18°30’30” N., longitude
66°23/05” W.., 33 to 40 fathoms.
This species shows very considerable variation, particularly in the
ornamentation of the ventral side, and seems to be distinct from all
other known species of the genus.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE I
Fics. 1-4. Reophax trilateralis, n. sp. X30. 1, Holotype. a, front view; b,
apertural view.
Fics. 5,6. Nouria johnsoni, n. sp. X 30. 5, Paratype. 6, Holotype. a, a, front
views; b, b, apertural views.
Fics. 7,8. Verneuilina spiculotesta, n. sp. >< 40. 7, Paratype. 8, Holotype.
a, front view; b, apertural view.
Fics. 9a,9b. Gaudryina (Siphogaudryina) compressa, n. sp. X 90. a, front view;
b, apertural view.
Fics. 10,11. Cribrogoésella bradyi, n. sp. X25. 10, Holotype. 11, Paratype.
a, a, front views; b, b, apertural views.
PLATE 2
Fics. 1-3. Triloculina nasuta, n. sp. X70. 1, Holotype. a, b, opposite sides;
c, apertural view. 2, 3, Paratypes.
Fics. 4,5. Triloculina fenimoret, n. sp. X50. 4, Holotype. a, b, opposite sides;
c, apertural view. 5, Paratype.
Figs. 6-8. Pyrgo johnson, n. sp. X 30. 6, Holotype. a, side view; b, apertural
view. 7, 8, Paratypes.
Fics. 9-11. Pyrgo jugosus, n. sp. X 30. 9, 10, Paratypes. 11, Holotype. a,
front view; b, apertural view.
PLATE 3
Figs. 1-4. Pyrgo nasutus, n. sp. X50. 1, Holotype. a, front view; b, apertural
view. 2-4, Paratypes.
Figs. 5-7. Gordiospira rugosa, n. sp. X50. 5, Holotype. a, side view; b,
peripheral view. 6, 7, Paratypes.
Fics. 8,9. Glandulina spinata, n. sp. X70. 8, Holotype. a, front view; b,
apertural view. 09, Paratype.
Fics. 10,11. Ehrenbergina spinea, n. sp. X50. 10, Paratype. 11, Holotype. a,
front view; b, apertural view; c, basal view.
Fics. 12,13. Pegidia corrugata, n. sp. X 35. 12, Holotype. a, dorsal view; b,
ventral view; c, peripheral view. 13, Ventral view of paratype.
91
VOL.
A\THSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
NEW FORAMINIFERA
(For explanation,
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO. 21, PE.2
NEW FORAMINIFERA
(For explanation, see page 9.)
MITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VO eo NING re
NEW FORAMINIFERA
(For explanation, see page 9-)
rey ei iD my Nhe a “
b ore, tL an aie ae
Wontales in tt RAE ad © pasa
‘ aie Ne aaa ini:
‘ et) Lae tar aa my ©
us] hes { wT, - ha
!
;
4
Maat TOHNSON. SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
Bees) 10 THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
r vO NEW FORAMINIFERA OE DHE
_ GENUS TEXTULARIA
(WiTH ONE PLATE)
pee at cfg SBS |
> 4 GEGIL G. LALICKER
‘Cushman Laboratory for Foraminiferal Research, Sharon, Mass.
S53
iy eg
E-ANo|'0, i
JOLY: :22;"1935
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOLUME QI
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
CONTENTS
. Station REcorps oF THE First JoHNSON-SMITHSONIAN Deep-SEA ExPEDI-
TI1oN, By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp. 1 pl., 1 map. (Publ. 3224.)
New Mottusks or THE Famity TurritipAr. By Paul Bartsch. May 29, 2
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3229.)
A New Cras or THE GENUS CYCLODORIPPE, By. Mary J. Rathbun. Feb. 5, “a
1934. I p., I pl. (Publ. 3230.)
Two New Crinorps. By oe H. Clark. Feb. 7, 1934. 5 PP, 2 pls. (Publ. a
3231.)
A New NeEMatTOpE OF THE GENUS DIPLOTRIAENA FROM A eee ae ae
Wooprecker. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1934. 3 pp., 1 fig. cm
3232.)
New TrEMATODE ParASITEs OF Birps. By Emmett W. ioaed Feb, 9, 1934. be
6 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.) :
New DicENnetic TREMATODES FROM Marine FisHes. By er W. Price.
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.)
New PotycHarEtous ANNELIDS. By Aaron L. Treadwell. March 23, 1934. :
Oo pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.)
Turee NEw Deep-WaATER FISHES FROM THE Weer InpiEs. By mee S. ie
Myers. 12 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3238.)
New Bracutopops. By G. Arthur mricag April 12, 1934. 5 pp., 2 oi oa
(Publ. 3241.)
. Two New Nemartopes. By B. G. Chitwood: April 13, 1934. 4 ips 1 pl.
(Publ. 3243.)
. THREE NEw Ampuipops. By Clarence R. Shoemaker. June 1, 1034. 6 PP.»
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.)
. A New GENus or BRITTLESTARS FROM ‘Ponta Rico. By Austin H. Clark |
May 21, 1934. 3 pp., I pl. (Publ. 3248.)
. A New SrarrisH FroM Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark. May 23, 1934. i
3 pp. I pl. (Publ. 3249.)
Two New Concrip Eets anp A New Fratrisu. By Earl D. Reid. June 9 t ¢
1934. II pp., 1 pl. Publ. 3251.)
New Marine Mottusks. By Lois F. Corea. Sept, 18, 1934. 9 pp., 3 pls.
(Publ. 3258.)
. New Sponces FRoM THE Puerto Rican Deep. By M. W. de Laubenfels. —
Dec. 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283.)
New MonocEnetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE FISHES. By Emmett W. .
Price. Nov. 8, 1934. 3 pp. I pl. (Publ. 3286.)
New Parasitic Coperops. By Charles Branch Wilson. Apr. 8, 1935. 9 PP =
3 pls. (Publ. 3208.)
. Bot~MAntaA Litura, A New Species or Gosy. Isaac Ginsburg, Apr. 10, 1935.
3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3290.)
. Fourrren New Species or FORAMINIFERA. By Joseph A. Sushi’ (dn :
press. )
pense re feet dy tak
Ba
ses
u
Coe ea ae Ste cere eeem ee ae it
“¥
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 22
Fobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
TWO NEW FORAMINIFERA OF THE
GENUS TEXTULARIA
(WitH ONE PLATE)
BY
CEGIL G. LALICKER
Cushman Laboratory for Foraminiferal Research, Sharon, Mass.
(PUBLICATION 3328)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
JUL Ye22, 1935
Tbe Lord Waltimore Press
te BALTIMORE, MD., U, S. A.
kK
Hr
|
|
I
foe .
Sobnson Fund
TWO NEW FORAMINIFERA OF THE GENUS
TEXTULARIA
By Cecit G. LALIcKer
Cushman Laboratory for Foraminiferal Research, Sharon, Mass.
(Wit One Prate)
In the collections of the Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition
of the cruise of 1933 have been found two species of the genus Tex-
tularia, which are apparently undescribed forms.
TEXTULARIA CALVA, n. sp.
Plate I, figs. 1, 2
Test very large, elongate, roughly triangular in front and side views,
almost circular in end view, initial end slightly compressed, pointed in
the microspheric form, and rounded in the megalospheric form;
chambers numerous, low and broad, increasing in height gradually as
added ; sutures indistinct except in early portion, somewhat depressed,
straight, and slightly oblique; wall coarsely arenaceous, composed of
sand grains and calcareous fragments, very roughly finished except on
apertural face, where it is rather smoothly finished; aperture, a very
low, broad opening at the base of the inner margin of the last-formed
chamber; color gray. Length of holotype 1.60 mm; width 1.04 mm;
thickness 1.00 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26179; from station 25, latitude 18°32"
15” N., longitude 66°22’10” W. to latitude 18°32’05” N., longitude
66°22’10” W., 240 to 300 fathoms.
In addition to the type locality, I have specimens from station 13,
latitude 18°31’05” N., longitude 66°02’15” W. to latitude 18°30’
30” N., longitude 66°04’05” W., 200 to 300 fathoms; and station 93,
latitude 18°38’00” N., longitude 65°09’30” W. to latitude 18°37'45”
N., longitude 65°05’00” W., 350 to 400 fathoms.
This species is similar in some respects to Textularia goésti Cushman
from the Pacific Ocean near the Hawaiian Islands. T. goési differs,
however, in being more smoothly finished, in having curved sutures, a
flattish apertural face, and in having the upper edge of each chamber
slightly overhanging.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 22
LS)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
TEXTULARIA LATERALIS, n. sp.
Plate 1, figs. 3-5
Test subtriangular in outline, slightly longer than wide, somewhat
compressed, subrhomboidal in end view, periphery subacute to spinose ;
chambers numerous, about twice as wide as high, usually rounded at
the periphery, but terminating in short, conical spines in some speci-
mens, especially near the initial end, upper margin of chamber very
slightly overhanging ; sutures distinct, slightly depressed, gently curved
in an anterior direction; wall finely arenaceous and rather smoothly
finished ; aperture a very low opening at the base of the inner margin
of the last-formed chamber, with a short lip at the upper edge. Length
of holotype 0.71 mm; width 0.70 mm; thickess 0.31 mm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 26176; from station 25, latitude 18°32’
15” N., longitude 66°22’10” W. to latitude 18°32’05” N., longitude
66°22'10” W., 240 to 300 fathoms.
Several specimens have also been found at station 13, latitude 18°31’
05” N., longitude 66°02’15” W. to latitude 18°30’30” N., longitude
66°04'05” W., 200 to 300 fathoms; and at station 93, latitude 18°38’
00” N., longitude 65°09’30” W. to latitude 18°37’45” N., longitude
65°05'00” W., 350 to 400 fathoms.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE
Fics. I, 2. Textularia calva, n. sp. XX 38. 1, Microspheric form, holotype.
2, Megalospheric form, paratype. a, a, front views; b, b, top views;
c, c, side views.
Fics. 3-5 Textularia lateralis, n. sp. X 53. 3, Paratype. a, front view; b, top
view. 4, Paratype. Front view. 5, Holotype. a, front view; b, top
view; c, side view.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO. 22. PL. 1
FORAMINIFERA OF THE GENUS TEXTULARIA
(For explanation, see page 2.)
"JOHNSON SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION.
et 10: THE PUERTO Sa DEEP
’
ia GENUS OF OPISTHOGNATHID
"FISHES ~
“ ih re . BY
Brake esis GEORGE S. MYERS
mts
- Assistant Curator, Division of Fishes, United States
: National Museum
. New Motiusks or tHE Famiry Turritipar. By Paul Bartsch. May 29,
. New Bracuropops. By G. Arthur Cooper. oe 12, 1934. 5 PP.; 2 pig a
. Two New Nemartopes. By B-'G: Ghitwood: Apr. 13, 1934. 4. pp., 1 pl. at
. THree New Ampuirops. By Clarence R. Shoemaker. Jone I, 1934. 6 PP s
. A New GENws oF BRITTLESTARS FROM Pore Rico. By Austin H. Clarke,
. A New StArFIsH FROM Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark. May 23, 1934. Z
. Two New Conerip Eets anp a New FLatrisH. By Earl D. Reid... June. 9%, ;
. New Marine Motrusxs. By Lois F. Corea. Sept. 18, 1934. Oo Dp. 3 vis,
. New Monocenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE FISHES. By. Eninict w be
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOLUME QI — oa
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST. Ret
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION ©
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
DRY carkzaee
Lt wees
CONTENTS
an
¢ Sy -
sci ets ae
Station REcorps oF THE First JoHNson- SMITHSONIAN Drep-SEA Exar
TION. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., 1 pl., 1 map. (Publ. 3224.)
mee Si
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3229.)
A New Cras or THE GENUS CycLoporIpPE. By Mary J. Rathbuu: Feb. 5 ao
1934. I p., 1 pl. (Publ. 3230.)
Two New Crinows. By Austin H. Clark. Feb. 7, 1934. 5 PP., 2 pls. (Publ.
3231.)
A New NEMATODE OF THE GENUS DIPLOTRIAENA FROM \A FiseANroeeen
Wooprecker. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1934. 3 pp., 1 fig. (Publ. id
3232.) "s
New TREMATODE PARASITES OF Brrps. By Emmett W. Price. Feb, 9, 1934. 2
6 pp., r pl. (Publ. 3233.)
New Dicenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE FisHEs. By Emmett W. Price, ag
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.) a
New Potycuartous ANNELIDS. By Aaron L. Treadwell. Mar. 23, 1934.
9 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.)
Turee New Deep-Warer FISHES FROM THE West INDIES. BY George Ste
Myers. Apr. 2, 1934. I2 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3238.)
pees
aw =a ee Jy
ice
sii eae
‘
(Publ. 3241.)
(Publ. 3243.) i
“pee
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.)
May 21, 1934. 3 pp., I pl. (Publ. 3248.) Bh
3 pp. 1 pl. (Publ. 3249.) —
1934. II pp., I pl. (Publ. 3251.)
(Publ. 3258.)
Dec. 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283.)
Price. Nov. 8, 1934. 3 pp. 1 pl. (Publ. 3286.)
3 pls. (Publ. 3208.)
. BottMantiA LiturA, A New Species or Gosy. By Isaac Ginsburg. Aor 10 ‘ig
1935. 3 pp., 1 pl. suet 3299.)
pee a
CC a oe
1935: 9 pp., 3 we (Publ. sae
- Two New ForaMInirera or THE Genus TExTuLaria. By Cecil G. Lalicker. a"
July 22, 1935. 2 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3328.)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 23
Jobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
A NEW GENUS OF OPISTHOGNATHID
FISHES
BY
GEORGE S. MYERS
Assistant Curator, Division of Fishes, United States
National Museum
(PUBLICATION 3347)
GITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
DECEMBER 24, 1935
The Lord Waltimore Press
ih BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8 A.
Sobnson Fund
A NEW GENUS OF OPISTHOGNATHID FISHES
By GEORGE S. MYERS
Assistant Curator, Division of Fishes, United States National Museum
The presence of a new genus and species of Opisthognathidae
among the fishes obtained by the Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea
Expedition has made it necessary to examine the scattered literature
on the group and some confusing points in its classification.
The trachinoids, as defined by Regan,’ are not well differentiated
from the serranid-like percoids, and certain genera now referred to
some of the trachinoid families may be found to be nearer the other
group. Ogilby* has revised the genera of Opisthognathidae, but he
included in this family the peculiar Japanese genus Owstonia,’ which
is placed by Jordan, Tanaka, and Snyder* and by Jordan’ in the
monotypic family Owstoniidae. To my knowledge this family has
never been defined.
Owstonia seems to be one of those genera that might be placed with
equal propriety either among the anthiine serranids or with the
trachinoids. Barnard,’ when synonymizing Gilchrist’s Parasphenan-
thias* with Owstonia, has pointed out the evident relationship of the
latter to Sphenanthias Weber.’ Fowler” has resurrected Parasphenan-
thias for a new South African species, and places the genus in the
Pseudochromidae. Since I intend to treat this assemblage of genera
more fully in the near future, I shall not go further into their relation-
ships at this time, but I wish to point out that Owstonia, Sphenanthias,
* The classification of the percoid fishes. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 12,
pp. III-145, 1913.
* Mem. Queensland Mus., vol. 7, pt. 1, pp. 123-124, 1920.
* Tanaka, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, vol. 23, p. 27, 1908.
* Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, vol. 33, p. 188, 1913.
° Classification of fishes, p. 231, 1923.
* Ann. South African Mus., vol. 21, p. 492, 1927.
"Union of South Africa, Fisher. Mar. Biol. Surv., Rept. no. 2 (1921), Spec.
Repts., p. 69, 1922.
*Die Fische der Siboga-Expedition. Siboga-Exped., vol. 57, p. 210, 1913;
Weber and de Beaufort, Fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, vol. 6, p. 114,
1931.
*Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 86, p. 461, 1034.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, NO. 23
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Parasphenanthias, Loxopseudochromis,” and Opsipseudochromis ”
form a closely interrelated group of deep-water fishes that is apparently
rather close to the Opisthognathidae but not to the Pseudochromidae.
Superficially, all the known forms are recognizable by the hidden black
spot on the membrane connecting the maxillary and premaxillary. All -
the species appear to be red in life.
After the removal of Owstonia, the Opisthognathidae seem to form
a natural family. Another supposed opisthognathid, Gnathypops
samoensis Fowler and Silvester,” from Samoa, must also be removed
from the family. It is a synonym of the Indo-Pacific pseudochromid
Pseudogramma polyacanihus (Bleeker).” The tropical American
genera Rhegma Gilbert and Caribrhegma Breder™ are both syno-
nyms of Pseudogramma. I have examined the holotypes of Pseudo-
gramma thaumasia (Gilbert) in the Stanford Museum and of Pseudo-
gramma gregoryi (Breder) in the Bingham Oceanographic Collection
and compared examples of each with the East Indian species.
The known genera of Opisthognathidae may be distinguished by
the following synopsis, taken in part from Ogilby :
SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA OF OPISTHOGNATHIDAE
ta. Dorsal spines pungent; cheeks and opercles with scales.
2a. Scales moderate in size, about 40 in a longitudinal series
from upper part of gill opening to caudal base; gill
rakers moderate in number, 38 on first gill arch; anal
with 2 spines; dorsal and anal with about 12 soft rays
CACM a wish als pip oodintebeseie eeslic sick Bho eT CITES Lonchistium, n. gen.
2b. Scales small, over 55 in a longitudinal series; gill rakers
exceedingly fine and numerous, 64 on first arch; anal
with 3 spines; dorsal and anal with 16 to 18 soft
PAV Shi koh aalecwie Bilateria iSed doce Gatabes aha teat be taints Lonchopisthus Gill
Loxopseudochromis and Opsipseudochromis were described by Fowler (Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 85, pp. 354-357, 1934) as pseudochromids. In
the same paper it may be noted that Elapterostomias philippinus, described as a
stomiatid, is an astronesthid, apparently identical with Borostomias schmidti
Regan and Trewavas; that Brachypleurops axillaris is identical with Citharoides
macrolepis (Gilchrist) ; that Macrurocyttus is not a zeid but is referable to a
new family (Macrurocyttidae) and perhaps a new suborder; and that Brachy-
glaucosoma, if a recognizable subgenus, equals Reganichthys Ogilby.
4 Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 312, p. 118, fig. 1, 1922.
1 See Weber and de Beaufort, Fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, vol. 6,
p. 119, fig. 21, 1931; also Fowler, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 100, vol. 11, p. 3, 1931.
3 See Gilbert and Starks, Mem. California Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 90, pl. 15, fig. 31,
1904 (Panama Bay).
* Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 1, art. 1, p. 44, fig. 22, 1927 (Glover Reef,
off British Honduras).
NO. 23 NEW GENUS OF OPISTHOGNATHID FISHES—MYERS 3
tb. Dorsal spines flexible, not pungent ; cheeks and opercles naked.
3a. Dorsal spines distally split into 2 lateral segments.
Stalix Jordan and Snyder
3b. Dorsal spines distally entire.
Aa iniunicmnakedvanteriorly.....-.-s...+es.00 Merogymnus Ogilby
4b. Trunk fully scaled.
5a. Maxillary shorter than head, its distal ex-
tremity truncate or notched.......... Gnathypops Gill
5b. Maxillary greatly produced backward in a
flexible lamina, about as long as head.
Opisthognathus Cuvier (Oken)
LONCHISTIUM, n. gen.
Dorsal and anal spines sharp and stiff. Posterior part of cheeks
scaled and a patch of 9 scales on the upper part of the opercle. Scales
of body moderate in size, about 4o in a longitudinal series to base of
caudal. Gill rakers 38 on first arch. Dorsal with 11 spines and 12
soft rays. Anal with 2 spines and 12 soft rays. Head heavy and thick,
not nearly so compressed as in Lonchopisthus. Eyes very large. Geno-
type, L. lemur.
LONCHISTIUM LEMUR, n. sp.
Figure I
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 93459 (Field no. 722), 35 mm standard
length ; from Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition station 105,
off Punta Boca Juana, Puerto Rico, latitude 18° 30’ 50” N., longitude
66° 13’ 20” W., to latitude 18° 31’ 30” N., longitude 66° 14’ 55” W
March 8, 1933, oyster dredge, 150 fathoms.
Description—Unfortunately, the single specimen on which this
species is based is in rather poor condition, due largely to its having
been taken in the oyster dredge on very rough bottom. The fins are
more or less broken, many of the scales have fallen, and the intestine
was removed in search of parasites when the specimen was fresh. It
is thus impossible to be certain of the length of the caudal and the
shape of the dorsal and anal fins, but, after careful examination of
the fish, I believe I have succeeded in restoring very nearly the one
form of the fins in the accompanying sketch.
Dorsal XI-12. Anal II-12. Pectoral 17 or 18. Pelvic I-5. Caudal
22, counting rudimentary rays above and below. Scales mostly lost,
40 to 42 in a longitudinal series from upper part of gill opening to
end of hypural fan.
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. OI
Head length 2.9, greatest depth (at first dorsal spine) 3.7, least
depth caudal peduncle 10, and predorsal length 2.8 times in standard
length. Horizontal diameter of eye 2.4 in head. Interorbital width
(bony) 3.8 in horizontal diameter of eye.
Measurements in millimeters: Standard length 35; head length 12;
horizontal diameter of eye 5; bony interorbital 1.3; greatest depth of
body 9.5 ; least depth caudal peduncle 3.5; snout tip to origin of dorsal
fin 12.5 ; greatest thickness of head 6; snout tip to end of maxillary 6.5.
Head massive and thick. Body rather compressed. Depth decreas-
ing gradually from dorsal origin. Anal base somewhat convex.
Maxillary barely extending to hind border of eye, widened posteriorly,
the upper part of its end notched. Jaws equal anteriorly. Caudal
apparently acuminate. Pectoral extending to over base of first or
Fic. 1—Lonchistium lemur. Holotype, X 2. Drawn by G. S. Myers.
second soft ray of anal fin. Lateral line high, ending below base of
first soft dorsal ray. Body and nape fully scaled, the scales terminat-
ing abruptly at the superficial line of the skull.
Teeth in jaws long and conical but slightly blunt at tips, fairly
evenly spaced and longer in the front than at the sides ; a single series
in each jaw except for two or three teeth behind the main series at
the mandibular symphysis; teeth of lower jaw directed outward
rather strongly, especially toward front, those of upper jaw less evi-
dently flaring; a small edentulous place at middle of upper jaw. No
teeth on vomer, palate, or tongue.
Gill rakers long and slender at junction of upper and lower limbs
but short at ends of arch; 12 rakers on upper limb and 26 on lower
limb of first arch, or 38 in all. Branchiostegal rays 6. Gill membranes
free from each other and from the isthmus.
Color mostly lost. Scale pockets faintly dark-edged. Dorsal and
anal fins faintly dusky toward margins.
NO. 23. NEW GENUS OF OPISTHOGNATHID FISHES—MYERS 5
Remarks.—lI have directly compared L. lemur with Poey’s two type
specimens of Lonchopisthus mucrognathus (U.S.N.M. no. 4785). I
find that the scales in the latter are only 63 (instead of 80 or more) in
a longitudinal series but that there are 64 gill rakers on the first arch
(25 on the upper limb and 39 on the lower). There are 6 branchios-
tegal rays and the fin counts are as follows: Dorsal XII-17, anal
JII-16, pectoral 17, and pelvic I-5. The head is much more compressed
than in L. lemur.
Mowbray ™ has described Lonchopisthus vanderbilti from “ off the
coast of Cuba.’”’ From the description, this species seems to differ from
L. micrognathus Poey chiefly in the slightly larger scales, if it is in
fact a distinct species. The gill-raker count is not given. In any case,
Mowbray’s fish is not at all close to L. lemur.
*® In Borodin, Bull. Vanderbilt Oceanogr. Mus., vol. 1, art. 1, p. 30, 1928.
; (With THREE PLATES)
BY
-A USTIN -H. CLARK
i Curator, Division of Echinoderms, U. S. National Museum
GITY OF WASHINGTON
D BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
"FEBRUARY 8, 1936
23.
. New Mottusks or THE FAmILy TurrITIDAE. By Paul Basssee: May 20, a :
. New TreMaTovE Parasites oF Brrps. By Emmett W. Price. Feb. 9, 1934. .
. Two New Nemartopes. By B. G. Chitwood. APs 13, 1934. 4 pp., I ph 7
. THreE New Amputpops. By Clarence R. Sheena June 1, oa: 6 PP.
. A New Genus oF BrITTLESTARS FROM Puerto Rico. By. Aaietias Gg Clark. 4
. A New SrarrisH FroM Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark: May 23, 1934.
. Two New Conerip Eets anp a New Fratrisu. By Earl D. Reid. fine 9, i
. New Marine Motrusxs. By Lois F. Corea. Sept. 18, 1934. 9 Dp., 3 pis. a
. New SPONGES FROM THE PueRTO Rican Deep. By M. W. deLaubentfels, a
. New Monocenetic TREMATODES FROM Martine FisHes. By Emmett W. a
. New Parasitic Corrrops. By Charles Branch Wilson. Apr. 8, 1935. 9 mi
: BoLt~tMANIA LiTuRA, A NEw Spectres or Gosy. By Isaac Ginsburg. Apr. 10,
. Fourteen New Species or FoRAMINIFERA. By Joseph A. Cushman. July 25,
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOLUME 91
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION _
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
CONTENTS
SG tne hl Oe ae
bedi Sa cats
re Sapeis
SF gd ak
ee
Station REcoRDS OF THE First JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DeEp-SEA EXPEDI-
tion. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., 1 pl., 1 map. (Publ. 3224.) _
Fin Bas
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3220.)
A New Cras or THE GENUS CycLoporIPPpE. By Mary J. Rathbun. Feb. 5
19034. I p., I pl. (Publ. 3230.)
Two New Crinorips. By Austin H. Clark. Feb. of 1934. 5 pp., 2 pls. (Publ.
3231.)
A New Nemarope or THE GENUS DIPLOTRIAENA FROM A Hiceeeioeke ‘ 4
Wooppecker. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1934. 3 pp., 1 fig.. Cuore Pe
3232.) 2
*
Sane
Sree
Ne
+
Sal Hee
ee
6 pp. 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.) ig
New Dicenetic TREMATODES FROM Marine Fisues. By Emmett W. Price. att
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.) t
New PorycHartous ANNELIDS. By Aaron L. Treadwell. Mar. 23, 1934.
9 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.)
Turee New Dreer-WATER FISHES FROM THE pace InpiEs. By Gaping Se
Myers. Apr. 2, 1034. 12 pp., I pl. (Publ. 3238.)
New Bracuiopops. By G. Arthur Cooper. Apr. 12, 1934. 5 DD, 2 pis.
(Publ. 3241.)
(Publ. 3243.)
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.) oy
May 21, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3248.) | . |
3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3249.) ae
1934. II pp., I pl. (Publ. 3251.)
(Publ. 3258.) i :
Dec: 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283.)
Price. Noy. 8, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3286.)
3 pls. (Publ. 3208.)
1935- 3 pp. I pl. (Publ. 3290.)
1035. 9 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 3327.)
. Two New ForaMINirera oF THE GENUS TEXTULARIA. By Cecil G. Lalicker, -
July 22, 1935. 2 pp., 1 pl, (Publ. 3328.) =
A New GENUS oF OPISTHOGNATHID FISHES. be George S. Myers. Dec. 24, ue
1935. 5 pp., I fig. (Publ. 3347.)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 24
Johnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
POUR NEW BRITTLESTARS FROM
PUERTO RICO
(WitH THREE PLATES)
BY
AUSTIN H. CLARK
Curator, Division of Echinoderms, U. S. National Museum
(PUBLICATION 3378)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
FEBRUARY 8, 1936
The Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8. A.
Jobnson Fund
FOUR NEW BRITTLESTARS FROM PUERTO RICO
By AUSTIN H. CLARK
Curator, Division of Echinoderms, U. S. National Musewm
(Wirth Turee PLates)
Among the numerous brittlestars obtained by the First Johnson-
Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition are three new species of the genus
Ophiomusium, two of which are interesting in having the upper of
the two arm spines transformed into a hook curving outward from
the arm. There is also a new species of Ophiocirce, a genus of the
family Ophioleucidae known heretofore only from the Philippine
and Lesser Sunda Islands.
OPHIOMUSIUM REGULARE, n. sp.
Plate 1, figs: 1, 2
Locality.—Caroline station 45 ; west of Puerto Rico (lat. 18°03'45”
N., long. 67°48'10” W.) ; 240 to 300 fathoms; February 11, 1933.
Eighteen specimens (U.S.N.M. nos. E.5194 [type] and E.5195).
Description—tThe disk is pentagonal, slightly elevated centrally,
8 mm in diameter, and the slender arms are 28 mm long. The plates
on the aboral surface of the disk are few in number.
The center of the disk is occupied by a central plate surrounded by
five somewhat larger plates radially placed, between the bases of
which, and adjoining the central plate, are five small triangular plates.
From the outer edge of the radially placed plates to the arm base,
separating the radial shields, runs a rather narrow row of four plates,
the sides of this row converging for two-thirds of the distance to the
arm base and then, on the last two plates, diverging again. In this
row the innermost plate is the largest, the second is slightly to con-
siderably shorter, the third is small, less than half the length of the
second, and the fourth is somewhat longer than, and about twice as
broad as, the third. On either side of the last (fourth) plate a band
of low crowded papillae in three to four rows, which is nearly as
broad as the length of the plate, separates the distal ends of the
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 24
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. OI
radial shields from the arm base. In the interradial line a row of
plates, of approximately the same width as the radial rows, runs
{rom the central rosette to the edge of the disk. This row consists of
three plates, first a six-sided plate about half again as long as broad,
with the two distal outer sides converging to the rather narrow distal
edge on which rests a long plate, more than twice as long as broad,
with very slightly converging sides, which is followed by a much
shorter, but slightly broader, plate, situated on the edge of the disk.
On the outer edges of the radially placed plates and between the
bases of the radial and interradial rows are one or two small rounded-
triangular plates. The surface of all the plates on the abactinal sur-
face of the disk is studded with small, regular, and closely set tubercles,
those on the radial shields being rather larger and more widely spaced
than those on the other plates.
On the oral surface the mouth shields are small, longer than broad,
the outer half with the sides parallel, the inner half with the sides
forming an angle of about 60°. The adoral shields are large, with
about the same area as the mouth shields, wedge-shaped with straight
sides, the outer end being about twice as broad as the inner. The jaw
plates are low triangles bearing on their longest (outer) side a row
of five blunt mouth papillae which slowly and gradually diminish in
length and width toward the apex, where an unpaired triangular
papilla lies on the suture between the jaw plates. The genital slits
run from the pointed ventral ends of the bands of papillae that sepa-
rate the radial shields from the arm bases, beneath the outer sides of
the second side arm plates, to the obtuse angle in the lateral borders
of the mouth shields. They are bordered with 12 to 14 flattened
papillae with broadly rounded ends. Beyond the mouth shields is a
large plate of about the same width, about twice as broad as long,
which is often divided into two small plates. Beyond this is a larger
rounded plate on the edge of the disk, between the upper portion of
which and the large genital plate on either side is a single rounded and
protuberant plate, with another similar but smaller one just beyond
and nearer the interradial line.
There are three pairs of tentacle pores, each with a large rounded
tentacle scale situated on the side arm plate.
The first side arm plate beyond the disk bears two short arm spines
rather close together near the middle of its outer edge. The second
bears one spine above the middle and two, close together, below, or
only the latter, and those following to the eighth or tenth bear two
short peglike spines close together below the middle. Beyond the
eighth to tenth side arm plate the upper arm spine becomes trans-
NO. 24 FOUR NEW BRITTLESTARS—CLARK 3
formed into a stout, glassy tipped hook with the sharp, transparent
point directed outward, and a supplementary sharp tooth below it, the
lower arm spine remaining short, stout, and peglike.
OPHIOMUSIUM ROSACEUM, n. sp.
Plate 2, figs. 3, 4
Locality.—Caroline station tot ; Virgin Islands (lat. 18°45/40” N..,
long. 64°48’ W.); 300 fathoms; March 4, 1933. One specimen
GWes.N.M. no. E5106 [type] ).
Description—tThe disk is circular, nearly flat, 6 mm in diameter,
and the slender arms are 25 mm long. The plates on the aboral sur-
face are few in number and regular in arrangement.
The center of the disk is occupied by a circular plate surrounded
by five rounded slightly larger plates, radially situated, between the
inner ends of which, and lying interradially on the central plate, are
five small rounded triangular plates. Beyond each of the rounded
radially situated plates is a triangular plate with somewhat convex
sides that separates the inner thirds, or somewhat more, of the inner
ends of the radial shields, which, except for this, are in contact. In
the interradial line lying over the suture between each pair of rounded
radially situated plates is a five-sided plate with the angles more or
less broadly rounded, somewhat longer than broad, of which the two
sides adjoining the radial shields converge to the distal edge, which
is of about the same length. On the distal edge of this plate rests a
very long plate with diverging sides that extends to the edge of the
disk, separating the radial shields. The distal ends of the radial
shields are separated from the arm base by a low triangular plate, the
obtuse angle of which lies on the line separating the two radial shields
of each pair.
On the oral surface the mouth shields are large; their distal edge
is longer than the adjoining sides, which make a right angle with it.
At the point where these sides turn to converge to the inner angle the
plate is abruptly produced laterally in the form of a broad angular
point supporting the inner end of the large genital plate. Resting on
the distal edge of the mouth shields is a large trapezoidal plate occupy-
ing the entire area between the genital plates, which is gradually and
regularly curved upward so as to form the interradial-lateral edge of
the disk. The jaw plates are large, triangular, and rather more than
twice as broad as high. They are bordered with five mouth papillae
of uniform height, of which the first and third, counting from the
base, are twice as long as the others, or even longer. The apex of the
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. OI
jaws is provided with a large broadly rounded triangular papilla. The
genital slits are strongly sinuous.
There are two pairs of tentacle pores, which are completely closed
by single large oval tentacle scales situated on the side arm plates.
The under arm plates beyond the second pair of tentacle pores are
exceedingly minute.
The first side arm plate beyond the disk bears three short peglike
similar arm spines, evenly spaced. The second and following side
arm plates bear four, of which the second from the oral side 1s much
stouter than the others, with the inner side strongly convex and a
sharp glassy point at the outer side of the distal end. Further out the
arm spines become reduced to three, of which the middle one is
hooked and curves outward from the arm, and in the outer part of
the arm there are only two arm spines, situated close together on
about the middle of the side arm plate, the lower very short and of
normal form, the upper stouter and hooked.
OPHIOMUSIUM ALECTO, n. sp.
Plate 2) figs. 5, 6
Locality—Caroline station 100; northeast of Puerto Rico (lat.
18°40'15"” N., long. 64°50'15” W.); 150 fathoms; March 4, 1933.
One specimen (U.S.N.M. no. E.5197).
Description—The disk is circular, somewhat elevated, 4 mm in
diameter, and the slender arms are 10 mm long.
The center of the disk on the aboral side is occupied by a pentagonal
plate with slightly concave sides which is surrounded by a closed ring
of five larger seven-sided plates, of which the two distal sides le on
the inner portion of the lower border of the radial shields. In the
angles between the plates of this circlet lie pentagonal plates. Beyond
each of these pentagonal plates a long plate with slightly diverging
sides runs to the edge of the disk and separates the radial shields.
The radial shields are separated from the arm bases by a triangular
plate not quite twice as broad as long with truncated lateral angles,
adjoining which are two small triangular supplementary plates, one
on either side.
The oral side of the disk is covered by a thick skin which more or
less conceals the outlines of the underlying plates, even when dried.
The mouth shields are five-sided, and about as long as broad. In con-
tact with their outer edge is a large trapezoidal plate that occupies
the entire space between the genital plates and, turning upward and
inward so abruptly as to form a rather sharp keel, forms the side of
NO. 24 FOUR NEW BRITTLESTARS—CLARK 5
the disk. The genital slits are rather short and are slightly sinuous.
The papillae bordering the 10 genital slits and the 5 mouth slits are
rather abruptly elevated.
There are two pairs of tentacle pores, each of the pores protected
by a single large rounded tentacle scale attached to the side arm plate.
There are four arm spines, the two lowest longer and stouter than
the two uppermost, the second from the oral surface being the largest
and longest. The two uppermost arm spines are short and slender;
one of these, the shorter, is situated on the upper surface of the side
arm plate and is directed forward.
OPHIOCIRCE ANTILLARUM, n. sp.
Plate 3, figs. 7-9
Locality—Caroline station 99; off the Virgin Islands (lat. 18°40’
N., long. 84°51’ W.) ; 220 fathoms; March 3, 1933. Thirteen speci-
mens (U.S.N.M. nos. E.5198 [type] and E.5199).
Description—The disk is approximately circular, bowing outward
between and more or less strongly incurved over the arm bases, flat
and thick, 4.5 mm in diameter. The arms are 38 mm long. They are
slender and evenly tapering. In cross-section they form aborally a
sharp right angle with straight sides; orally they are lower, with a
broadly rounded angle; the lateral angles are abrupt, but rounded.
The aboral surface of the disk is densely beset with minute slightly
roughened granules which are about twice as large as those on the
disk of Ophiopyren longispinus. Ordinarily the radial shields are
completely covered, but the granules may be rubbed off from their
well separated outer ends. Beyond the radial shields the granules
extend over the proximal half of the first upper arm plate.
On the oral surface the granules are continued inward over all the
plates to the bases of the mouth papillae. They are less crowded here
than on the aboral surface. In most instances in the specimens as
preserved they have been rubbed off the mouth shields, and more or
less extensively removed from the other plates. The mouth shields
are triangular with the lateral angles rounded, slightly broader than
long. The adoral shields are large with approximately parallel sides.
They extend distally for about one-third of their length beyond the
lateral angles of the oral shields, and are proximally broadly in con-
tact beyond them. The jaw plates are small, very low triangular. The
mouth papillae number seven on each side of the mouth angle. The
outermost is large and broadly rounded, and is attached to the adoral
shield. The second is similar but slightly smaller, and is attached to
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
the jaw plate where it adjoins the adoral shield. The third is inter-
mediate between the second and the other four, which are much
narrower and pointed, those on either side of the apex of the mouth
angle being the longest and most robust. There are four rather long,
narrow, lanceolate, pointed teeth, and above these a single similar,
but narrower, tooth papilla, almost on a level with the adjacent mouth
papillae, which it resembles except that it is longer and stouter.
The second and third under arm plates are slightly broader than
long with the distal edge gently concave, the distal angles broadly
rounded, and the lateral edges excavated by the oval tentacle pores,
and the proximal angles truncated by the side arm plates. Distally the
under arm plates become narrower with slightly convex distal ends
sometimes with a slight median depression or notch, and the trunca-
tion of their proximal angles rapidly increases until after about the
fifteenth-seventeenth they end proximally in a sharp or slightly trun-
cated angle, the side arm plates almost or quite meeting beneath them,
and are half again as long as their distal edge, just beneath the outer
ends of which the circular tentacle pores lie. Further out they become
narrowly fan-shaped with a long narrow proximal angle beyond which
the sides are excavated by the tentacle pores, and by the meeting of
the side arm plates beneath them become separated from each other
for a distance equal to about half their length. The distal edge of the
under arm plates is convex, that of the larger proximal ones being
more or less markedly biconvex with a median sharp or rounded
notch. The earlier under arm plates, up to about the twentieth, have
a fine median longitudinal line that distally becomes obscure. The
surface of the plates is highly polished and glassy, and is finely sculp-
tured with transverse lines.
The second and third upper arm plates are trapezoidal, much
broader than long, the fourth is about as long as the distal width, and
those following gradually decrease in width, at about the seventeenth
becoming narrowly fan-shaped with a very acute proximal angle, and
about twice as long as the distal width. Distally they become exceed-
ingly small, and are widely separated by the side arm plates. The
aboral surface of the arm is sharply and conspicuously carinate, and
the large proximal upper arm plates tend to split into two parts along
the carinate midline.
The lateral edges of the arm are more or less sharply carinate, the
carinate ridge being sometimes more or less finely spinous. The
lateral and aboral carination is accentuated by the slight excavation
or depression of the aboral portion of the large side arm plates. The
NO. 24 FOUR NEW BRITTLESTARS—CLARK 7
lateral edges of the side arm plates diverge slightly so that the lateral
profiles of the arm are somewhat serrate.
The arm spines are two in number, the lower situated on the lateral
carinate ridge and the other just above and almost in contact with it.
In the first pair the lower spine is about equal to the length of the
succeeding side arm plate, and the higher is about one-third again as
long. In the second pair the spines are larger and longer; the lower
is nearly equal in length to two side arm plates, and the upper is
similar, but longer, equal in length to about two and one-half side
arm plates. The spines of the succeeding pairs decrease in length,
those of the ninth and following pairs being scarcely longer than a
side arm plate. On the outer portion of the arms the spines are simi-
lar, from one-third to one-half again as long as a side arm plate, the
upper slightly the longer.
The first tentacle pore has two large rounded tentacle scales situ-
ated distal to it. The first brachial tentacle pore has two large rounded
tentacle scales situated on the abradial side. The pores following have
each a single large and conspicuous tentacle scale. At the base of the
arms this is about twice as long as broad with the proximal end
broadly and evenly rounded, the sides parallel or slightly convergent,
and the distal end deeply notched. Outwardly the tentacle scale in-
creases in relative length, becoming about four times as long as broad
with a deep and narrow distal notch. Here it is about as long as the
distance from its base to the distal edge of the under arm plate next
proximal to it. The tentacle scale is thin and strongly curved so that
it is approximately one-quarter of a hollow cylinder of equal length.
This has the effect of making the outer borders appear much more
opaque and dense than the central glassy strip which, in connection
with the sharp and produced distal angles, gives the general effect of
two spiniform tentacle scales situated side by side.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PEATE or
Fic. 1. Ophiomusium regulare, n. sp., the type specimen (U.S.N.M. no, E.5104)
from Caroline station 45, aboral surface. > 3.
Fig. 2. Ophiomusium regulare, n. sp., the specimen shown in figure I, oral
Stnraces <3,
PLATE 2
Fic. 3. Ophiomusium rosaceum, n. sp., the type specimen (U.S.N.M. no. E.5196)
from Caroline station 101, aboral surface. X 3.
Fic. 4. Ophiomusium rosaceum, n. sp., the specimen shown in figure 3, oral
surface. X 3.
0,2)
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
6.
N
8.
9.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Ophiomusium alzcto, n. sp., the type specimen (U.S.N.M., no. E.5197)
from Caroline station 100, aboral surface. 3.
Ophiomusium alecto, n. sp., the specimen shown in figure 5, oral sur-
HACE es.
PLATE 3
Ophiocirce antillarum, n. sp., the type specimen (U.S.N.M. no. E.5108)
from Caroline station 99, aboral surface. X 3.
Ophiocirce antillarum, n. sp., the specimen shown in figure 7, oral sur-
face. X 3.
Ophiocirce antillarum, n. sp., cotypes from Caroline station 99 (U.S.-
N.M. no. E.5199). X 3.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
OPHIOMUSIUM REGULARE
(For explanation, )
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS WOES Bila IN@o Zaha Ako
OPHIOMUSIUM ROSACEUM (ABOVE) AND O, ALECTO (BELOW)
(For explanation. see pp. 7. 8.)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
OPHIOCIRCE ANTILLARUM
(For explanation, see p. 8
;
i
)
#
5
4
i
NIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
5 VOLUME 91, NUMBER 25
— Sobnson Fund
Gy
a A
‘THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
MITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
‘A NEW ACTINIAN
Get eh BY
- QSKAR GARLGREN
i " Zoological Institute, ‘Lund, Swéden
}
vd tf
; city OF WASHINGTON
ED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
. New Bracuropops. By G. Arthur Cooper. i 12, 1934. 5 PP 2 als. ni
. Two NEw NEMATODES... By B/G. Chitwood: Rot 13, 1934. 4 PP. I Doe
. THREE New eee By Clarence R. Shoemaker. June 4 1934. “6 PP» :
. A New Genus oF BrITTLESTARS FROM PuERTO Rico. By Austin H. “Clam é
. A New Sheets FROM PUERTO Rico. By Austin H. Clark. “May 23, 1034
. Two NEw Concrip Eets anp A New FLATFISH. By Earl D. Reid. June 9,
. New Parasitic Coprrops. By Charles Branch Wilson. Apr. 8 1935- 9 pP.
. FourTEEN New SPpEcIES OF FoRAMINIFERA. By J oseph A. Cushman. July
. Two New ForaMInirera of THE GENUS TEXTULARIA. By Cecil G. Lalicker.
. A New Genus or OPISTHOGNATHID FISHES, By George S. Myers. Dee 24, B.
. Four New BRITTLESTARS From Puerto Rico. By Austin HL (8 fe Feb
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS Coutections, Vorume or
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION .
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP |
CONTENTS
Sratron Recorps or THE First JoHNSON- SMITHSONIAN DrEp-SEA EXpepr- a
TIon. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., I pl., I map. (Publ. 3224.) pik ‘4
New Motiusks oF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE. By Paul Ahk. te Mey 295) w
~ 1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3220.)
A New Cras oF THE GENUS CYCLOopoRIPPE. By Mary J. Rathbun. ee 5
1934. I p., I pl. (Publ. 3230.)
Two New Crinomps. By cs th oe ‘Clark. Feb. 7; 1934. : PP» 2 pls. (Publ
3231.) .
A New NEMATODE OF THE Genus Swipe FROM. A titeaNionae
WooppPecker. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1934. 3 PP» Ts Ag oie es .
3232.)
New TREMATODE PARASITES OF Birps. By ects Ww. Price. Feb, % 1934.
6 pp., r pl. (Publ. 3233.) a
New Dicenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE FISHES. By Emmett be Price. ‘
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.)
New PorycHaetous ANNELIDS. By Aaron L. ‘Treadwell Mar. 23, 1934
9 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.) i Tae
Turee New Deep-WateR FISHES FROM\THE WEST Lepaie By George. S. 3
Myers. Apr. 2, 1934. 12 pp., I pl. (Publ. 3238.) :
(Publ. 3241.)
(Publ. 3243.)
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.)
May 21, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3248.)
3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3249.)
1034. IL pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3251.)
New Marine Mottusks. By Lois F. tas Sept. 18, 1934. 9 PP-, 3 pis. ae ae
(Publ. 3258.) “ae
New SPONGES FROM THE Purnto RICAN Deer. By M. W. deLaubentels
Dec. 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283.) rye A
New Monocenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE Fisnes. By Emmett Ww.
Price. Nov. 8, 1934. 3 pp., I pl. (Publ. 3286.) j
3 pls. (Publ. 3208.)
. BOLLMANIA LITURA, A New SPECIES OF Gosy. By Isaac Ginsburg. Apr. ‘10, Ss.
' 1935. 3 pp. I pl, (Publ. 3290.)
1935. 9 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 3327.) | :
July 22, 1935. 2 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3328.)
1935. 5 pp. I fig. (Publ. 3347.)
1936. 8 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 3378.) Oa
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 25
Fobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
A NEW ACTINIAN
BY
OSKAR CARLGREN
Zoological Institute, Lund, Sweden
(PUBLICATION 3401)
GITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
JANUARY 30, 1937
The Lord Wattimore (Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8 A.
ee
——_"
JSobnson Fund
A NEW ACTINIAN
By OSKAR CARLGREN
Zoological Institute, Lund, Sweden
The collection of actinians made by the first Johnson-Smithsonian
Deep-Sea Expedition to the Puerto Rican Deep, sent to me for report,
contained only two species, namely, Leipsiceras (Bolocera) pollens,
rather briefly described by McMurrich, and a new species belonging
to a new genus, which I am here calling Halcampogeton.
Family HALCAMPOIDIDAE
HALCAMPOGETON, n. gen.
Body elongated, divisible into physa, scapus, and capitulum. Scapus
with 12 longitudinal rows of solid papillae containing very large
nematocysts. No sphincter. Tentacles more or less cylindrical, ordi-
nary long, hexamerously arranged, few. No siphonoglyphs. Mesen-
teries hexamerously arranged, few, probably never more than six
pairs. Pennons of the stronger mesenteries concentrated, on slides
more or less kidneylike. Parietal muscles strong. At least the eight
“ Edwardsia ’’-mesenteries fertile. Nematocysts large.
The species is separated from all other halcampoidids by the pres-
ence of the solid papillae on the scapus and the extraordinarily large
nematocysts, especially in the papillae.
Genotype.—Halcampogeton papillosus.
HALCAMPOGETON PAPILLOSUS, n. sp.
Body cylindrical. Papillae in each row about 20 or more. Tentacles
and mesenteries 12. Only the eight ‘‘ Edwardsia ’’-mesenteries pro-
vided with pennons and fertile. Pennons with numerous partly very
ramified folds. Parietal muscles with the strongest folds inward, short
but broad folds outward. Nematocysts of the papillae 96-108 x 5-5.5»,
rather numerous, those of the tentacles 58-67 x about 4.5m, very
numerous, those of the actinopharynx partly 53-60 x about 4.5», partly
38-41 x 4.5-5u, those of the filaments partly 36-41 x 4.5-5, partly
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, NO, 25
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
19-26 x 3-3.5 (4) (probably penicilli). Spirocoridae (spirocysts) of
the tentacles 22-50 x about 2.5-7p.
Color in alcohol: Scapus brown, papillae at their apex uncolored.
Size: Length of the body 1.5 cm, largest breadth 0.45 cm, length of
the tentacles about 0.3-0.4 cm.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 43238.
Occurrence.—Station 100, northeast of Puerto Rico (lat. 18°40’15”
N., long. 64°50'15” W.) ; 150 fathoms ; 1 specimen.
The single specimen was not well preserved. The scapus had burst
in some places, with ejected filaments; probably two tentacles were
lost; the actinopharynx was evaginated; and the pennons of the
Fic. 1—Halcampogeton papillosus.
A piece of the scapus with two rows
of papillae.
mesenteries were mostly loosened from the parietal muscles. I think,
however, that the description here given is in the main correct.
The column is divisible into three regions, a rounded physa, a long
scapus, and a short, thin part, capitulum (or possibly scapulus). The
scapus is provided with 12 rows of very distinct and rather high but
solid papillae (fig. 1), diminishing in size proximally. The ends of
these papillae are flat and broad and their ectoderm considerably
higher and of other structure than that of the other parts of the scapus.
The apex contains mainly gland cells and rather numerous but very
large nematocysts and is not pigmented ; the other parts of the scapus-
ectoderm are provided with a brownish pigment and exceptionally
few but smaller nematocysts. I am not sure that the nematocysts I
have found in the macerated preparations really belong to the scapus.
The mesogloea of the scapus is thick, especially in the papillae ; in the
capitulum, thin. There is no sphincter. The tentacles were 10, but as
NO. 25 A NEW ACTINIAN—CARLGREN 3
a part of the capitulum and oral disk was torn off, there may have
been 12, possibly arranged in a single cycle. They are cylindrical, with
their apex acuminated and rather robust. The structure of the tentacles
shows nothing extraordinary. Their longitudinal muscles and the
radial muscles of the oral disk are ectodermal and well developed. The
evaginated actinopharynx is provided with 12 longitudinal ridges sup-
ported by folds of the mesogloea. The ectoderm is high and provided
Fic. 2.—Halcampogeton papillosus. Fic. 3.—Halcampogeton
Transverse section of the pennon of a papillosus. Transverse sec-
dorsolateral mesentery. tion of a parietal muscle in
the region of the actino-
pharynx.
with numerous gland cells, its mesogloea thin. There are no distinct
siphonoglyphs. There are 12 mesenteries below the actinopharynx and
probably not more in the distal part of the body. I have cross-sectioned
a piece containing six mesenteries in the region of the tentacles. Ot
these, the dorsal directives and three others were perfect ; one, form-
ing a pair with a perfect dorsolateral mesentery, was imperfect and
without pennon. To judge from the arrangement of these mesenteries,
there is no second cycle of mesenteries here and only the “ Ed-
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
wardsia ’-mesenteries are perfect and provided with pennons. The
pennons (fig. 2) are concentrated and more or less kidneylike in cross-
sections, the muscle folds often much ramified. The outer lamellar
part of the perfect mesenteries is attached to the pennons on their
outside. The parietal muscles present on all 12 mesenteries are strong,
the supporting folds of the mesogloea are thin and rather much rami-
fied on the inside, coarse and few on the outside (fig. 3). The parietal
muscles are not expanded on the column. The ciliated tracts of the
filaments are well developed. Only the 8 “ Edwardsia ”-mesenteries
are provided with testes which are well developed.
‘ard st
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 26
Sediem ns * TF 7
=>
re < Py ne Tl ee .
Fee I Ne Se Te oe ee ee ‘i
Ne np es f Bo Fs RCE EP eee
Johnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
-JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
aes a eS
2 j Ep pas
mt rs ‘
tse
ae tee ae a Fea
ts et oh
NEW SPECIES OF MYSIDACID
CRUSTACEANS
a ae ts BY
SOR sie WALTER M. TATTERSALL
; i Professor of Zoology, University College, Cardiff, Wales
Niet ae ak dae hee
pe
oe Ke TS} , x (PUBLICATION 3413)
‘ ’
a a CITY OF WASHINGTON
Bs ! : PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
PY: fe | . MAY 7, 1937
24.
25.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS Gdnieerions: “VoLumE or
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION ©
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
CONTENTS ~ FOCI Sy ge at Tea
STATION RECORDS OF THE First JoHNSON-SMITHSONIAN Deep-Sea EXPepI-
TIon. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., I pl., I map. (Publ. 3224.)
New Mo.iusks oF THE FAMILY TuRRITIDAE. By Paul Lidice May aes oy
1934. 20 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3229.)
A New Cras or THE Genus CyYCLopoRIPPE. By Mary ni Rathbun, Feb. 5 : %
1934. I p. 1 pl. (Publ. 3230.)
Two New Crinoips. By Austin H. Clark. Feb. y: 1034. 5 PP. 42 pls (Publ.
3231.)
. A New NEMATODE OF THE Gens DIPLOTRIAENA FROM A Hespannocany oe
Woonrecxer. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1934. 3 pp., I fig. han
3232.)
6 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.)
ae a
New TreMATODE Parasites or Brrps. By Emmett W. Wis 4 Feb. 9, 1934. oe
New Dicenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE FisHES. By Eerie W. Price, ey:
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.)
New Porycuarrous Annewips. By Aaron L. Treadwell. Mike 23,. 1934. Sis
9 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.)
Turee New Drep-WatTER FISHES FROM THE WEST Canred, By. George iS ay
Myers. Apr. 2, 1934. 12 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3238.)
New BRraACHIOPODS. »
(Publ. 3241.)
. Two New NEMATOnES. By B. G. Chitwood Apr. 13, 1934. 4 PP I vl va
(Publ. 3243.)
. THREE New Ampuipops. By Clarence R. Shoemaker. June 1 1934. 6 PP. ay
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.)
May 21, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3248.)
. A New SrarrisH From Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark. ‘May 23, 1934.) 40
3 pp. 1 pl. (Publ. 3249.)
Two New Concrip Eets anp A New Fratrisn. By Earl D. Reid. June 9, a
1934. II pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3251.) ©
. New Marine Mottusks. By Lois F. Corea. : Sept. 8, 1934. 9 PP, 3 pls, Bey
(Publ. 3258.) i
. New SPonGES FROM THE PuERTO RICAN Drtr. By M. w. ‘dsl aube niels. - tA
Dec. 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283.)
. New MonoceNnetIc TREMATODES FROM MarINE FIsHEs. By Emmett w.
Price. Nov. 8, 1034. 3 pp., I pl... (Publ. 3286.)
. New Parasitic Coprpops. By Charles Branch Wilson. Apr. 8, 1935. 9 PP. Pe
3 pls. (Publ. 3208.)
. BOLLMANIA LITURA, A NEW SPECIES OF ee. By Isaac Ginsburg. Apr. 10, ae
1935. 3 pp. 1 pl. (Publ, 3299.) |
. Fourteen New Species oF FoRAMINIFERA. By J ie A. ‘Cushman. July 25,
1935. 9 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 3327.)
. Two New ForaMINiFERA OF THE GENUS TEXTULARIA. By Ceci G. Lalicker ‘ ey
July 22, 1935. 2 pp, 1 pl. (Publ. 3328.)
1935. 5 pp., I fig. (Publ. 3347.)
Four New BrittLesfars FROM Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark. Feb. 8,
1936. 8 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 3378.)
A New Actrinian. By Oskar Carlgren, ion 30, 1937: 4 PP. 3 figs. ( Publ ae
3401.)
+
By G. Arthur festa: 0 Apr. ss 1934. 5 Pp a pis. . Be ‘a
. A New GENus or BRITTLESTARS FROM PuERTO Rico. By Austin H. Clark. te ae
. A New Genus or OpIstHOGNATHID FisHEs. By George S. Myers. Dee. 24, is
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 26
SJobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
heyy coteclks OF MYSIDAGID
CRUSTACEANS
BY
WALTER M. TATTERSALL
Professor of Zoology, University College, Cardiff, Wales
(PUBLICATION 3413)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
MAY 7, 1937
pu 7 PARE ee AS 7 es me We
The Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD,., U. 8 A.
neds Me
Fobnson Fund
NEW SPECIES OF MYSIDACID CRUSTACEANS
By WALTER M. TATTERSALL
Professor of Zoology, University College, Cardiff, Wales
I am indebted to the courtesy of the United States National Museum
for the opportunity of examining the collections of Euphausiacea and
Mysidacea made by the Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition
to the Puerto Rican Deep of 1933.
The Euphausiacea did not include any new species or unexpected
forms and are not further dealt with in this paper. They belonged to
well-known West Atlantic tropical species.
Among the Mysidacea I detected specimens of five new species,
descriptions and figures of which are offered below. In addition to
the new species, mention should be made of the following rare forms
also contained in the collection:
Lophogaster longirostris Faxon. Serial numbers 117 and 542.
Two specimens.
Lophogaster spinosus Ortmann. Serial number 495.
Four specimens.
Petalophthalmus oculatus lig. Serial number 573.
Three specimens.
Lophogaster longirostris has been recorded only once previously, by
Faxon (1896), from the Gulf of Mexico. L. spinosus is a rare deep-
water Atlantic species noted on three occasions only, by Ortmann
(1906), Zimmer (1914), and Tattersall (1926), all from the deep
water of the Atlantic Ocean. Petalophthalmus oculatus is a very re-
markable species so far recorded only from the Indian Ocean, Illig
(1930).
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 26
Ls)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. OI
In order to avoid repetition I give below a list of the localities con-
cerned with this paper, as follows:
Serial Station Date, Depth in
number number 1933 Latitude N. Longitude W. fathoms
27 6 Feb. I 18°30'45” 66°00'50” 100
ey 23 eo Bea 18°32'00” 66°21'15” 260
173 29 8 18°40'30” 66721 le 1100
7s 30 Sans 18° 40/30” 66°36'15” 1200
310 B Thy ie Anchorage, Santa Barbara, Bahamas. (0)
321 60 Feit: 19° 16'45” 69°04'45” 500
358A CO, Anchorage, Puerto Rico. (6)
383 7A ail 18°36'r0” 65° 48'30” ?
387 B PU Icacos Bay, Puerto Rico. 0)
ave \ 25 Be 2s Luis Pena Channel, Puerto Rico. (6)
407 B }
444 82 “26 18°32'45” 65°23'45" 300
405 86 ey. 19°18'30” 65° 16/00” ?
521 Mar. I Brewers Bay, Virgin Islands. Ce)
542 06 ‘tees 18°37'15” 65°03'00” 300
567 98 Senn; 18° 30/30” 64°56'00” 300
573 99 ce are3 18°40'00” 64°51'00” 220
730 106 me 48 Tonsies Ow 66° 18/20" ?
Order MYSIDACEA
Suborder LOPHOGASTRIDA
Family LOPHOGASTRIDAE
PARALOPHOGASTER HANSEN, 1910
In an earlier paper (Tattersall, 1926) I recorded Paralophogaster
glaber from six stations in the Western Atlantic, pointing out certain
characters in which the specimens differed from Hansen’s description
and figures (Hansen, 1910). I have now to record a further series of
specimens from practically the same area which show the same small
differences from the type form. It is obvious that these differences
are constant for the area under notice, and the question now arises
whether they are to be considered as of specific rank.
Colosi (1930 and 1934) has described three new species of this
genus from the Red Sea, P. sanzot, P. microps, and P. macrops. These
species are separated from the type on characters of precisely the same
order as the differences I have pointed out as existing between the
Atlantic specimens already referred to, and P. glaber as described
by Hansen, namely, the proportions of the antennal scale, the form
of the rostral plate, and the details of the armature of the telson. In
P. microps the size of the eye is the main specific difference.
NO. 26 NEW MYSIDACID CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 3
The characters in question may be briefly reviewed as follows:
Evyes.—In P. microps the eyes are very small, the cornea being very
much shorter than the breadth of the basal joint of the antennular
peduncle. In all the other species the eye is large, the cornea considera-
bly broader than the basal joint of the antennular peduncle. There
seem to be no tangible differences between the sizes of the eye in
P. glaber, P. sanzgoi, and P. macrops. The Atlantic specimens are
large-eyed.
Antennal scale—tIn P. microps and P. sangoi the antennal scale
extends for only one-third of its length beyond the distal end of the
peduncle of the antennule. In the other described species the scale
extends for one-half of its length beyond the distal end of the antennu-
lar peduncle. The Atlantic specimens belong to the first group.
Rostral plate——In all the species the rostral plate is tridentate with
the exception of P. macrops, in which the median tooth is wanting.
In P. glaber the rostral plate is semicircular, with the lateral teeth
rather far back on the lateral margin. In P. sangozi it is large, with
the lateral margins parallel and the whole plate rectangular in form.
In P. microps it is large with the lateral margins incurving slightly
posteriorly. The Atlantic specimens have the rostral plate more like
that of P. glaber than the other two species, but the lateral teeth are
more nearly on a level with the median tooth, so that the lateral margins
are longer than in P. glaber.
Telson.—In this genus the telson is armed distally with two pairs
of large spines, between which is a group of smaller spines in a
graded series. Between the distal pair of large spines, at the apex of
the telson, is a plate armed with five or six teeth, between which are
long feathered setae. Proximal to the large spines on each lateral
margin are a number of small spines. The details of the armature
of the telson in each of the species may be tabulated as follows:
Pairs of Spines between Spines proximal
large spines large spines to large spines
TOAD OF mie eta 3 2 EAs )o ahaha aas 2 6-7 4
DR SOMZ OI tmntenene enone er 2 3 8
PE MMICrops® Jz 90k 2 sha sils 2 5 3
TA SMACV OPS aterer as oe sine 2 sft cies 2 4 3
Atlantich Species sa ns cae one cers 2 3 3-4
It is thus clear that all the established species are very closely allied
to one another, but it is equally obvious that the Atlantic specimens are
as much entitled to specific rank as any of the species established by
Colosi, for the differences from the type are of the same magnitude
as in the other species. If the isolated geographical area of the Atlantic
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
specimens is added to the other differences a further reason for specific
separation is apparent. Under the circumstances, therefore, it seems
best to separate the Atlantic specimens under a new name, which I
propose as P. atlanticus. When more material is available from in-
termediate waters, it may be possible to unite all these species under
one name and regard them as races or varieties of a single widely dis-
tributed deep-sea species.
PARALOPHOGASTER ATLANTICUS, n. sp.
Text figs. 1 and 2
P. glaber, Tattersall, 1926.
Localities —Serial numbers 27, 173, 175, 321, 383, 444, 495, 567,
573) 730.
Fic. 1—Paralophogaster atlanticus, n. sp. Dorsal view of anterior end to show
the rostral plate, eyes, antennular peduncle and antennal scale. X 50.
Description —Agreeing with the description and figures given by
Hansen (1910) for P. glaber except that (1) the rostral plate is
tridentate, more distinctly so than in P. glaber, the lateral teeth are
more prominent and more on a level with the median tooth, the lateral
margins curved (fig. 1) ; (2) the antennal scale is three and one-half
times as long as broad and one and one-half times as long as the an-
No. 26 NEW MYSIDACID CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 5
tennular peduncle (fig. 1) ; and (3) the lateral margins of the telson
are armed with three or four short and two long spines between which
are three smaller spines graded in size (fig. 2).
Fic. 2—Paralophogaster atlanticus n. sp. Telson and uropods. X 50.
Type—U.S.N.M. no. 72866.
A key to the species of the genus may be useful, as follows:
TMMEy CSM TaTcM OM eerste sistas «s/o ble tisidielecmetpis)niele mien stereo or -efare P. microps Colosi
Bivins sleiteiceg ues cicpaichansfevssctd sve few mjetas einige cc where ornee ote peters ahh ene oka 2
2. Antennal scale twice as long as the antennular peduncles. shic+ tease - 3
Antennal scale one and a half times as long as the antennular peduncle.... 4
3. Rostral plate tridentate............+-seeeeeee eerste sees P. glaber Hansen
Rostral plate without median tooth, front margin slightly convex with a
Raat ae each COMNeL: «2s 'oe ace cls teehee es nm ee een P. macrops Colosi
4. Rostral plate tridentate, lateral margins parallel; telson with eight proximal
small spines and two distal large spines between which are three graded
smaller SPINES <...6..--eceowee ress escccssecensenscsens P. sanzoi Colosi
Rostral plate tridentate, lateral margins curved; telson with three to four
proximal small spines and two distal large spines between which are three
graded smaller spines.........sseseeeeeeeeeeeeeees P. atlanticus Tattersall
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
It should be remarked that P. glaber and P. macrops are very closely
similar and differ mainly in the form of the rostral plate. Hansen has
figured the rostral plate of a half-grown specimen of P. glaber in
which the rostral plate is exactly as figured for P. macrops by Colosi,
that is, the central tooth of the trident is missing and the front margin
is slightly convex with a tooth at each corner. Hansen gives the size
of adult specimens of P. glaber as 18 mm, whereas P. macrops was
founded on specimens 12-13 mm in length. It is not unlikely that
P. macrops represents not fully grown specimens of P. glaber.
Suborder MYSIDA
Family MYSIDAE
Subfamily SirIELLINAE
SIRIELLA Dana
SIRIELLA OCCIDENTALIS, n. sp.
Text figs. 3 and 4
Localities—Serial numbers 310 B, 358 A, 406, 407 B.
Description—In his Siboga report Hansen (1910) divides the
species of Siriella into four groups. Using his grouping as a basis,
this species belongs to the second group, characterized as follows: End
of the telson with three small spines and a single pair of more lateral
long spines. Proximal joint of the exopod of the uropods with much
more than half of its outer margins furnished with spines, and at
least about twice as long as broad. Proximal widened part of the
telson with three pairs of marginal spines; spines along the distal
third of the lateral margins of the telson closely set but irregular as
to length, as several long spines are found, and between each two of
these some, or near the end of the telson only two or one, smaller or
small spines are inserted. Both rami of fourth pair of male pleopods
terminating in very modified setae. Pseudobranchial rami of second
to fourth pairs of male pleopods spirally twisted. (Hansen, 1910.)
Within this group the species may further be described as follows:
Carapace somewhat produced but leaving the eyes and eyestalks
completely uncovered, frontal plate a broad, low triangle with the apex
slightly produced into an acute point.
Eyes large and black.
Antennal scale (text fig. 3a) extending forward as far as the
distal end of the antennular peduncle, three and one-fourth times as
long as broad, terminal lobe broader than long.
NO. 26 NEW MYSIDACID CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL Wi
Sixth joint of the endopod of the third to the eighth thoracic limbs
(text fig. 3b) divided by a suture into two subjoints; in the third
limbs the proximal one is half as long as the distal and the dactylus
\
Fig. 3.—Siriella occidentalis, n. sp. a, antennal scale and peduncle; b, sixth and
seventh joints of the endopod of a thoracic limb; c, distal extremity of the endo-
pod of the third pleopod of the male; d, distal extremity of the exopod of the
third pleopod of the male; e, distal extremity of the endopod of the fourth
pleopod of the male; f, distal extremity of the exopod of the fourth pleopod of the
male. All X 64.
is more than one-third but less than one-half of the length of the
sixth joint.
Telson (text fig. 4a) rather narrowly lanceolate in form, three
and one-third times as long as broad at the base, lateral margins with
8 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
three large proximal spines separated by an interval from the distal
series of spines in which the larger spines are separated by groups
of three, four, or five smaller spines, apex armed with a single pair of
long stout spines, between which are three equal small spines and
a pair of plumose setae.
Fic. 4.—Siriella occidentalis, n. sp. a, telson; b, uropods. All & 64.
Uropods (text fig. 4b) with the exopod longer than the endopod;
proximal joint of the exopod twice as long as the distal joint, with
about 13 spines on the outer margin occupying more than half the
margin; distal joint of the exopod almost twice as long as broad; .
endopod with a closely set row of spines on the inner margin extend-
ing from the statocyst to the apex, arranged as larger spines separated
by groups of smaller spines.
No. 26 NEW MYSIDACID CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 9
Pleopods of the male with both rami of the third and fourth pairs
with modified setae on the terminal and penultimate joints. In the
third pair the terminal joint of the endopod (text fig. 3c) bears two
modified setae, a large, blunt simple one and a smaller, more acute
plumose one. The exopod of the third pair (text fig. 3d) has a pair
of similarly modified setae, both plumose, on the terminal joint. In
the fourth pair the endopod (text fig. 3e) has the terminal joint
furnished with two modified setae, the longer very closely and finely
feathered but much stouter than the normal plumose setae arming
the rest of the limb, the shorter stout and simple; the penultimate joint
has one of its plumose setae modified in the same way as the longer
of the two setae on the terminal joint, that is, it is stouter and more
closely and finely feathered. The exopod of the fourth pair (text
fig. 3f) has the terminal joint armed with one long, stout, simple
spiniform seta and a rather short, fine, simple seta; the penultimate
joint, in addition to the normal plumose seta at each distal corner, has
a single long, stout, simple seta inserted some little way behind the
distal margin on one side.
Length of adult specimens of both sexes, Io mm.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 72867.
Remarks.—lIn the group of species of Siriella to which this species
belongs S. occidentalis is distinguished by having both the third and
fourth pleopods of the male furnished with modified setae. Only one
other species, S. anomala Hansen, has both third and fourth pleopods
of the male modified in this way. S. anomala, however, has the pseudo-
branchial rami of the second to the fourth pleopods of the male nearly
straight and not spirally twisted as in S. occidentalis.
Otherwise S. occidentalis is very closely allied to the other species
within its group, especially to S. inornata Hansen, and can only be
certainly determined from an examination of adult male specimens.
The species is apparently a very abundant one in the inshore waters
of the islands of the West Indies.
Subfamily GASTROSACCINAE
GASTROSACCUS Norman
GASTROSACCUS JOHNSONI, n. sp.
Text figs. 5-7
Localities —Serial numbers 358 B, 387 B, 406, 407 B, 521.
Description—Carapace (text fig. 5a) produced in front into a short
triangular rostral plate with a subacute rounded apex ; dorsal posterior
IO SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
margin of the carapace (text fig. 5b) with a median triangular lobe
and a broad rectangular lobe on each side of it, none of the lobes
reflexed.
Fic. 5.—Gastrosaccus johnsoni, n. sp. a, dorsal view of the anterior end to
show the rostral plate, eyes, antennular peduncle and the antennal scale; b, outline
of the posterior margin of the carapace. All & 50.
Eyes small, including the eyestalks twice as long as broad, cornea
occupying the distal third of the whole eye and wider than long.
Antennular peduncle (text fig. 5a) with the first joint equal to the
combined length of the second and third; two spines on the outer
margin of the second joint and a similar spine near the distal end of
the outer margin of the third joint.
NO. 26 NEW MYSIDACID CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL Il
Antennal peduncle extending forward to the level of the distal end
of the second joint of the antennular peduncle.
Antennal scale (text fig. 5a) shorter than the first two joints of
the antennular peduncle, about three and one-half times as long as
broad, terminal joint marked off by a distinct suture.
Fic. 6.—Gastrosaccus johnsoni, n. sp. a, First pleopod of the male, X 50;
b, second pleopod of the male, < 50; c, third pleopod of the male, * 374; d, fourth
pleopod of the male, * 50; e, fifth pleopod of the male, < 50; f, sixth and sey-
enth joints of the endopod of one of the thoracic limbs, 50; g, one of the lateral
setae of the sixth joint of the thoracic limbs enlarged.
Mouth parts and thoracic limbs essentially as in G. sanctus; sixth
joint of the endopod of the third thoracic limb (text figs. 6f and 6q)
divided into 7 joints, that of the eighth limb into 12 joints, the dactylus
in all the limbs reduced; basal plate of the exopod of the first thoracic
limb with the outer distal corner rounded, those of the remaining
limbs with a distinct tooth at the outer corner.
Uropods (text fig. 7b) with 13 spines on the outer margin of the
exopod and 2 spines on the inner margin of the endopod.
I2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Telson (text fig. 7a), including terminal spines, slightly shorter
than the inner uropod, two and one-half times as long as broad at
the base, cleft of the usual type and with the usual armature, lateral
margin with nine spines extending throughout their entire length,
the distal pair of spines on each margin much larger than the rest,
Fic. 7—Gastrosaccus johnsoni, n. sp. a, telson; b, uropods. All & 624.
about three times as long as the antepenultimate spines, subequal in
length and placed close together.
Male pleopods very distinctive, especially those of the second and
third pairs; the endopod of all the male pleopods is composed of a
single short joint; in the first pair of male pleopods (text fig. 6a)
the exopod is much longer than the endopod and is divided into four
joints ; in the second pair (text fig. 6b), the pleopod is very long and
stout, one and one-half times as long as the exopod, the endopod
No. 26 NEW MYSIDACID CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 13
is single-jointed and furnished with eight or nine delicate plumose
setae, the exopod is seven-jointed, the terminal joint furnished with
two long plumose setae; in the third pair (text fig. 6c) the protopod
is about two and one-half times as long as broad, shorter and not so
stout as the protopod of the second pair and shorter than its own exo-
pod, endopod single-jointed and furnished with two short curved
spines at the apex, the exopod long and modified in the most extraor-
dinary way into a very complicated copulatory organ. (It is quite
impossible to describe this appendage intelligibly, and reference must
be made to the figure 6c, where all the essential processes and parts
are figured as accurately as possible.) The fourth and fifth pairs of
pleopods of the male (text figs. 6d and 6¢) are very similar to one
another, with short rectangular protopod, a single-jointed endopod and
a two-jointed exopod, all furnished with the usual long plumose setae.
Length of adults of both sexes 10 mm. The female carries about
25 eggs in the brood pouch.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 72868.
Remarks.—The females of this species are very closely similar to
those of most species of the genus, differing only in minor characters.
The males, on the other hand, are clearly distinguished by the struc-
ture of the pleopods, especially those of the second and third pairs.
I know of no other species in which the exopod of the third pair
of male pleopods is modified in the same way as in this species, and
the form of this pleopod at once distinguishes G. johnsoni from all
other species of the genus. The second pair of male pleopods are
also much more robust than in any other species. G. jolinsont is much
the most remarkable species in the collection, and I have much pleasure
in associating it with the name of the leader of the expedition. It
is a very abundant species in the coastal waters of the Virgin Islands
and Puerto Rico, where several hundred specimens were captured
at night with nets.
Subfamily Mystnar
Tribe ERYTHROPINI
HYPERERYTHROPS Holt and Tattersall
HYPERERYTHROPS CARIBBAEFA, n. sp.
Text fig. 8
Locality—Serial number 573, one specimen (male).
Description—Carapace (text fig. 8a) hardly produced into a rostral
plate, front margin broadly and evenly arcuate, slightly upturned in
lateral view, anterolateral corners produced but rounded.
14 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Eyes (text fig. 8a) large, flattened, kidney-shaped, pigment red-
brown, without papillae.
Antennal scale (text fig. 8a) four times as long as broad, extending
forward as far as the distal end of the antennular peduncle, outer
margin entire and terminating in a prominent spine extending only
slightly beyond the apex of the scale, a small distal joint marked off
by a suture ; the outer corner of the joint from which the scale springs
not produced into a spine.
Inner uropods (text fig. 8b) twice as long as the telson with two
spines on the inner margin in the region of the statocyst.
Fic. 8—Hypererythrops caribbaea, n. sp. a, dorsal view of the anterior end
of a male specimen to show rostral plate, eyes, antennular peduncle and antennal
scale, * 224; b, telson and uropods, X 50.
Telson (text fig. 8b) one and one-third times as long as broad at
its base, having the shape of a truncated triangle extending backward
about halfway along the inner uropods, apex truncate, armed with
one pair of long powerful spines about half the length of the telson,
between which is a pair of short plumose setae; lateral margins with
four spines confined to the distal quarter of the margin.
Pleopods of the male as in the genus Erythrops.
Length of an adult male, 8 mm.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 72869.
Remarks.—The single specimen is badly damaged. All the thoracic
limbs are broken away, and the outer uropods are likewise broken. I
am unable to detect any sternal processes such as are characteristic
No. 26 NEW MYSIDACID CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 15
of the type species, but the specimen is so imperfect that I cannot be
sure that they are really absent. The species is distinguished from the
other described forms by the combination of the characters of the
eye, antennal scale, and telson. The latter resembles very closely the
telson of Gibberythrops acanthura (Illig), but the eye and antennal
scale are very different from those of this species. In spite of the im-
perfect condition of the only specimen, I think that the species should
be easy to recognize from the characters given above.
METAMBLYOPS Tattersall
METAMBLYOPS MACROPS, n. sp.
Text figs. 9 and 10
Locality—Serial number 573, one specimen, female.
Description—Carapace (text fig. 9a) hardly or not at all produced
into a rostral plate, leaying the whole of the eyestalks and eyes, the
antennular and antennal appendages completely uncovered, front
margin broadly and evenly arcuate, anterolateral corners rounded.
Eyes (text fig. ga) relatively large and on enormous stalks ; in lateral
view the cornea is large and globular, without papillae, pigment red-
dish brown.
Antennal scale (text fig. 9a) extending for one-quarter of its length
beyond the antennular peduncle, rather narrow, six times as long as
broad; terminal lobe extending some distance beyond the spine of
the outer margin, twice as long as broad, with a distal joint marked
off by a suture.
Telson (text fig. 9b) narrowly triangular in shape, two and one-
half times as long as broad at its base, apex rounded and entire, lateral
margins armed along the distal half with about 15 spines increasing
somewhat in size toward the apex (spines on the apex broken away
so that their exact arrangement cannot be established).
Uropods (text fig. 9b) both rather slender, inner one and one-
half times as long as the telson, with a single spine on the inner
margin in the region of the statocyst ; outer twice as long as the telson.
Length of an adult female, 11 mm.
Type—U.S.N.M. no. 72870.
The form of the endopods of the second and third thoracic limbs
is shown in text figure 10a and 10b. They are of the typical Ery-
thropini form, rather long and slender, the sixth joint of the third
endopod divided by a proximal oblique and a distal transverse suture
into three subjoints.
16 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Fic. 9.—Metamblyops macrops, n. sp. a, dorsal view of the anterior end to
show the rostral plate, eyes, antennular peduncle and antennal scale, 223;
b, uropods and telson, X 40.
NO. 26 NEW MYSIDACID CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL Ws
Remarks.—The exact generic position of this specimen is some-
what doubtful and must remain so until more complete and adult male
specimens are available. It differs from the only other described
species of the genus, M. oculata Tattersall (1911), in the practical
absence of a rostral plate, in the large and peculiar form of the eyes,
Fic. 10.—Metamblyops macrops, n. sp. a, endopod of the second thoracic limb ;
b, endopod of the third thoracic limb. All X 50.
and in the smaller and narrower antennal scale. On the other hand
there is no other genus to which it can be referred. Although the
spines on the telson are broken, I think it is clear that the general
form and armature of the telson are perhaps nearer to this genus
than to any other. I refer it provisionally to Metamblyops, and rely
on the combination of characters of the carapace, eyes, antennal scale,
and telson for its specific recognition.
18 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
REFERENCES
Cotos1, G.
1930. Lofogastridi nuovi. Boll. Zool., Ann. I, no. 4, pp. 119-125, 4 text figs.
1934. Paralophogaster macrops: nuova specie di misidaceo. Boll. Zool.
Union Zool. Ital., Ann. 5, no. 2, pp. 43-44, I text fig.
Faxon, W.
1896. Supplementary notes on the Crustacea. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l. Har-
vard Univ., vol. 30, no. 3, pp. 153-166, 2 pls.
Hansen, H. J.
1910. The Schizopoda of the Siboga Expedition. Siboga-Expeditie, Monogr.
37.123 pp» LOmpls:.esutext aes:
ILu1c, G.
1930. Die Schizopoden der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Deutsche Tiefsee-
Expedition 1898-1899, bd. 22, hft. 6.
Ortmann, A. E.
1906. Schizopod crustaceans in the U. S. National Museum. The families
Lophogastridae and Eucopiidae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 31,
pp. 23-53, pls. 1, 2.
TATTERSALL, W. M.
toil. Schizopodous Crustacea from the north-east Atlantic slope. Second
supplement. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1910, vol. 2.
1926. Crustaceans of the Orders Euphausiacea and Mysidacea from the
Western Atlantic. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 609, art. 8, pp. I-31,
IS, aks A
ZIMMER, C.
1914. Die Schizopoden der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903.
Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedition, vol. 15, Zool. vol. 7, pt. 4, pp. 377-
446, pls. 23-26.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 27
Johnson Fund
: REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
} JOHNSON. SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
‘<> TO. THE PUERTO. RICAN DEEP
|| A NEW SPECIES OF DEEP-SEA FISH, ARGYROPELECUS
4 _ ANTRORSOSPINUS, OF THE FAMILY — :
STERNOPTICHIDAE
BY
LEONARD P. SCHULTZ
Assistant Curator, Division of Fishes,
. U. S. National Museum
(PUBLICATION 3439)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
_ PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
JULY: 7501937
25.
26.
SMITHSONIAN - MiscELLANEOUS Coutsicrions, ‘Vorume a At
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST |
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEF esi
CONTENTS ru ea here
. Station Recorps oF THE First JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN Tse bk even
TIon. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., I pl., 1 map. (Publ. 3224.)
New Motiusks oF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE, By Paul arisen: sey Bi
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3229.) 2
A New Cras or THE GENUS CycLoporIPPE. By Mary J. Rathbun, Feb. a
1934. Ip. 1 pl. (Publ. 3230.)
Two New Crinoiws. By Austin H. Clark. Feb. 7; 1934. 5 pp. 2 As (P ubh Oe,
3231.)
A New NEMATODE OF THE alee ‘D1pLorRraENA FROM A Hisphacehan an
WoopPEcKEr. By. Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1934. 3 PP» I fig. (Publ.
3232.)
New TREMATODE PARASITES OF Birps. By Emmett W. Price. Feb. 9, 1934. : “ i
6 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.)
New Dicenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE Rica. By Emmett W. Price. he
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.)
New PotycHarrous AnNELIDs. By Aaron L. Treadwell. Mar. 23, 1034. ec
9 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.)
Turee New Deer-WatTer FISHES FROM THE WEST Inprss. By George S. ,
Myers. Apr. 2, 1934. 12 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3238.)
. New Bracutopops. By G. Arthur Cooper. Apr. 12, 1934. 5 PP 2 pls. re ye
(Publ. 3241.)
. Two New NEMATODES. _ By B. G. Chitwood. ‘Apr. 13; 1934. 4 PP, I ae fs
(Publ. 3243.)
THREE NEw AMPHIPODS. By Clarence R. Shoemaker, June 1, 1 1934. “ pp. : ¢ ve
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.)
A New Genus or BrirrLesTars FROM Pome Rico. ‘By Austa H. Clark, ; fia,
May 21, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3248.)
A New StarrisH From Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark. “May 23, 1034 Feit
3 pp. 1 pl. (Publ. 3249.)
Two New Conerip Errs anp a NEw FLATFISH. By Earl D. Reid. lca 9% | is
1934. 11 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3251.) Bi
New Martine Mottusxs. By Lois F. Corea. “Sept. 18, ‘eau 9 pp., 3 rls: ai
(Publ. 3258.)
New SPONGES FROM THE Pomc Rican Deer. By M. Ww. deLaubentels merece
Dec. 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283.) ‘!
. New MonocEenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE Fishes, By Emmett w. ae
Price. Nov. 8, 1934. 3 pp., I pl. (Publ. 3286.) ?
New Parasitic Copgpops. By Charles Branch Wilson. Apr: 8, 1935- OPP,
3 pls. (Publ. 3208.)
BoLLMANIA LiITURA, A New Species or Gosy. By Teane Ginsburg. we 10,105.
1935. 3 pp. I pl. (Publ. 3200.) |
. FourtsEN New SpEcIEs oF FoRAMINIFERA. By Joseph: A. Gosinuitt July 25,
1935. 9 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 3327.)
. Two New ForAMINIFERA OF THE GENUS TEXTULARIA. ‘By Cecil G. Daler
July 22, 1935. 2 pp., 1 pl.. (Publ. 3328.)
. A New Genus or OPISTHOGNATHID FisHEs. By George S Myers, Bec. 24,
1935. 5 pp. 1 fig. (Publ. 3347.)
. Four New Brirrtestars rrom Puerto Rico. ui Austin. H, Clark. Feb. 8 ioe
1936. 8 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 3378.)
A New Acrintan. By Oskar Carlgren. Jan. 30, 1037. 4 PP» 3 fis. Pob. : ; ie
3401.)
New Species or Mysripacip CRUSTACEANS. By Walter M. Tattersall
» May 7, 1937. 18 pp., 10 figs. (Publ. 3413.) _
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 27
Jobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
A NEW SPECIES OF DEEP-SEA FISH, ARGYROPELECUS
ANTRORSOSPINUS, OF THE FAMILY
STERNOPTICHIDAE
BY
LEONARD P. SCHULTZ
Assistant Curator, Division of Iishes,
U. S. National Museum
Cre?
Bowens ee
ry
(PUBLICATION 3439)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UY 7 L937
aA AAS ls
The Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. S A.
JFobnson Fund
A NEW SPECIES OF DEEP-SEA. FISH, ARGYROPELECUS
ANTRORSOSPINUS, OF THE RAMIEY
STERNOP TICHIDAE
By LEONARD P. SCHULTZ
Assistant Curator, Division of Fishes, U. S. National Museum
A study of the fishes of the family Sternoptichidae collected by the
first Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition, 1933, and others in
the United States National Museum, has revealed a new species of
silver-hatchet fish, Argyropelecus antrorsospinus, so named because
the single spine at the posterior end of the abdomen curves slightly
forward.
ARGYROPELECUS ANTRORSOSPINUS, n. sp.
Fig. 1
Argyropelecus olfersti (non Cuvier) Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichth., p. 126,
pl. 30, fig. 148 a, 1895.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 102989, 33 mm standard length; from
first Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition, tin tag number 512,
station 83, off Culebra Island, latitude 18°32'54” N., longitude
65°23'42” W., to latitude 18°32’15” N., longitude 65°18'45” W..,
February 26, 1933, depth from 250 to 320 fathoms.
The description is based on the holotype and four paratypes, the
latter from the following localities, respectively: U.S.N.M. no.
102987, 35 mm standard length, collected by steamer Albatross,
station 2208, latitude 39°33’00” N., longitude 71°16’15” W., August
21, 1884; U.S.N.M. no. 35561, 33 mm length, collected by steamer
Albatross, station 2209, latitude 39° 34’45” N., longitude 71°21'30” W.,
August 21, 1884; U.S.N.M. no. 33393, 34 mm length, collected by
steamer Albatross, station 2075, latitude 41°40’30” N., longitude
66°35’00” W., September 3, 1883 (a rather inaccurate figure of this
specimen was published by Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichthyology,
pl. 39, fig. 148 a) ; U.S.N.M. no. 43855, length about 52 mm, Albatross,
station 2717, 38°24’ N., 71°13’ W., September 18, 1886. This speci-
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 27
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
men, which has been on exhibit for years, is very brittle and is falling
to pieces, rendering impossible accurate measurements.’
Description—The counts and measurements given outside the
parentheses were taken from the holotype, and those inside the paren-
theses were taken from the four paratypes. All measurements are
expressed in hundredths of the standard length. Dorsal spines includ-
ing rudiments VIII (VIII, VIII, VIII, VIII); dorsal soft rays 9
(9, 9,9,—) ; anal rays 8+5 (7+5,7+5,74+5, 7+5) ; pelvic fin rays 6
~,—,-,—) ; pectoral fin rays 9 (Q, 10, 11, —) ; gill rakers on anterior
margin of first gill arch 8+8 (7+9, 74+-9, 8+9, 7+9) ; branchiostegal
rays 9 (-,—-, -, —) ; abdominal plates always 12. The lanterns (fig. 1)
PAW LZ oe
Fic. 1.—Argyropelecus antrorsospinus n. sp. Holotype. Standard length 33 mm.
Drawn by Jane Roller.
always occur in pairs on holotype and paratypes in the following
numbers: Branchiostegals 6; isthmus 6; abdominal (ventral margin
of abdomen) 12; anal (along base of anal fin) 6; pre-anal (in front of
* The following two specimens, referred to this species, tentatively, and with
much uncertainty, are not used in the description of this new species: One,
U.S.N.M. no. 102988, collected by steamer Albatross, is referred to this species
with some uncertainty, as the abdominal spine is broken and there is no spine
on the lower margin of the caudal peduncle. This fish was found in a jar
containing two station numbers and may have been taken at either one of
them. They are: Station 4600, southwest coast of Mexico, Point of Rocks, N. E.,
10 miles, latitude 15°36’ N., longitude 96°50’ W., October 15, 1904, depth 500
fathoms; and station 4436, Harris Point, San Miguel Island, S. 7° E., 9.8 miles,
April 15, 1904, depth 264 to 271 fathoms. The other specimen, U.S.N.M. no.
33290, also in poor condition and with the abdominal spine broken off, probably
belongs to this species. It was collected by the steamer Albatross, station 2043,
latitude 39°40'00” N., longitude 68°28’30” W., July 30, 1883. This fish has spines
on the ventral portion of the caudal peduncle.
oF
a a ee
a = = _ - = a S- I I I i ra moteeeseeeeess quappjs “KF
: Es = rs = - ze a . s . a = potreeesess* snyoaynan *#
5 = = = = = = = = - I - - Zz oct? smuidsossoaquo “7
I Ee, ‘2 ey a ae — = = oe pen VA = = 4 2) 6 ese) sie ls ialnon® suf a
n ae = es 5 eh - _ = ras I oo a I sellatkeisireyie) sub ymlte ie us4a{]o by ies
Ps | I I S ¢ z I z - - = - - ng, ae SHMIAUN AMA Y °F
a prtir 1-11 f1+o0r1 zi+or €1+6 z1+6 11+6 o1+g 6+8 g+s Wiest 2 or+Z 6-++2
> yoie Isiy uo siayed [Is JO Joquinyy
ca
i
a Ai Ble sha anacata: o siereh sake DORON ta
a = & CG = = = Be a = £ 1uapv|sS *f
A ee oer ae Le ee See ot be POO eo ae 5+ gnypainan “FF
(ex - I I I é - bv - ip we Sees vo +t Ss fe Rn ec hess simgSOssosjup "fy
(ec) I a = z = z «: ry wid z ie z ee PA DOUG UOn Ho speseseess gual *p7
is is z I I ea. te z 7” “ z hy z és FA cele od one aaa cb Sueomenel sr arsiiske ussafjo "7
S z ne hy ¢ Zz — ne ¢ ease - = cS ge cS S Seeuvitet ois) olistslheiieils).s/belleMmiisy's:'e! snc Bruuay °F
ae 8 me ese fe j0 ee Gu. Jes 6 8 IIIA
z AoL19ysod + 10Llajuy SABI }JOS saulds sarsads JO SoOtURN
e WAP [¥10}99, jeuy [es10c{
< (Aer UO SB pazuNod syuouNpns [je ‘she UY Jo JoquinN )
UMISN J [DUOYDN' SIDI paywuy) ays wt Suautiaedsy UO apo] snaajaqoatbapy sof spunoj— 1 HAV IL,
NO. 27
=
OV
2
>
COLLECTIONS
MISCELLANEOUS
SMITHSONIA?
OD Oe ee SS eS eee Oe eee ee —a
‘SARI UY [BPNPO-prIil aseq 0} ABL [BUR 4S] oSeq WOT y
6038 Z 60} Q4 6 01 Sg £ OVOPSIO) Sues ae pe aoe “-"**ss9o03d jeyonu Jo Y}Sua]
shsgens cee e's S°gI 61 0} S'91 QI 01 S'F1 ZI 0} SI GeO} SOc. 9°72 oer oT Ssodipe sseq Uy suar
$1 0} S°V1 Oz 0} ZI 61 0} g’9I ZI 04 SOI Q°9I 0} OI Gz OYS'OT 4 °°" " "2" "NIE ESOP Jos osEq sus
gS 03 9S gS 0, £S 09 03 9S $-SS 07 €S 6S 03 g’gS S'€S 03 0 eles issn ae cis SE Le Ue (PD NEO- DIT
aseq 0} [BSIOp }JOS UISIIO WOT ddURYSICT
Iv 0, oF S17 0} oF Iv 0} S°6£ S*gf 03 VE Iv 0} OF Ofsonits, ) PRS eco “++ *soze]d [eUlWOpge jo Y}suUeT]
ZE 0x 1 O'ZE 0} S°9z (ysy1) Sve ££ 01 S'Ee 1¢ ie (ONepZ PB Oe "ABI UY [eIOJed JsasuO] JO YISuIyT
G11 0} S°6 $6 03 5°98 Il 0322 3012 302 ZIOVQQ “ccc aye. [IZ Jsasuoy Jo y3us7T
ae ind ae ee ee ee eee ee ee eee
Oz 0} BI S*1z 0} Oz S*1zZ 0} O1 £1 0} 91 $'0z 0} ORI O10}S°E1 -*********-apelq [essop Jo sseq jo y}3uUaT
C110} 78 ZI OV £1 S°gI 03 SPI 1°9 0}9°S SPI 0} S01 ZI 018 st eessesss ss 9peIq [essop Jo ouids ysosuoT
C1 07 SEI Some Cont S4Si11 C°Z1 03 SFI 1Z 0} 0% Lu oy Son GSzo}S'0~ ttre 8" ** *papouNpad [epned jo y}sueT
S-€1 0} SOL €1 0 S'Z1 SV 0} S'Z1 II OJ OI GSI OFVI Z10}9°Q9 “7° *******a;DUNped [epned yo yIdap yseoT
SZ 0339 9Z 0} oZ zQ fon CZ PY 0} zV g4 04 Coz $°9S 0} cS Bye) 0 ss) pes) lassie pis)e a Apoq jo yydop }So}Bo14)
gs 9S 0} cs 6S 0} cs oS $9 0} gcc es 0} oS ai efia) la) ae: ws" wrlelimhielies |p| «ei a! mele laike’ eisiihlel(s! wiisile te [esiop
JjOS JO UISIIO0 0} JNoUS WoOIy IdURISICT
ce 0} i¢ gic 0} 6z ce fon 9°62 6z 0} g'Sz ie S'6z ol Lz 6 a) De sie ols) suet) woe) ea)6 (ela) is Pri eos Are] Exe jo
UILSIeU Iv91 0} JnOus jo di} Wory Yysua]
£1 03 S'V1 €1 0} S°Z1 VI 04 SZ £1 €1 LONI tae SERRE eae o ae "+ +949 JO JoJOWeIP [eJUOZIIOF{
wf o1S'z €-€ OF £ VE 03 S'~ om of 0.77% £°€ OF O'1 ES Ok **]e}IqIOIo}JUL AUOG JO YIPIA\
€11 03g c6 C6 016 $8 603g ZI 036 wickere) stsiene! cieisvlse tric ieseie oeesri “ONS TO! I PSUSTT
S*gI 0} SI Z QI 0} 41 QI 0} S91 1 ZI 0} BOI QI 0} £1 POR O TEI, "s+" "peRaYy JO YJPIM 4so}BII4)
Se 0} cf ZE OV IE VE OL IE ithe ithe S€ 0, 1€ Sh anes akeus Nass gee et ek peesy jo Y}susT
sy z sy P sy z ( (ysy S$) 19}0RIRY
Rae 1 ier Si “i Si i eine NTE area YA
(y}8ud] paepueys 94} JO sy}psipuny ut passaidxa s}usulaiInseaut [[V )
WUNISNT JOUOYD AT SAD] paul) ay, wm Suaunzads uo apopy snoajagoAaNbapy sof SjusmtaANspI;y—z AAV J,
NON 27 AY NEW SPECIES OR DEBP-SEA BISH—SCMmUInTZ 5
anal fin and dorsal to pelvics) 4; suprapectoral (behind and above base
of pectoral) 2; subcaudal (underside of caudal peduncle) 4; supra-
abdominal (above abdominal series and behind the suprapectorals) 6:
preorbital 1; subopercular 1; postorbital (behind and little below
eye) I; and preopercular (below eye and near lower posterior angle of
preoperculum) 1. Length of head 34 (33, 32.5, 31, —) ; greatest width
of head 18 (16.5, 16.5, 18, —) ; length of snout 9.5 (9, 9.5, 9, —) ; width
of bony interorbital 3.3 (2.5, 3.2, 3.4, —) ; horizontal diameter of eye
13.5 (13, 14, 12.5, —) ; length from tip of snout to rear margin of
maxillary 33.5 (33, 31, 29.8, —); snout to origin of soft dorsal 59
(56, 56.5, 55, —); height of dorsal blade 18.5 (14.5, 16.5, 15, —) ;
length of base of dorsal blade 20 (21.5, 20, 19, —) ; greatest depth of
body (bony ridges or dorsal blade not included) 82 (80, 77.5, 75, —) ;
least depth of caudal peduncle 13.5 (14.5, 12.5, 13.5, —) ; length of
caudal peduncle 16.5 (14.5, 17.5, 16.8, —) ; length of longest gill raker
on first gill arch 11 (7.2, 7.5, 7.8, —) ; length of abdomen (plates) 41
(41, 39.5, 40, —) ; distance from origin of soft dorsal to base of caudal
fin rays 59 (57.5, 60, 56, —) ; length of base of soft dorsal 18.5 (19,
17.3, 16.8, —) ; length of base of adipose fin 18.5 (16.5, 19.0, 19.0, —) ;
length of nuchal process 8 (9, 13, 7.8, —).
This species may be distinguished from all other members of the
genus Argyropelecus by the data presented in tables 1 and 2 and
because it is the only species in which the single spine at the posterior
angle of the abdomen curves somewhat forward.
Argyropelecus elongatus Esmark, 1871 (Forh. Vidensk. Selsk.
Christiania, aar 1870, p. 489), is too briefly described to be recognized.
The very inadequate description and poor figure of Argyropelecus
bocagei Osorio, 1909 (Mem. Mus. Bocage 1, pp. 27-28, pl. 2, fig. 3),
is also unrecognizable.
/ Le Nak ir a Pir
alse Ks Seca mem
Deal hy Ble th hy : hiker "
‘ Daerah > hea paar F rh
ih Pirin Me ete Ties \ Wilh belie ‘yal i
> pr Ace
rer cae La) ie Oe A
are te ge ae eh Mat > aoa
Sic ork ee as ms
Dah Deus tebelc Gre a as be
i Fails sts Hee. a Pen
7 Ey ba ah as
id} TL ae 3 at 5 ’
‘
ss a
aL Fiala il nae ran ian
;
'
¥ uy
j
joey LA 4
‘
Le) , i
+i
'
i}
f
si
=
‘ SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
. VOLUME 91, NUMBER 28
Sobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
NEW SPECIES OF HYDROIDS FROM
_ THE PUERTO RICAN REGION
(WitH Two PLATEs)
BY
G. McLEAN FRASER
Department of Zoology
University of British Columbia
Y,
Nes if
oy
(PUBLICATION 3443)
GITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
NOVEMBER 10, 1937
UL
NI
SMITHSONIAN MisceLLannous CoLtections, ‘VowuME gL Parag
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE. sie ene
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
CONTENTS — Jeli Oalig Wee setts
; Satin Tancnne oF THE First Jounson- EN ES DueeSua ape oe
TIon. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., I pl., 1 map. (Publ. 3224.)
New Motiusxs or THe Famity Torritipar. By Paul Bartsch. May 29,
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3229.)
A New Cras oF THE GENUS Ca Nie. By Mary J. Rathbun, Feb. Ss e Re
1934. I p., I pl. (Publ. 3230.)
Two New Crrnomws. By Austin H. Mags Feb. 7, 1934. 5 pp., 2: ne (Publ. See
3231.)
A New NEMATODE OF THE car Pell ewe FROM A Fispaniiea. “aden
Wooprecker. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1934. 3 PP.» t fig. eae Raver
3232.) _
New TreMATODE Parastres OF - Birps. By Rust W. Price Feb. 9, 1934. ee
6 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.) -
New Dicenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE Paes. By Emmet W. Price. p
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.)
New Porycuaretous ANNELIDS. By Aaron 1, Treadwell. Mac pie He ie Se ‘ Pe
9 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.) —
THreE New Deep-Warter FISHES FROM THE West InpIEs. ‘By Gores S; “i oye a
Myers. Apr. 2, 1934. 12 pp., I pl. (Publ, 3238.)
New. Bracuropops.” By G. ada. Cooper. cfiprs, 12, ae 5 PP, 2 Ble ay ae
(Publ. 3241,)
. Two New Nematones. By BG. sCiitwood: Apr. 13, 1934. 41 pp, I Pl. ue
(Publ. 3243.)
. Turee New AmPHIPops. By Clarence R. Shoemaker. June 1, 1934. 6 PP.
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.)
. A New GENwus oF BRriTTLESTARS FRoM Puerto Rico. By Austin H. ‘Clark.
May 21, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3248.)
. A’ New StTARFISH FROM PuERTo Rico. By Austin’ ibe Clark. ik 23, 1034.
3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3249.) iit
Two New Concrip Eets anp a New Frareisit, By Earl D, Reid. Tanne 9 a
* 1934. I1 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3251.) enn
New Marine Mottusxs. By Lois F. Po Sept. a 1934. 9 PP-, 3 B ‘pis. pe ce
(Publ. 3258.)
New SPoncES, FROM THE Bape Rican Deep. By M. W. deLaubenfels._
Dec. 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283.) ;
New Monocenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE Hise By Emmett W.
Price. Nov. 8, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3286.)
. New Parasitic Corerops. By Charles Branch Wilson. Apr. 8, 1935. 9 PP. i. j Mi a:
3 pls. (Publ. 3208.) ie
Hea MANIA LITURA, A New SPECIES oF Case By cepa Ginsburg. ‘Abe 10, gf ‘
1935. 3p. 1 pl. (Publ. 3299.) :
Gat tinued on inside back comer) eee
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 28
Jobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
NEW SPECIES OF HYDROIDS FROM
THE PUERTO RICAN REGION
(WitH Two PLATEs)
BY
CG. McLEAN FRASER
Department of Zoology
University of British Columbia
(PUBLICATION 3443)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
NOVEMBER 10, 1937
1 hee ere y
neleneeits Lidl Gti ade i ee ie
Ds a) Pr Yo. a r
Veg is aes * ;
-* ni
. ieee
’ d
(
The Lord Waltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8. A.
Fobnson Fund
NEW SPECIES OF HYDROIDS FROM THE PUERTO
RICAN REGION
By C. MCLEAN FRASER
Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia
(Wits Two Pratess)
Through the kindness of the United States National Museum, an
opportunity has been afforded to examine the hydroid material col-
lected by the First Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-Sea Expedition, in
February and March 1933, at several dredging stations, all in the
vicinity of Puerto Rico, in latitude 18°11’55” to 19°10'25” N., and
longitude 64°33’ to 69°20’45” W., in depths from 9 to 300 fathoms.
The collection is of considerable interest because, although there
was noticeable activity in hydroid collecting in this general region in
the latter portion of the last century, there has been little of it since.
Many of the species obtained have not been reported for 40, 50, or
60 years, and, in some instances, the species now appear for the
first time since they were originally described. So much is this the
case that the best single reference paper is Allman’s “ Report on the
Hydroida Collected During the Exploration of the Gulf Stream by
L. F. Pourtales, Assistant United States Coast Survey ”’, published
in 1877 in the Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Harvard College, volume 5, no. 2.
My sincere thanks are due to the United States National Museum
for the opportunity of examining this collection. For the drawings
I am indebted to Miss Ursula Dale, an Honours student in zoology
at the University of British Columbia.
In all, 42 species were obtained in the collection of which 9, here
described, appear to be new.
The gonangium of Halicornaria longicauda Nutting also is here
described for the first time.
CLYTIA LAXA, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 1
Trophosome.—Colony up to 5 cm in height, never entirely erect ;
main stem stout, fascicled, irregularly and loosely branched ; branches
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 28
I
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
slender and lax, often again branched, giving a flaccid appearance to
the whole colony. Hydrothecae irregularly arranged, with long, slender
pedicels, somewhat geniculate at the origin, irregularly annulated ;
there are always annulations at the base of the hydrotheca ; they may
appear at any other place on the pedicel, but the pedicel is never
annulated throughout ; hydrothecae, 0.5 to 0.7 mm in length, regularly
campanulate, with eight rather sharp, deeply cut teeth on the margin.
Gonosome.—Gonangia, 0.7 to 0.9 mm in length, extensively dis-
tributed, directly on the main fascicled stem, near the base of the
main branches, or in the axils of the smaller branches or pedicels ;
sessile, or almost so, smooth, oblong or slightly obovate, sometimes
narrowing slightly just below the rim.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 43285.
Distribution.—East coast of Haiti, lat. 19°10'35” N., long. 69°
20'45” W.; 15 fathoms.
SYNTHECIUM GRACILE, n. sp.
Plate mr. wine
Trophosome.—Colony unbranched, 10 mm high; internodes short,
divided by slightly oblique nodes; one hydrotheca to each internode.
Hydrothecae alternate, adherent for about one-third of the length,
the basal portion gradually narrowing proximally ; distal portion turn-
ing outward at an angle of 35-40°, tubular. Length of hydrotheca,
0.5 to 0.6 mm, greatest diameter 0.2 mm.
Gonosome.—Not observed.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 43286.
Distribution—North of Puerto Rico, lat. 18°30’30” N., long. 66°
23'5” W.; 40 fathoms.
SERTULARELLA ORNATA, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 3
Trophosome.—Stem simple, unbranched, 3 mm high or less,
slightly geniculate, divided into regular internodes by rather faint,
oblique nodes, each of which bears a hydrotheca; hydrothecae alter-
nate, turned well outward, adnate for a very small portion at the
base, cylindrical, or narrowing slightly toward the distal end, with
characteristic, strongly crested, transverse rugosities, as many as
seven of them; margin with four low but sharp teeth; operculum of
four flaps.
Gonosome.
Gonangia borne singly, just below the base of one of
the proximal hydrothecae, broadly oval, but somewhat distorted, with
NO. 28 NEW HYDROIDS—FRASER 3
rugosities of the same type as those on the hydrothecae, but more
numerous, corresponding to the larger size of the gonangium. Margin
with four teeth.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 43287.
Distribution—West of Puerto Rico, lat. 18°11'55” N., long. 67°
42'50” W.; 180 fathoms.
SERTULARIA SUBTILIS, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 4
Trophosome.—Colony consisting of a single, slender, erect, un-
branched stem, 3 mm; the basal portion, nearly one-half, without
hydrothecae, smooth, or with one or two annulations ; the distal por-
tion is divided into regular internodes, each of which bears a pair
of opposite hydrothecae at its distal end (4 pairs of hydrothecae in
specimen described) ; hydrothecae in the pair adnate at the base and
then turning gradually outward, so that the distal portion is almost
at right angles to the stem. The surface is provided with closely
placed, crested annuli. Margin with two strong teeth; operculum of
two flaps.
Gonosome.—Not observed.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 43288.
Distribution—North of Puerto Rico, lat. 18°23'35” N., long. 65°
3710” W.; 10 fathoms.
AGLAOPHENIA CURVIDENS, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 5
Trophosome.—Colony reaching a height of 6 cm, sparingly
branched ; the principal portion of the main stem and of the branches,
fascicled. The simple portion is divided into regular internodes, with
a hydrocladium from each; the hydrocladia alternate from left to
right. The hydrothecae are closely placed on the hydrocladium, adnate
throughout, rather stout for their depth, with a definite intrathecal
ridge about one fourth of the distance from base to margin, reaching
entirely across the hydrotheca; margin with seven teeth that are
strongly curved inward; the point of the tooth is acute but the tooth
is curved in so much that, from the lateral view, it appears rounded
or emarginate. The median nematophore is adherent at the base to
such an extent that the free portion starts more than halfway up the
face of the hydrotheca; it reaches nearly to the margin of the hydro-
theca and has an opening at the base of the free portion as well as
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
one at the end. The supracalycine nematophores are large, reaching
for nearly half their length above the margin of the hydrotheca. On
the regular, cauline internodes, there are two large cup-shaped
nematophores.
Gonosome.—Not observed.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 43289.
Distribution —North of Puerto Rico, lat. 18°27'35” N., long. 65°
3335” W.; 26 fathoms.
AGLAOPHENIA MEGANEM4A, n. sp.
Plate 1, fig. 6
Trophosome.—Colony rather minute, up to 15 mm, simple, un-
branched. The basal portion of the stem is divided into irregular
internodes by transverse nodes, but just below the first hydrocladium
it seems to have a distinct torsion, with two oblique nodes appear-
ing in the torsion. The hydrocladial portion of the stem is divided into
regular internodes by transverse nodes, each bearing a hydrocladium
from its face; the hydrocladia alternate to one side and the other, but
the bases are not far from being in line; the hydrocladia are short,
with as many as five hydrothecae, closely placed. The hydrotheca is
approximately two-thirds as wide as it is deep, almost completely
adherent, with seven rounded, nearly equal teeth on the margin, the
median tooth being slightly retrorse and slenderer than the others;
there is a definite intrathecal ridge. The median nematophore is long,
sometimes overtopping the hydrotheca; the supracalycine nemato-
phores are very pronounced, as they seem to pass right across the
hydrocladium to curve upward, reaching higher than the margin of
the hydrotheca. The cauline nematophores are of the regular, some-
what triangular type, one at the base of the hydrocladial process and
one near the proximal end of the internode.
Gonosome.—Not observed.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 43290.
Distribution North of Puerto Rico, lat. 18°24’30” N., long. 65°
3830" W.; 9 fathoms.
ANTENNELLA CURVITHECA, n. sp.
Plate 2, fig. 7
Trophosome.—Colony small and slender, 2.5 mm high, represent-
ing a single hydrocladium with 5 or 6 hydrothecae. The basal portion
has two or more transverse nodes with no nematophores on the inter-
No. 28 NEW HYDROIDS—FRASER 5
nodes, or at most one on each. The remainder of the hydrocladium
is divided into internodes by alternate transverse and oblique nodes,
the internodes being alternately thecate and nonthecate; the thecate
internode has an oblique node proximally and a transverse node dis-
tally, the nonthecate internode with a transverse node proximally
and an oblique node distally. Hydrotheca nearly equal in depth and
breadth ; the abaxial border is regularly convex but the adaxial border
has a distinct concavity. Margin entire. There is a median nemato-
phore at the base of the hydrotheca, one near the distal end of the
thecate internode and one on the nonthecate internode; there is a
pair of supracalycine nematophores, the end of each fitting into the
concavity of the superior border of the hydrotheca.
Gonosome.—Not observed.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 43291.
Distribution——North of Puerto Rico, lat. 18°24’30” N., long. 65°
3830” W.; 9 fathoms.
HALICORNARIA LONGICAUDA Nutting
Plate 2, fig. 8
Halicornaria longicauda Nutttnc, American hydroids, U. S. Nat. Mus. Special
Bull. 4, pt. 1, p. 127, 1900.
Trophosome.—See Nutting’s description.
Gonosome.—Gonangia arising from the face of the cauline inter-
nodes, just below the hydrocladial processes ; sessile, truncated-oval,
with a smooth surface. No special protective structures.
Distribution—North of Puerto Rico, lat. 18°24’30” N., long. 65°
3830” W.; 9 fathoms. North of Culebra island, lat. 18°19'10” N.,
long. 65°19'40” W.; 10 fathoms.
HIPPURELLA ELEGANS, n. sp.
Plate 2, fig. 9
Trophosome.—Colony 35 cm high; stem fascicled throughout the
greater portion of its length; 15 cm or more of the basal portion is
without branches or hydrocladia ; then long slender branches are given
off, usually in nearly opposite pairs but sometimes singly, no two, or
two pairs, in succession, being in the same plane; the whole distal
portion, therefore, has a graceful, bushy appearance. There is no
indication of nodes in the stem or in the proximal portion of the
branches and but little in the distal portion. The hydrocladia are
arranged regularly alternately on the branches, making an angle of
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
about 60° with the branch; they are all in the same plane. Each
hydrocladium arises from a prominent process of the branch and this
has a distinct prominence in its axil. In the proximal portion, the
nodes are commonly very faint, but they are quite distinct in the
distal portion ; the internodes are long, each with one hydrotheca near
its proximal end. The hydrothecae are long, about twice the width,
tubular, or with the sides slightly curved. Margin entire. Thtre are
numerous nematophores on the stem and the fascicled portion of the
branches ; on the simple portion of the branches, there is one on the
prominence on the hydrocladial process, another placed laterally and
one on the branch where the process joins it; there are two nemato-
phores between two successive hydrocladial processes, in line with
these processes; on each internode of the hydrocladium, there is a
median nematophore at the base of the hydrotheca, two supracalycine
nematophores, projecting well outward, and one median, some distance
above the margin of the hydrotheca.
Gonosome.—The distal portion of some of the branches become
very much modified in connection with the development of the
gonangia. In place of the regular hydrocladia, whorls of six, slender,
tapering processes, without nodes, appear. These processes curve
outward and upward, so that the distal portion is parallel to the branch ;
there are several nematophores, up to 8, on the adcauline side of each
process. The gonangia, singly or in pairs, are placed in the axils of
the whorls; they are regularly elliptical, 1.0 mm long and 0.3 mm
in diameter, smooth, with little or no pedicel.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 43292.
Distribution—North of Puerto Rico, lat. 18°33'15” N., long. 65°
56'45” W.; 240 fathoms. Off west coast of Puerto Rico, lat. 18°24’
45” N., long. 67°14'15” W.; 80-180 fathoms. North of Puerto Rico,
lat. 18°31’30” N., long. 66°18'20” W.; depth not recorded:
STREPTOCAULUS GRACILIS, n. sp.
Plate 2, fig. 10
Trophosome.—Colony 8 cm in height; stem fascicled throughout
much of its length, unbranched ; the proximal half or more without
hydrocladia ; hydrocladia arranged to form a continuous spiral around
the distal portion of the stem. The hydrocladia are divided into long,
slender internodes, with the hydrothecae near the proximal end of
the internodes; there is a double annulation at the node, which is
somewhat oblique. The hydrotheca occupies about two-thirds of the
length of the internode, the face of it with an urceolate curve; the
NO. 28: NEW HYDROIDS—-FRASER 7
margin is curved like the margin of a pitcher, and there is a slightly
curved, sharp, median tooth. There are six or seven septal ridges
between the base of the hydrotheca and the base of the supracalycine
nematophores; there are numerous nematophores arranged on the
portion of the main stem that is free of hydrocladia, one in the axil
of each hydrocladium and three others between this and the base of
the next hydrocladium. On the hydrocladial internode, there is a
median nematophore at the base of the hydrotheca, but free from it,
two large supracalycine nematophores and one median near the distal
end of the internode.
Gonosome.—Not observed.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 43293.
Distribution—North of Puerto Rico, lat. 18°33'15” N., long. 65°
56’45” W.; 240 fathoms.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
(All the figures, unless otherwise indicated, have a magnification of
20 diameters. )
PLATE I
Fic. 1. Clytia laxa: a, portion of colony showing branching, hydrothecae, and
long pedicels; b, portion of fascicled stem with gonangia.
Fic. 2. Synthecium gracile: Portion of stem showing arrangement of hy-
drothecae.
Fic. 3. Sertularella ornata: Portion of colony showing hydrothecae and gonan-
gium.
Fic. 4. Sertularia subtilis: Portion of colony showing hydrothecae.
Fic. 5. Aglaophenia curvidens: a, portion of stem showing internodes and
origin of hydrocladia; b, portion of hydrocladium with hydrothecae ;
c, portion of hydrocladium further enlarged (X 40).
Fic. 6. Aglaophenia meganema: a, portion of stem with hydrocladia and hy-
drothecae; b, portion of hydrocladium with hydrothecae, further
enlarged (X 40).
PLATE 2
Fic. 7. Antennella curvitheca: a, colony showing hydrothecae; J, portion of
colony further enlarged (XX 40).
Fic. 8. Halicornaria longicauda: Portion of colony showing internodes of stem,
bases of hydrocladia and gonangia.
Fic. 9. Hippurella elegans: a, portion of branch with proximal portion of
hydrocladia; b, face view of a portion of a hydrocladium; c, portion
of branch modified to protect the gonangia.
Fic. 10. Streptocaulus gracilis: Portion of fascicled stem and basal portion of a
hydrocladium with hydrothecae.
NI
wy at . i ¥ Ae |
Tie Gee a At Mit Uap
ay Paw ee) ees Hh) vas
cf
oe TF ith ‘a “i Bie @ ple
AR RL
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOER SM, NOs 28), Peal
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 91, NO. 28, PL. 2
For explanation, see page 7.
oe
Ge ae '$ OF Sin ee. By Gene : Myers Dec. 24, BY
THE ars aie a, By Leovard P. Schultz, Taly 7 7 1 1937. t
5 PP» I oe Ady a. Sete <
. New Bracuiorops. By G; Arthur Sor. Apr. 12, 1934. gE. pp., 2 pls.
. Two New Neatdrones: By B. G. Chitwood, “Apr. 13, 1034. 4 PDP» I pl
. A New Genus oF BrITTLESTARS FROM PUERTO Rico. By Austin H. Clark.
. New SPONGES FROM THE PuERTO Rican Derr. By M. W. deLaubenfels.
. New Monocenetic TREMATODES FROM Maoueir Fisues. By Einmett Ww.
SMITHSONIAN MiscELLANEOUS CoLLECTIONS, VOLUME QI
REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST sit”
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
“CONTENTS
- ~~
> RE ea
i Sg Nas See
Sa otea et
STATION ReEcorDs OF THE First JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN ‘Deep-Sea Expepi-
tion. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp. I pl., 1 map. (Publ. 3224.) — .
New Mottusxs or THE Famity Turritipar. By Paul Bartsch. -May 29, t A
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3229.) oe E
A New Cras or THE Genus Cyctoporipre. By Mary J. Rathbun. Feb. ae e
1934. I p., I pl. (Publ. 3230.) Bie. |
Two New Crrnois. By Austin H. Clark. Feb. 7, oad. 5 pp. 2 pls. (Pub cae
3231.) | een. |
A. New Nematove or THE Genus DIPLOTRIAENA FROM A “Hispano am. fis:
WooprecKer. By Everett E. Wehr. Feb. 2, 1034. 3 pp., I fig. (Publ. |
3232.)
New TREMATODE PARASITES OF Hues By Emmett W. Price. Feb. 9, 1934.
6 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.)
New Dicenetic TREMATODES FROM MARINE iene: By Emmett W. Price,
Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3234.) 2
New-PorycHartous ANNELIps. By Aaron L. Treadwell. Mar. 23, 1934.
9 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.)
Taree New Deer-Warter Fisnes rroM THE West InpiEs. By George S;
Myers. Apr. 2, 1934. 12 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3238.)
ait
Seep ace
2
~
r+
5 et,
: se
(Publ. 3241.)
(Publ. 3243.) a
Turee NEw AmpuHipops. By Clarence R. Shoemaker. June 1, 1934. 6 PP» us a
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.) ;
May 21, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3248.) ;
A New SrarrisH From Puerto Rico. By Austin H. Clark. May 28; 1934.
3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3249.) .
.. Two New Concrip Eets anp a New FLatrisH. By Earl D. Reid. June o ; ee :
1934. II pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3251.)
. New Marine Mottusxs. By Lois F. Corea. Sept. 18, 1934. 9 pp., 3 pls. as
(Publ. 3258.)
Dec. 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283.)
Price. Nov. 8, 1934. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3286.)
. New Parasitic Coperops. By Charles Be Wilson. Apr. 8, 1935. ° pP., ay) oy i
3 pls. (Publ. 3208.)
: Ratan LITURA, A New SPECIES OF Goby. By Isaac Ginsburg. Apr. 10, os
1035. 3 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3290.)
(Continued on inside back cover) | e
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 29
Fobnson Fund
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
A NEW GENUS OF STARFISHES FROM
PUERTO RIGO
(WiTH ONE PLATE)
BY
AUSTIN H. CLARK
Curator, Division of Echinoderms, U. S. National Museum
(PUBLICATION 3481)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
JUNE 18, 1938
Lan x or
e few Shere hy
cr Hu Paks ty |,
The Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. & Ae
Sobnson Fund
A NEW GENUS OF STARFISHES FROM PUERTO RICO
By Austin H. CLark
Curator, Division of Echinoderms, U. S. National Musewn
(WitTH ONE PLATE)
Among the starfishes obtained by the First Johnson-Smithsonian
Deep-Sea Expedition to the Puerto Rican Deep was a single very
small specimen representing a species falling in the family Ganeriidae,
though wholly unlike any form now included in that family.
A very similar specimen was described by M. Edmond Perrier
in 1881 under the name of Korethraster radians. Perrier’s description
is very sketchy and lacks many essential details. No locality is given
for the specimen or specimens upon which it was based, and there
are no figures.
In 1883 Perrier listed this species as Lophaster radians and gave
two localities for it—off Barbados in 56 fathoms, and off Havana
in 80 fathoms. In the same memoir he listed and figured it under
the name of Solaster radians, and reprinted the original description
under the new name Korethraster hispidus.
The figures of Solaster radians, though lacking in essential details,
might well have been drawn from the species represented by the
specimen dredged by the Caroline.
Thanks to the kindness of my friend Dr. Hubert Lyman Clark,
I have been permitted to examine the type specimen of Perrier’s
Korethraster radians (M.C.Z. no. 912). This and the Caroline
specimen agree in all essential particulars, and appear to represent
the same species—radians Perrier. The generic type represented by
radians, however, is far removed from Korethraster, Lophaster, and
Solaster, which belong to the family Solasteridae.
This generic type may be known as
LEILASTER, n. gen.
Korethraster (part) E. Perrier, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 9, no. I, p. 12,
June 25, 1881.
Lophaster (part) E. Perrier, Nouv. arch. mus. d’hist. nat., ser. 2, vol. 6, pp. 167,
169, 170, 1883.
Solaster (part) E. Perrier, Nouv, arch. mus. d’hist. nat., ser. 2, vol. 6, p. 184,
1883.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 29
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Diagnosis —A genus of Ganeriidae in which the abactinal plates
are arranged in regular contiguous longitudinal rows, with a row of
enlarged plates separating the abactinal from the lateral surface of
each arm; the superomarginals are blocklike, but the inferomarginals
are greatly produced outward, forming conspicuous stalks projecting
diagonally outward from the arm; there is a single row of contiguous
elongated actinal plates ; and the adambulacral plates bear two combs
of 3-4 spines, a furrow comb and a similar comb on the outer part
of the plates, both diagonally placed. Size small, R up to 12 mm.
Form stellate, the arms with rather broadly rounded tips. R=2.24
10) AeA ie
Genotype.—Korethraster radians Perrier, 1881.
Athnities —The genus Leilaster appears to show the closest affinities
with Ganeria, from which, however, it is rather widely separated.
LEILASTER RADIANS (Perrier)
Plate 1, figs. 1, 2
Korethraster radians E. PrErrier, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 9, no. 1, p. 12
(description), June 25, r88r.
Lophaster radians E. Perrier, Nouv. arch. mus. d’hist. nat., ser. 2, vol. 6, p. 167
(listed) ; p. 169 (Blake sta. 292, off Barbados, 56 fathoms) ; p. 170 (Blake
sta. 292 [sic], Havana, 80 fms.) ; 1883.
Solaster radians E. Perrier, Nouv. arch. mus. d’hist. nat., ser. 2, vol. 6, p. 184
(56 fms.) ; pl. 6, figs. 9-11; 1883.
Korethraster hispidus E. Prerrrer, Nouy. arch. mus. d’hist. nat., ser. 2, vol. 6,
p. 212 (description of K. radians reprinted; Blake sta. 292, Barbados, 56
ims.; Blake sta. 000 [sic], Havana, 80 fms.) ; 1883.
Description of the specimen from the Caroline collection—A very
small specimen with five short, regularly tapering, bluntly pointed
arms. The abactinal surface is elevated, and on each arm is bounded
on either side by a regular row of elongate and enlarged plates beyond
which the sides drop rather sharply down to the flat abactinal surface.
The entire animal is covered with a rather thick skin that partially
conceals the underlying plates. R=4.7 mm, r=2.1 mm; R=about
2.24 I.
The rather conspicuous anus is surrounded by three small plates
with the center strongly elevated into a rounded boss. About these
is a ring of five large interradial plates. These are thick, with the
inner ends broadened and swollen, sometimes bilobed. One of these
imbricates laterally over those on either side; another is partly con-
cealed by the overlapping of the plates on either side ; the other three
overlap the plates on one side and are overlapped by the plate on
NO. 29 A NEW GENUS OF STARFISHES—CLARK 3
the other. From each of these five large interradial plates two
regular rows each composed of nine elongate swollen plates run to
the arm tips. The proximal plates in these rows, slightly overlapping
the large interradial plates, are in contact or nearly so; from this
point the rows diverge, each row bounding the abactinal surface of
an arm. The plates at first are about three times as long as broad,
but they gradually become shorter and at the arm tip are little, or
not at all, longer than broad. They are much swollen with high
broadly rounded crests, and imbricate adcentrally. Between each two
of the large interradials, and therefore between the innermost plates
of the two rows running down each arm, is a plate similar to the
latter, but somewhat smaller. At the distal end of this on either side
and partially overlapping it are two similar but slightly smaller plates
lying between the line of union between the first two plates in the
two outer rows. Beyond these are three plates forming the bases of
three regular rows running to the arm tips. The plates of the central
row alternate with the plates of the two outer rows. Each row in-
cludes usually nine plates. The plates in these three rows, which fill
the area between the two outer rows on each arm, are somewhat
more than half as large as the plates in the outer rows; like them,
they are highest at the inner ends, and imbricate adcentrally. The
elongate swollen central or inner portion of each plate is well sepa-
rated from that of the plates adjacent. In the interradial areas a
rather broad deep groove runs downward to the abactinal surface.
Outside each of the rows of plates bordering the abactinal surface
of each arm from the second to the fifth plate in each row, runs a
row of four plates resembling those in the central portion of the
abactinal surface of the arms but narrower. Outside of this row,
opposite the junction between the first and second and second and
third plates, are two similar but smaller plates.
The superomarginals are seven in number and form a regular row.
They are intermediate in size between the plates of the rows bordering
the abactinal surface of the arms and the lateral plates of the arms,
but are somewhat broader and more regularly swollen, appearing
more or less oval. They are about half again as long as their greatest
width. They are oblique in position, the actinal ends being more
distal than the abactinal, their long axes making an angle of about
60° with the line of the row as a whole. Below each superomarginal
is an inferomarginal. The inferomarginals are produced outward in
the form of a stout pillar with parallel sides and a broadly rounded
tip that is about twice as long as broad at the base. The first three
or four of these pillars are separated by about their own width, but
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
those succeeding are closer together. They are somewhat oblique,
their tips being farther from the arm base than their bases.
Between the inferomarginals and the adambulacral plates and
adjoining each is a single continuous row of actinal plates. There
are two of these under the first inferomarginal, and one long narrow
one under each of those following.
There are 13 or 14 adambulacral plates. These at first are slightly
broader than long, becoming about as long as broad distally.
The tube feet, which have large sucking disks, are in two rows.
All the plates of the abactinal surface bear numerous—up to a
dozen or more—short stout spinelets. These have a broad base, a
narrowed column, and the outer half swollen and club-shaped, echinu-
late, with a broadly rounded tip. These spinelets are set upon the
swollen portions of the plates more or less in contact by their broad
bases. On the longer plates there are commonly five or six along
each side, with one or two additional between the rows. On the
more rounded plates there may be six peripheral and one central.
They form a very even investment of the abactinal and lateral
surfaces.
Each superomarginal bears 10 or 11 of these spinelets, exactly
resembling those on the abactinal surface. There are 8 to 10 around
the swollen central portion, and 1 or 2 in the middle.
The upper surface of the produced inferomarginals bears eight
or nine of these spinelets, commonly arranged in two rows of four
or five each, though sometimes irregular. The outermost of these
are swollen for their whole length, and therefore appear larger than
the others. At the tip of the pillarlike production are three longer,
much stouter, strongly echinulate rounded conical somewhat flattened
spines. On the actinal side the inferomarginal bears from four to
six small slender echinulate spinules without swollen ends which are
well separated from each other.
The two basal actinal plates bear three spinules resembling these,
but more than twice as large; the actinal plates following bear first
two, then one, and distally none.
The first three adambulacral plates bear a comb of four rather long
echinulate furrow spines that are webbed for about half their length ;
the combs on the following adambulacrals consist of three spines.
These combs are set obliquely, making an angle of about 45° with
the furrow. On the outer portion of the adambulacral plates, away
from the furrow margin, is another oblique comb of three similar
spines, less completely webbed.
NO. 29 A NEW GENUS OF STARFISHES—CLARK 5
The mouth plates are large and broad, the pairs of mouth plates
being somewhat broader than long with the outline of the inner half
semicircular. Each mouth plate bears six well spaced spines about
its border, of which the innermost is somewhat larger than the others,
and the outermost is the smallest. One of the mouth plates of each
pair bears an additional spine near its center.
Description of the type specimen (from Perrier)—A small species
with 5 short blunt arms flattened below, rather strongly convex
above 9k —10 mm; r=4 mm); R=2:5 fr.
Each adambulacral plate bears on the border of the ambulacral
groove three rather short divergent spines; outside of these on the
ventral surface there is a transverse row of three spines, equally
divergent, so arranged that a narrow naked band separates them
from the border of the arms, which is definitely marked and fringed
with the groups of blunt spinules borne by the abactinal plates; the
dorsal ossicles each bear a group of a dozen rather short spinelets,
obtuse at the end or even slightly capitate, divergent, longer along
the margin of the arms, disposed irregularly on the surface of the
plates, though in such a way as to cover their whole surface.
Isolated tentacular pores occur between the plates; there are II
more or less irregular rows from one side of the arm to the other.
The madreporic plate is rounded, convex, rather small, half con-
cealed among the spinelets of the dorsal surface, situated half way
between the actinal surface and the summit of the interbrachial
angle.
Notes on the type specimen.—Perrier’s type specimen is much
larger than the specimen collected by the Caroline; R=12 mm,
r=5 mm; R=2.4 r. Most of the spinelets on the abactinal surface
are in place, so that the plates are more or less concealed.
The plates on the abactinal surface are more numerous than is
the case in the Caroline specimen, and the rows are not quite so
regular. The rows bordering the abactinal surface consist of 14 or 15
plates instead of 9, and these plates are not sensibly different from
those of the outer rows, which are proportionately more numerous.
The abactinal plates bear 7-15 (usually 8-10) short, stout, club-
shaped and echinulate spinules.
Beyond the area delimited by the five interradial plates are rows
of papulae that run to the outer third of the arm. The papulae are
situated in the depressions between the plates. They are usually
solitary, but in a few cases two were noticed in a single depression.
There are eight rows of papulae of which the lowest consist of four
or five, and those on the abactinal surface of about a dozen.
6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
The madreporite is very small and is situated about one-third of
the distance between the anus and the interradial angle. It is naked,
shows a few coarse irregular striations, and is almost concealed by
the spinelets on the adjacent plates.
There are 14 superomarginals which are somewhat smaller than
the plates above them, and are transversely elongate and oblique.
Each bears 6-9 spinelets.
The inferomarginals number 14. They bear a diagonal terminal
comb of 3-5 (commonly 4) stout, subconical, more or less flattened,
echinulate spines on their outer ends, in addition to the spinelets
described for the Caroline specimen on the abactinal and actinal
surfaces.
The actinal plates each have one or two slender and sharp spinelets.
Localities —Blake station 62 Ag.; off Havana, Cuba; 80 fathoms ;
1877-78 (Perrier, 1883).
Blake station 292; off Barbados (lat. 13°13'55” N., long. 59°38'50”
W.) ; 56 fathoms; bottom temperature 74.5° F.; bottom, coral, sand,
and broken shell; March 9, 1879 (Perrier, 1883).
Caroline station 102; northeast of Puerto Rico (lat. 18°51’ N., long.
64°33’ W.) ; 140 fathoms ; March 4, 1933 (1, U.S.N.M. no. E.5599;
original no. 678).
Remarks.—Profs. Walter K. Fisher and Hubert Lyman Clark
have both been so kind as to examine the Caroline specimen, and we
are all three in agreement regarding its disposition.
LOPHASTER VERRILLI, n. sp.
Lophaster radians VERRILL, Univ. Iowa, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, no. I, p. 51,
pl. 5, fig. 2; pl. 7, fig. 3; pl. 9, figs. I-1c; March 20, 1015.
Notes—Prof. Addison E. Verrill in 1915 described in detail
and figured a species that he regarded as representing Perrier’s
Korethraster radians. According to his description and figures, what
he had was not Perrier’s species, but a true Lophaster. A specimen
at hand from Albatross station 2415 agrees with his description and
figures, and was labeled by him Lophaster radians. This specimen
measures R=35 mm, r=10 mm. The largest specimen mentioned
by him measured R=40 mm, r=17 mm. This species may be called
Lophaster verrilli.
Localities —Albatross station 2415; off Fernandina, Fla. (lat.
30°44'00” N., long. 79°26’00” W.) ; 440 fathoms ; coral, coarse sand,
shells, and foraminifera; April 1, 1885 (U.S.N.M. no. 10512).
Several Albatross stations in the West Indies (Verrill).
NO. 29 A NEW GENUS OF STARFISHES—CLARK 7
It was taken by the Bahama Expedition [of the University of Iowa] at several
stations. The largest .... was from station 64, in 110 fathoms, off Florida.
Smaller ones occurred at sta. 28, off Sand Key, in 116 fathoms; and at sta. 56,
Pourtales Plateau, in 220 fathoms. Another (radii 10 mm. and 33 mm.) was from
station 62, off Florida, in 80 fathoms. [Verrill].
EXPLANATION OF PEATE
PLATE I
Leilaster radians, a specimen from Caroline station 102 (U.S.N.M. no. E.5599),
abactinal (upper) and actinal (lower) surfaces; one ray, right in the upper
figure, lower left in the lower, has been cleaned to show the plates; the
abactinal surface has been almost completely denuded of spinelets. > 4}.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
LEILASTER RADIANS
(For explanation,
- (Continued from inside front cover)
‘ at. ‘owyiens Ney Species OF Foramrnirera, By Joseph A. Cushman. July 25,
1935. 9 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 3327.)
- Two New ForaMINIFERA OF THE Genus Texruraria. By Cecil G. Lalicker.
é _ July 22, 1035. 2 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3328.) —
oy A New Genus or OpistHOoGNATHID Fisues. By George S. Myers. Hae 3 24,
1935. 5 pp. I fig. (Publ. 3347.)
24. Four New Brirrtestars rroM Puerto Rico. By Austin H, Clark. Feb. 8,
me 1936. 8 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 3378.)
ilies a5. A New Actintan. By Oskar Carlgren. Jan. 30, 1037. 4 pp., 3 figs. (Publ.
3401.)
oe: New Seecies or Mysipacip Crustaceans. By Walter M. Tattersall.
-. ... May 7, 1937. 18 pp., 10 figs. (Publ. 3413.)
27. PON New Species oF Deep-Sea FisH, ARGYROPELECUS ANTRORSOSPINUS, OF
THE Famiry SterNopricHipaAE. By Leonard P. Schultz. July 7, 1937.
5 PP, I fig. (Publ. 3439.)
28. New Species oF Hyprorps FROM THE Puerto Rican Recion. By C. McLean
Fraser. Nov. 10, 1937. 7 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3443.)
"SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS Coe
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 30
Ay
A REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION |
“70. THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
FROM THE WEST INDIES
Wits ES Pr Lars)
RAYMOND C. OSBURN
f Ohio State University
4
babel yy
=AE-INCRS
(PUBLICATION 3584) Ye
‘ ciry. OF WASHINGTON
pes "PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
} MARCH 1 14, 19400
4:
ee b
12h
a
14.
| 15.
SFG,
17.
18.
10:
20.
REPORTS. ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY y THE FIRS
a -SMITHSONIAN Rech oo
3231.) Pr eG .
‘A New Noes cabled OF THE eecne Terie FROM A
‘WoopPEcKER.. By, Everett E. ‘Wehr. Feb. 2, 1934. 3 PP»
3232.) Dae Nes
New TREMATODE, Piviesis OF Banos. ‘By Emmett w. Price. Fe
6 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.) ees eae i on oF
New DIGENETIC TREMATODES FROM i Maan Fiseas By Emmett, WwW. Pr €.
- Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., 1 pl. (Publ. cree Wee cgie
‘New PotycHArrous ANNELIDS. By Aaron L. Treadwell.
9 pp, 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.) | 3
Taree New Derr-WareEr FIsHes FROM THE West | Inotes, By ie
\ Myers Apr. 2: 1934: 12, ziDi: I pl. Seale 9238.) }
3 figs. (Publ. saa rere Bask Sh Na caas
A New Genus or BrItTLestaRs FROM Polat: mee BA Au
“May 21, 1934. 3pp, tpl. CPB, 3228.) eee pee
(Publ. en a Eas Ao Cee 9
New Sponces FROM THE “Puerto. Rica 1 Dusr. By a v v
. eG, 24; 1934. 28 PP. ( Publ. 3283.)
Price. Nov: 8, 1934. 3 pp. I i (Publ, BENS :
New Parasitic Corerons. oat Charles Branch Wilson.
3 pls. (Publ. 3208.)
(Pub. 5299. a
1935: 3 pp, : ze
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
' VOLUME 91,’ NUMBER 30
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
A NEW CORNUCOPINA (BRYOZOA)
PROM THE WEST INDIES
(WitH Two Ptartess)
BY
RAYMOND C. OSBURN
Ohio State University
Ly
ser oe ey
SHINGO ye
(PUBLICATION 3584)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
MARCH 14, 1940
TBe Lord Wattimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8. A.
A NEW CORNUCOPINA (BRYOZOA) FROM THE
WEST INDIES
By RAYMOND C. OSBURN
Ohio State University
(WitH Two PratTEs)
All the previously known members of this genus are strictly south-
ern in their distribution, being found chiefly in the waters about
Australia, the southern part of the Indian Ocean, and Antarctica.
Of the 14 species, only 1 is known even to approach the Equator—C.
(Bicellaria) navicularis (Busk), which was taken by the Challenger
Expedition off Barra Grande, Brazil, some 9 degrees south of the
Equator at a depth of 2,200 fathoms. The occurrence of the present
species near Puerto Rico, taken by the Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-
Sea Expedition, is therefore worthy of more than passing notice.
The genus Cornucopina was erected by Levinsen (Chilostome
Bryozoa, pp. 109-110, 1909), who separated out “the majority of
the species in the old genus Bicellaria.” The best account has been
given by Harmer (Siboga Expedition, 1926) who listed all the
species with their known distribution. There is an important typo-
graphical error in Harmer’s paper (p. 422), which gives the locality
“Bay of Biscay” for C. dubitata (Calvet), as this species was taken
in the Bay of Biscoe, Graham’s Land, Antarctica. The genus is dis-
tinguished from the well-known Bicellaria by the exceedingly tall,
stalked avicularia, by the arrangement of the numerous spines, and
by the nature of the ovicell.
CORNUCOPINA ANTILLEA, n. sp.
Zoarium erect, stalked, profusely branched. The type specimen,
which is about 80 mm. in height, is free from lateral branches for a
distance of about 25 mm. above the base, and the “stalk” is conspicu-
ously thickened by the large number of radical fibers, some of which
originate high up on the branches. The central stalk and the stems of
all the branches are formed primarily by the union of the tubular
proximal ends of the biserial, alternating zooecia. The branches sub-
divide, often several times, giving the colony a beautiful plumose
appearance.
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, No. 30
bo
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. QI
Zooecia biserial and alternate, very slightly calcified, nearly trans-
parent averaging about i mm. in length. The basal portion is nar-
rowly tubular for about one-half the length, above which the zooecium
expands rather suddenly and extends outward at an angle of about
45 degrees. The membranous area occupies practically all of the
upper side, extending nearly to the base of the expanded portion,
and is turned slightly away from the axis of the stalk. The opercu-
lum is semilunar, thickened a little at the border. The distal margin
of the zooecium, dorsally, is beset with a row of 4, occasionally 5,
exceedingly elongate, tubular, slightly curved spines, which are jointed
at the base. The longest spines are more than twice as long as the
whole zooecium, reaching a maximum of about 2.50 mm. A smaller
spine occurs at one side of the area near its base, and above this there
may be another somewhat larger one. There is no indication of a
digitiform process, and all of the spines originate separately from
the wall of the zooecium.
Avicularia are of two kinds. One of these is excessively elongate,
ranging from 0.95 to 1.90 mm., averaging around 1.40 mm. This
form originates on one side near the distal end of the aperture. It
has a long tubular stalk, jointed at the base, and expands but little
until near the distal end. Both beaks are hooked, the mandible more
strongly. There is much variation in the size of the mandibulate
portion, the largest being only slightly smaller than the zooecia, the
smallest very narrow in comparison. This variation in size is not
coordinated with the length of the pedicel. The second type of avicu-
larium is very short and small in comparison, being only about
0.20 mm. in length. The mandible is noticeably more transverse than
in the elongate form. This type is usually attached laterally near the
base of the zooecial expansion. They are much less numerous than
the elongate type and seem to appear more frequently just above the
bifurcation of a branch. There are some infrequent evidences of
intergradation in size, but not in position, between the long and short
' types.
The ovicells are not abundant, but I or 2 appear on nearly every
branch. They are moderately large, about 0.32 mm. in width, some-
what globular, the rim of the aperture a little flaring, the surface
decorated with radiating lines. They are attached laterally at the
distal end of the zooecium, in front of the elongated spines.
The radical fibers arise from the side of the zooecia near the base
of the membranous area, more frequently from the basal zooecia of
the branches. They follow the stalk down to its point of attachment
where they spread out on the substratum for anchorage.
NO. 30 A NEW CORNUCOPINA (BRYOZOA )—OSBURN 3
The single type specimen was collected by the Johnson-Smithson-
ian Deep-Sea Expedition on February 10, 1933, west of Puerto
Rico ; latitude 18°14’20” N., longitude 67°38’25” W., at 400 fathoms,
U.S.N.M. No. 10087.
The species of Cornucopina fall naturally into two groups, de-
pending on the presence or absence of a “digitiform process” for the
attachment of the long spines. Since in C. antillea, n. sp., the spines
are attached singly to the wall of the zooecium, this species belongs
in the group that includes the genotype C. grandis (Busk), C. conica
Harmer, C. polymorpha (Kluge), C. lata (Kluge), C. infundibulata
(Busk), C. pectogemma (Goldstein), and C. dubitata (Calvet). It
bears a fairly close resemblance to C. pectogemma from Marion and
Heard Islands in the Indian Ocean, but differs in the form of the
long avicularia, the presence of short avicularia, the form of the
ovicell, the arrangement of the spines, and other minor characters.
All the other species of this group occur in Australian waters or
Antarctica.
{UOj{O.)
‘dS N ‘(VATTILNVY VNIDGOONNYOD
SNOILOAINIOO SNOANVIISOSIN NVINOSHLIWS
Lad! OS ON Ee s10A
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLE Si NO 30, PEs 2
CORNUCOPINA ANTILLEA, N. SP.
1, Three zooecia of a distal branch, showing ovicell, arrangement of spines, and the base
of an elongate avicularium; 2, dorsal view of a single zooecium, showing arrangement of
the full complement of 7 spines; 3, large avicularium with long stalk; 4, details of large
avicularium; 5, two smaller avicularia (the stalks are as long as in fig. 3); 6, small type
of avicularium with short pedicel; 7, origin of radical at side of zooecium.
by Miss Frieda Busch under camera lucida; all figures to same scale.
Drawn
o
eee Gexus OF + OprstetocwatHry i Fs. ad George is Myers. Dec. 24) OC Be
* Se Nal ae 3
ee
“A New AcTINIAN, By Oskar Carlaren. Jan 30, 1097. 4 LDP 3 figs. Cub. th
sae aees OF Drer- SEA Fras, pisevederue bie ANTRORSOSPINUS, ‘OF.
Fairy. STERNOPTICHIDAE. By Leonard: P.. Schultz. Re a 1937.
T Book (Publ. 3439:) :
VOLUME 1, NUMBER 31
zt REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
a _ JOHNSON: SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
ir resem U8, THE ere RICAN DEEP /
aed 5 Sg Slag
EARL D. REID © ee tatver gs nay
Division of Fishes, U. S. National Museum
CC hal)
A“
~ (PUBLICATION 3585) —
ae,
ee CITY OF WASHINGTON .
17 "PUBLISHED. BY THE SMITHSONIAN | INSTITUTION
| MARGH 11, 1940.
19.
20.
. A New. NEMATODE OF THE Canoe Daiioterata ‘FROM A -Hispanroran
ae New GENus oF BRITTLESTARS FROM. ‘Pursro Rico. By Austin H. Cla
Suirnaomean MisceLLaNzovs Cottections,, Vowume ¢ or
‘REPORTS ON COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY. THE FIRST | Cai
JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION 4
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP OA cart
he CONTENTS. ae
tron. By Paul Bartsch. Dec. 1, 1933. 31 pp., t pl, I map. (Publ. ake
New MoLiusks OF THE FaMILy TourRrriae. By ‘Paul asia ice May 2
1934. 29 pp., 8 pls. (Publ. 3229.)
A New Cras or THE GENUS. Celeb By Mary J Rathbun. . Feb. ‘
1934. 1 p., 1 pl. (Publ. 3230.) Wa ies] EY latin Soe
Two New Crrnots. By Austin i. ‘Clark. ‘Feb 7 1934. 2 pe. 2 pls.
Feat ewer newton
‘Wooorecxer. By Everett rr Wehr, Fes <2 1934. 3 PP» T} fe. a zn
3232.)
6 PP.» 1 pl. (Publ. 3233.) pis a
_ Feb. 10, 1934. 8 pp., I pl. (Publ. Beye . > A
New Porycuaetous ANNELIDS. By Aaron L. ‘Treadwell. Mar. a v4
Q pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3236.) Rot
Turee New Deep-Water FIsHES FROM THE Wear TABS, | By
Myers. Apr. 2, 1934. 12 Rae I pl. (Publ. Gnas
(Publ. 3243.) -
. Taree New Amputrons, By Guitaee R. Shoemaker. Feie: 1p 1934, 6 PP, AOS
3 figs. (Publ. 3246.) is
May 21, 1934. 3 PP.» I eh tabs 3248.)
1934. II pp., 1 pl. (Publ. a 4X AR Ra
New Marine Mottusks., ‘By Lois F. Corea. Sent, 8 1934. 9 PP. pls.
(Publ. 3258.) © ANd
.. New Sponces FROM THE, ‘Puerto Recay Deer, By M. W. deLaubenel Se
q
aires
Dec. 24, 1934. 28 pp. (Publ. 3283.) _ Y
New MownocENeETIC TREMATODES FROM Marine Fuses: By: Emmett w.
Price. Nov. 8, 1934: 3 PP.» 1 pl. ies 3286.)
3 pls. (Publ. 3208.)
BoLLMANIA LITURA, A New be aine OF Gory. ‘By Isaac : Ginsburg ‘Aor, 1
1935. 3 Pp. t pl. CPablisscog cer ean a. :
Sir aise: on siside back cover)
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS
VOLUME 91, NUMBER 31
REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY THE FIRST
~ JOHNSON-SMITHSONIAN DEEP-SEA EXPEDITION
TO THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
pe WW (GENUS AND SPECIES OF EEL
Peo THE PUERTO RICAN DEEP
BY
EARL D. REID
Division of Fishes, U. S. National Museum
ane" : INCB as
(PUBLICATION 3585)
CITY OF WASHINGTON
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
MARCH 11, 1940
Te Lord Baltimore Press
BALTIMORE, MD., U. S A.
EINEW GENUS AND. SPECIES OF EEL FROM TERE
PUERTO RICAN DEEP
By EARL D. REID
Division of Fishes, U. S. National Museum
Further study of the fishes obtained by the First Johnson-Smith-
sonian Deep-Sea Expedition to the Puerto Rican Deep has revealed
an interesting form of deep-sea eel. The specimens are very close
to Xenomystax trucidans Alcock, from the Arabian Sea, but differ
notably in the more posterior insertion of the dorsal fin, in the posi-
tion of the vent, in the broader isthmus, and in color. From
X. atrarius Gilbert, from off the coast of Ecuador, our specimens are
distinguished by the position of the posterior nostrils, by the propor-
tionally longer body, and by the reduced number of branchiostegal
rays. Our material differs from X. rictus Garman, in addition to the
above-mentioned characters, in having the origin of the dorsal fin
above the first third of the pectoral length.
Since the position of the posterior nostrils and the reduced num-
ber of branchiostegal rays are considered of generic rank, it becomes
necessary to propose a new genus for the accommodation of Xenomy-
stax trucidans Alcock and my new species.
Family MURAENESOCIDAE
PARAXENOMYSTAX, n. gen.
Genotype.—Paraxenomystax bidentatus, n. sp.
Body scaleless, long, tapering, the caudal strongly attenuated pos-
teriorly. Vertical fins well developed, continuous with the lanceolate
caudal fin. Pectoral fins well developed, narrow, long, and pointed.
Origin of dorsal above or slightly behind base of pectorals. Gill
openings wide, crescentic, fold of upper membrane descending in front
of pectoral base. Branchiostegal rays 8, long, and recurved upward
around angle of opercle. Mouth with wide lateral cleft to behind eye.
Maxillary little expanded posteriorly. Teeth all slender and sharp,
conical, those on the outer margin of jaws in bands and depressible.
Maxillary and mandible with a longtitudinal edentulous groove ex-
tending the entire length of the bone and dividing the bands of teeth
into two portions. Posterior nostrils slitlike before eye. Lower jaw
SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 91, NO 31.
2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. OI
much shorter than the upper, which projects considerably in advance
of the tip of the mandible. Tongue largely adnate to the floor of the
mouth, though the tip and lateral margins are free. Lips undeveloped,
the lateral teeth fully exposed when the mouth is closed. Pores of
head slitlike, a laterolinear series on both jaws.
The only other genus in the family Muraenesocidae that this new
genus closely resembles may be distinguished from it by the following
key:
ta. Teeth in the jaws in bands which are divided by a longitudinal edentulous
groove extending the entire length of the bone.
2a. Posterior nostrils subcircular, situated in the midlength of the snout.
Branchiostegal TayS IO OF MOTE........... eee eee eee eee Xenomystax.
2b. Posterior nostrils slitlike, situated about one diameter of the eye in ad-
vance of the orbit, or at about the beginning of the posterior third
of the snout length. Branchiostegal rays 8 or fewer...Paraxenomystax.
To this new genus I would refer Xenomystax trucidans Alcock,
which is separated from the new species in the following key:
ta. Posterior nostrils slitlike, situated about the diameter of eye in advance
of orbit.
2a. Gill openings about midway between tip of snout and vent; origin of
dorsal fin well in advance of pectoral fin base.............. trucidans.
2b. Gill openings about half length of head nearer tip of snout than vent;
origin of dorsal fin above or behind base of pectoral fin..... bidentatus.
PARAXENOMYSTAX BIDENTATUS, n. sp.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. No. 108444 (field No. 545); 458 mm.
standard length; from Caroline station 96, latitude 18°36’00” N.,
longitude 65°05/30” W., to latitude 18°37’15” N., longitude 65°03'00”
W., March 3, 1933, otter trawl, 270 to 330 fathoms.
Paratype —U.S.N.M. No. 108445 (field No. 15) ; 354 mm. stand-
ard length; from Caroline station 1, about 5 miles off Punta Boca
Juana, latitude 18°33'45” N., longitude 66°15’00” W., January 30,
1933, otter trawl, 360 to 600 fathoms.
Body scaleless, covered with very thin delicate skin; subcylindrical,
the caudal portion strongly attenuated posteriorly. Vertical fins well
developed and continuous with the caudal fin, which is lanceolate and
composed of 6 rays. Pectorals long, narrow, about one-third length
of snout, with 9 rays. Snout long, evenly tapering forward, sides of
snout flat and straight, its width at anterior nostrils equal to its length
in front of the tubes.
Tip of snout strongly projecting beyond symphysis of mandible,
the preoral length about equal to vertical diameter of eye. Head of
vomer entirely preoral and bearing a U-shaped patch of skarp coni-
NO. 31 NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF EEL—REID 3
cal teeth, followed by an edentate notch in the upper jaw, which re-
ceives the expanded tip of the lower jaw, bearing teeth similar to
those on the head of vomer. Shaft of the vomer with 6 or 7 slightly
enlarged conical teeth on the midline with smaller teeth on either side
continuing backward on the shaft in an irregular double series to
below the posterior nostril and thence in a single series to below
middle or posterior edge of eye. Maxillary band of teeth divided by
a longitudinal naked groove, on the inner side of which is a single
series of conical teeth so closely set as to form almost a cutting edge.
These teeth lean strongly inward and extend from opposite the rictus
of the jaws forward to opposite the middle of the larger teeth on the
shaft of the vomer, where they terminate abruptly. The outer band
Fic. 1.—Paraxenomystax bidentatus, n. sp.
of maxillary teeth are in 5 or 6 irregular series, becoming progres-
sively smaller externally where they are directed obliquely outward.
This band is strongly convex in cross-section, the dentigerous surface
evenly curved from the horizontal to vertical plane. Mandibular teeth
similarily divided, though the edentulous groove is notably narrower.
Tip of the mandible with a cluster of slightly enlarged conical teeth
about equal to those on the head of the vomer. Lips wholly absent ;
all the lateral teeth as well as those on the head of the vomer are fully
exposed when the mouth is closed. Anterior nostrils tubular, situated
laterally and well behind tip of snout. Posterior notrils slitlike, before
middie of eye and situated entirely in the posterior fourth of the
snout length. Origin of the dorsal fin above anterior third of the pec-
toral length, the fin rather high, rays progressively longer and less
erectile posteriorly, length of the rays above vent about half the
depth of body at this point. Anal similar, but much lower, both con-
fluent with caudal fin, which is lanceolate. Branchial openings wide,
4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. gli
about two-thirds length of pectoral fin or slightly more than width
of isthmus. Branchiostegal rays 8, long, and recurved above and
before gill openings. Eye elliptical, notably longer than deep, slightly
greater than preoral length of snout, the superior rim slightly invad-
ing the dorsal profile. Orbit covered by thin transparent skin, with-
out free margin. Tongue long and narrow, only the tip and margin
free. Maxillary long, narrow, slightly bent downward below eye,
the posterior portion little expanded, reaching to vertical a little be-
hind posterior edge of eye. Head somewhat cavernous, the pores
large, slitlike, a small pair just behind extremity of snout, a large
linear pair above base of anterior nostril tubes, followed immediately
by a similar pair above toothless interspace, a pair above anterior end
of inner series of maxillary teeth, a pair below front end of posterior
nostrils and a pair below front rim of eye; a series of 8 small round
ones across occiput from ends of the maxillaries ; a series of 11 pores
along lower jaw from its symphysis to below the nape and 3 in a
vertical row joining the series of the straight portion of the lateral
line. There is a pair of small round pores on the snout just in front
of the superior rim of the eye and a larger pair midway between the
posterior nostrils and the extremity of the snout. The anus is situated
below the thirty-fourth pore of the lateral line and the fifty-first ray
of the dorsal fin.
Head 6.3 to 6.8 in standard length; predorsal 5.7 to 6; preanal
2.5 to 2.7; pectoral fin 6.2 to 6.7 in head; caudal fin 3.2 to 6; pre-
oral portion of upper jaw 4.3 in snout ; tip of snout to posterior nostril
3.2 to 3.3 in head; length of snout 2.8 to 3.3; mandible 2; maxillary
1.7 to 1.9; gape 2 to 2.2; longitudinal diameter of eye 8.2 to 9; width
of body at vent 4.2; depth at same point 4; depth of head at occiput
4.2 to 4.5; width at same point 4 to 4.2; interorbital 5.5. to 5.8 in
snout ; branchiostegal rays 8.
Color brownish above, lighter on sides and below, the belly with
a silvery sheen; top of snout and interorbital much darker. Lower
jaw and throat light straw-colored ;.iris golden, with some dark pig-
ment. Pectoral and vertical fins light, with the dark marginal shad-
ing of the latter becoming black posteriorly ; the middle caudal rays
light brown; peritoneum silvery white.
The type is a female, with eggs about nine-tenths of a millimeter in
diameter,
NO. 31 NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF EEL
REID 5
Measurements of Paraxenomystax bidentatus
Type Paratype
(mm.) (mm.)
SEU NGR CHEE =. ba vice « due hd asia ee eed bee 458 354
Head to upper end of gill opening............ 67 56
Pere emeet ES te Sake ols A kron cate had tay de rae 76 62
PUSS TUDE: CISA ae a a A YS 170 142
Memethcor pectoral fin. .... 2... o